Islands and Beaches - Turquoise Holidays

i s l a n d s

a n d

b e a c h e s

Islands, Beaches and Beyond ♥

T

here is something wonderfully romantic about palm-fringed islands and untouched beaches.

The magical images conjured merely at the thought of escaping the hustle and bustle of everyday life and the invigorating feeling of remoteness at being anchored away from the mainland, are enough to inspire even the most worldly of travellers to go in search of their very own desert island. Allow yourself to be momentarily transported to sunnier climes, perhaps to a sandy islet, small enough to circumnavigate in less time than it takes for the ice to melt in your drink, or maybe to a lush green wilderness where tropical canopies teem with wildlife. Let Turquoise be your friend and guide to the myriad of secret coves and hidden beaches just waiting to be discovered on distant shores.

With thousands of specks on the world map to choose from, our resident Robinson Crusoes will help steer you towards your perfect treasure island. This inspirational collection is the result of many journeys and odysseys combing the coastlines of faraway lands in search of the world’s best islands and beaches. “…So throw off the bowlines. Sail away from the safe harbour. Catch the trade winds in your sails.

Explore. Dream. Discover…” Mark Twain

3

Contents ♼ 14-51 Caribbean 52-107 Asia 52-69 Thailand 70-79 Indochina 80-91 Malaysia 92-107 Indonesia 108-157 Indian Ocean 108-121 Mauritius 122-139 Maldives 140-151 Seychelles 152-157 Sri Lanka 158-163 Middle East 160-161 Oman 162-163 United Arab Emirates 164-177 Australia 178-187 New Zealand 188-209 South Pacific 188-195 Cook Islands 196-201 Fiji 202-209 Tahiti 210-237 Africa 210-225 Kenya, Tanzania & Zanzibar 226-231 Mozambique 232-237 South Africa

5

We listen This is your holiday and not ours.

Our role is first to listen and then to advise.

We pride ourselves on creating holiday itineraries to match your style, budget and every need. It is the little details that count, and we can assure you that no stone will be left unturned in the holiday planning process.

♥ We learn The world is an ever changing place and we pride ourselves on delivering first hand knowledge and advice to all our clients. We don’t recommend anything that we haven’t seen ourselves, visiting an average of thirty countries and over two hundred hotels on an annual basis in order to achieve this.

♥ We inspire Our team of experts share a passion for the world and the destinations they specialise in.

This passion allows us to create unique and bespoke itineraries, off the beaten track adventures and once in a lifetime journeys.

♥ We protect A Turquoise holiday is an investment with no risks. We are fully ATOL protected so rest assured your money is safe. We can also put you in touch with the very best travel insurance providers and our team will be able to guide you through all pre departure formalities.

♥ We love As a family run and owned tour operator, working at Turquoise is not simply a job but a way of life.

We may not be the biggest, but we strive to be the best and the thoughts and feedback from our clients are extremely important to us. A happy Turquoise client equals a happy Turquoise team.

7

MICHELLE favourite island Bora Bora Tahiti

BEN favourite island Mnemba Island Zanzibar

MICHAEL favourite island South Island New Zealand

DONNA favourite island Antigua Caribbean

LARA favourite island North Island Seychelles

RUTH favourite island Benguerra Island Mozambique

LOVE where you go

CHRIS favourite island Langkawi Malaysia

GRACE favourite island Bali Indonesia

LISA favourite island Huvafen Fushi The Maldives

WILLA favourite island Koh Yao Noi Thailand

CATHERINE favourite island Grenada Caribbean

LAURENCE favourite island Yasawa Island Fiji

Islands & Beaches Memories beyond compare Here are our favourites We wanted to share ♼

9

New York

Los Angeles Miami

Caribbean Saint Lucia Antigua Barbados British Virgin Islands Grenada St Vincent and the Grenadines Anguilla Cayman Islands Jamaica St Kitts & Nevis

The Islands of Tahiti

Turks & Caicos

Cook Islands

10

Discover the World with Turquoise Islands, Beaches & Beyond

♼

Dubai Hong Kong

Oman

Thailand Vietnam Cambodia Sri Lanka Maldives

Singapore

Kenya Tanzania

Malaysia

Zanzibar

Mozambique

Borneo

Seychelles Indonesia

Fiji

Mauritius Australia

South Africa

New Zealand

11

On Honeymoon?

Introducing the Turquoise Gift List Service

♥

A

s one of the first UK tour operators to introduce a honeymoon gift list service, we have spent over

ten years crafting a unique and bespoke offering for our clients. The idea is simple; many of us are getting married later in life, with established homes together and less need for the more traditional household gift list items. Therefore, we have seized the opportunity to combine tradition with travel, creating a platform from which friends and family can contribute to your dream honeymoon, by way of a voucher, experience, upgrade, meal or spa treatment – the choice is yours and personalised to your honeymoon itinerary. It doesn’t stop there. There is also the facility to add your own gifts from elsewhere, be it pots and pans, a new camera or tickets to go back and see the show you went to on your very first date…flexibility and personalisation is key. The service is run by a full time team who are there to help you every step of the way and best of all, there is no price tag attached.

Unique benefits ♥ Dedicated Gift List Co-Ordinator ♥ Complimentary set up for all clients ♥ F ull personalisation of your gift list page online ♥ C ash, online, telephone and cheque

payments accepted

♥ S ecure and reliable payment system ♥ ‘Add your own’ gift facility ♥ Upload honeymoon photos to your gallery ♥ Send thank you e-postcards 13

The Caribbean V

ibrant, colourful and fantastically diverse, the Caribbean provides a perfect setting for a romantic getaway. Although each island has its own individual character and attractions, all extend the same warm welcome and a mega-watt Caribbean smile is par for the course everywhere you go. With excellent accommodation options and guaranteed warm seas gently lapping the gorgeous sandy beaches, along with an abundance of activities and water sports, there is definitely a Caribbean island to suit everyone and a different adventure awaits on each!

Learn to sail in the British Virgin Islands, make your own chocolate in Saint Lucia or work your way around some of the 100 restaurants in Anguilla.

Follow in the footsteps of Bob Marley and hide from the world in Jamaica’s Blue Mountains, snorkel at the world’s first underwater sculpture park in Grenada or find your favourite stretch of sand out of the 365 beaches Antigua has to offer. Explore the idyllic Grenadines on a catamaran cruise, spot humpback whales frolicking in the ocean off Turks & Caicos or say ‘I do’ on a pristine white sand beach in Little Cayman.

The opportunities are endless and truly exciting, the only question is which islands will entice you?

For the ultimate in romance, why not get married on a pristine white sand beach or high on a lush tropical hillside with amazing ocean views? We can help you organise your big day whether it’s an intimate wedding for two or a large group of family and friends. The legalities are straightforward and in some cases you can get married within a day or two of arrival – some hotels even offer a free wedding package. You’ll be assigned a dedicated wedding co-ordinator to help you plan every aspect of your special day from picking the perfect location to choosing your flowers and music.

You’ll barely have to do a thing – no wonder weddings abroad are becoming so popular!

14

Turks & Caicos

Anguilla BVI

Cayman Islands Jamaica

Antigua

St Kitts & Nevis

Saint Lucia Barbados Grenadines Grenada

From the glittering Platinum Coast of Barbados to the volcanic peaks of St Kitts & Nevis, we have hand-picked a wonderful selection of luxurious hotels for you to enjoy. With the islands being fairly close together, it’s relatively easy to get from place to place so why stop at just one location – let us suggest a fantastic twin centre for you! A cruise is also an excellent way to explore this wonderful corner of the world and we have a range of itineraries to tempt you with.

The Caribbean is between 4 & 6 hours behind GMT and flight times range from under 8 hours to just over 12 hours. And don’t worry, onward connections to some of the more remote islands is often easier than you would expect. The best time to travel is from December to June when the temperatures are slightly lower and less humid. If you are looking to travel between July & November, often the peak of the British honeymoon season, don’t let a few patches of liquid sunshine put you off as there are some excellent flight and hotel offers available during these months.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

15

–––––––– The Caribbean

––––––––

Saint Lucia

Antigua

Barbados

The emerald-green island of Saint Lucia is instantly recognizable from its twin volcanic peaks, Petit Piton and Gros Piton, which rise from the sea and tower over the southwest coast. Saint Lucia is distinctive in so many ways, its blanket of thick rainforest is proof that the Caribbean isn’t just about lying on a beach (albeit very tempting).

An island for adventure, many hikers take on the steep slopes of Gros Piton, thrill seekers will marvel at the canopy zip-line experience, while others prefer the two-wheel option of jungle biking.

Alternatively hire a car and discover the world’s only drive through volcano at Sulphur Springs, visit lively Castries (Saturday is market day) or stop off at a local beach shack to refuel on the freshest fish and perhaps even a rum tipple. From north to south, east to west, the island vibe is relaxed, informal and incredibly friendly. Here, more than most islands you really feel you get under the skin of the West Indies.

Life’s a beach…well it is on Antigua – there are 365 picture-perfect stretches of sand, one for every day of the year!

Undeniably one of the Caribbean’s ultimate destinations, this is a magnet for beach bunnies and water babies.

The sun-loungers are always in demand and the list of water-based activities borders on a dissertation – you name it, they most likely have it!

In short, Antigua is all-out sand and sea action. Another side to the island is its fascinating history with a strong British influence. Be sure to visit Nelson’s Dockyard, the world’s only remaining working Georgian shipyard; embrace the islanders’ passion for cricket, if you’re lucky you’ll time it right for an international match; enjoy the soothing sounds of Calypso and the deliciously long rum cocktail menus. Don’t miss Shirley Heights on a Sunday for its famous Barbecue Party complete with steel band, spectacular sunsets and late-night dancing, all with commanding views over English Harbour

Everybody who is anybody has been to Barbados – an island loved by celebrities the world over. Most flock to the hub of luxury hotels nestled on the west coast (aka the Platinum Coast) where the property roll-call reads like the who’s who of hospitality. It is easy to stay cocooned in luxury, lazing on one of the many pristine stretches of sand and being waited on by immaculately-dressed butlers, but do try to head out and explore what is the ‘Little England’ of the Caribbean.

There’s a wonderful Bajan vibe intermingled with afternoon tea, a touch of polo and the gentle thwack of a cricket ball. Try body boarding off the pink-tinged Crane beach or stop for flying fish sandwiches at Round House in Bathsheba where you can watch skilled surfers negotiate big breakers.

Tour the Mount Gay rum distillery, feast on fish on a Friday night at Oistins or dine in one of the many world-class restaurants the island is famous for.

Charm & Chocolate Add a few days at Boucan by Hotel Chocolat, set on the island’s oldest cocoa plantation. Enjoy cacao infused cuisine, decadent cocktails and plenty of chocolate treats!

16

Double the fun!

Head to the British Virgin Islands, an easy onward flight from Antigua – a perfect pairing with their strong British roots and easy-going way of life. One of our favourite Caribbean twin-centre holidays!

Island Hopping From Barbados, the Caribbean really is your oyster – there are so many twin-centre options to choose from! Our favourite pairing though is with the idyllic Grenadines.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– The Caribbean

––––––––

British Virgin Islands

Grenada

Nestled between St Maarten and Puerto Rico, the British Virgin Islands are more remote than most Caribbean destinations. And here lies their charm – around 60 unspoilt islands, some uninhabited, seemingly bob up and down in the turquoise waters.

From laidback Tortola to beautiful Virgin Gorda, or the powder-soft beaches of Jost Van Dyke to low-lying Anegada, so flat it barely skims the sea’s surface – the BVI’s truly are the Caribbean’s pin-up. This scattering of idyllic islands is a mariner’s dream, and it comes as no surprise that the British Virgin Islands is a sailing Mecca. Don’t know your port from your starboard?

It doesn’t matter – you can hop on any fully crewed yacht and be whisked away into the sunset. Spend lazy days on deck, plunge into glass-like water or stop off for a Painkiller (the national cocktail) and anchor down for lunch anywhere you wish. Known as ‘nature’s little secret’, we’ll try to keep it that way.

Sitting pretty in the Caribbean’s southeast corner you will find the stunning island of Grenada, often overlooked in favour of its better-known neighbours. Those who head off the beaten track will find a little-developed jungle paradise, edged by deserted golden beaches. On ‘Spice Island’ (there are more spices per square mile than anywhere else in the world) life is snail-paced, locals are super-friendly and things just feel good. Grenada is roughly Isle of Wight-sized, but it packs a lot in – acres of plantations with a heady mix of spices; the beautiful svirgin rainforest of Grand Etang Nature Reserve, alive with tropical fauna; the world’s first underwater sculpture park and the capital St Georges with its pretty harbour and vibrant Saturday market. And then there are the beaches: Pink Gin beach, Morne Rouge Bay and picture perfect, two-mile long Grand Anse beach to name but a few.

Watch the locals play beach cricket and just sit back, relax and enjoy the local Grenadian vibe.

Sail & Stay Follow in the footsteps of Sir Francis Drake or legendary pirate Blackbeard and take to the seas!

Charter a crewed yacht for 2 or 3 nights at the end of your stay.

Sugar & Spice Saint Lucia pairs brilliantly with Grenada. For a perfect combination twin Spice Island Beach Resort with Sugar Beach, A Viceroy Resort.

St Vincent & The Grenadines Just south of Grenada lies St Vincent and the Grenadines, an archipelago of 32 dreamboat islands that have largely been left to their own devices – this is crowd-free escapism at its most captivating. Only nine islands are inhabited and each is utterly distinct.

Quiet and authentic, the tiny island of Bequia feels like the Caribbean of old – a place where time floats by in a haze of sun, rum and reggae. Friendship Bay is the largest and loveliest beach on the island and home to Bequia Beach Hotel. Then there is three-mile long Mustique, a beauty spot made famous by its red carpet following. With just one hotel (Cotton House), don the sunnies for some surreptitious celeb spotting and be sure to visit the legendary Basil’s Bar where every night is party night. For complete hush, slink into the super-serene Petit St Vincent – a private island retreat in the truest form with just 22 spacious cottages dotted around 115 lush tropical acres.

Luxury Cruising Extend your stay and discover more of this beautiful corner of the Caribbean by joining a week long cruise onboard ‘Dream Guadeloupe’, an 82ft sailing catamaran.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

17

–––––––– The Caribbean

––––––––

Anguilla

Cayman Islands

Jamaica

Small and lightly populated, Anguilla is an easy-going island with the best of the good life set to a slow and casual island tempo. There’s a refreshing lack of development here and undoubtedly some of the Caribbean’s best beaches.

A must flop is the stunning Shoal Bay East and for picture perfect sunsets it’s hard to beat the golden glowing Meads Bay. Another stunning beach is the crescent-shaped Maundays Bay – a whole mile of powder white sand and crystal clear water. Anguilla is predominantly about doing nothing apart from flitting between beach, bed, spa and bar. For the ‘adventurous’ there are a few day trips: diving Prickly Pear Cays comes highly recommended, hire a scooter to explore the island and those partial to plus-fours can play the micro-manicured Greg Normandesigned golf course. An unlikely foodie hotspot, Anguilla lays claim to more than 100 restaurants with eclectic cuisine that truly rivals world-class city restaurants (although lobster from a beach shack remains our top table).

Offering a colourful range of Caribbean experiences both above and below the sparkling turquoise waters, the Cayman Islands are ideal for couples looking for something a little bit different. The least developed, smallest and most tranquil, Little Cayman epitomises the definition of barefoot luxury and is a perfect romantic getaway. With a population of less than 170, only ten miles long and one mile wide, Little Cayman offers a rare combination of sun drenched solitude, glistening beaches and miles of untouched tropical wilderness.

Feeling energetic? Take a bike or rent a scooter and meander your way around the island, just remember that iguanas have the right of way. Venture to remote South Hole Sound Lagoon for a private swim in water that is every shade of blue or row out to tiny, deserted Owen Island to enjoy nature at its most pristine. As divers in the know will tell you, much of the islands’ beauty lies beneath the waves and Bloody Bay Wall Marine Park is one of the most popular dive sites in the Caribbean.

A feast for the senses, there’s nowhere quite like the sights and sounds of Jamaica. It has palm-fringed beaches, sugary sands, fiery sunsets and turquoise water but this colourful island also has a vibrant culture and contagious energy. Reggae plays from every street corner and beach shack, the smell of jerk chicken fills the air and you can almost taste the rum punch as you land. Jamaica is a large and diverse island so there’s much to explore.

The coastline is packed with beautiful beaches – the west coast boasts seven-mile Negril Bay, while stretching along the north from Montego Bay to Ocho Rios are countless postcardworthy spots. Alternatively, hike the Blue Mountains and taste its worldfamous coffee, raft the Martha Brae River, climb Dunn’s River Falls and feast on salt fish, plantain and jerk chicken at Scotchies Jerk Centre just outside Ocho Rios. But above all, throw yourself into the Jamaican mindset and enjoy this beautiful island in its entire sensory overload.

Floribbean Fun Tag on a break in Miami to explore South Beach and the Art Deco District, cheer on one of the city’s famous sports teams or indulge in some retail therapy Downtown.

Reggae & Rum Breathe in the fresh mountain air and recharge your batteries at stunning Strawberry Hill for a few nights before heading to the beach.

The Two A’s Located just a short flight from Antigua, the two islands make a great combination with Anguilla taking on the role of lazy laidback sister.

18

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– The Caribbean

––––––––

St Kitts & Nevis

Turks & Caicos

Separated by a two-mile channel, St Kitts & Nevis both have lush mountainous interiors and a rural vibe.

St Kitts is ‘busier’ with a larger land area and population, although the must-explore southeast peninsula remains compellingly wild, dotted with beautiful beaches and inhabited by free roaming green vervet monkeys. Visit the UNESCO World Heritage Brimstone Hill Fortress or enjoy a charming train ride on the narrow gauge St Kitts Scenic Railway, originally built in the early 1900’s to transport sugar cane from the fields to the mill. The smaller Nevis is an island that time forgot. Dominated by the 3,000ft Nevis Peak it has just one main road that circumnavigates the island in less than two hours. Hire a scooter and explore this natural paradise – stop to take in the sugar cane fields that stretch as far as the eye can see and unearth hidden beaches without a soul in sight. There are excellent hiking opportunities and water sports range from spectacular diving to quiet kayaking.

Situated in the Atlantic Ocean just south of the Bahamas, the Turks & Caicos are largely flat and covered with scrub vegetation. What the islands lack in foliage, they make up for with idyllic white sand beaches and crystal clear ocean. Over 300 miles of the Turks & Caicos coastline are protected so the beaches are spectacular and completely untouched. Averaging a massive 350 days of sunshine a year, couples looking to enjoy gorgeous weather and warm waters will feel completely at home here!

Often thought of as ‘The Hamptons’ of the Caribbean, Turks & Caicos is an upscale destination where great service and high style are key. However, it is what happens underwater that really defines this archipelago. Home to the world’s third largest reef, explore vertical undersea walls (the continental shelf drops a mile deep), untouched coral and swim with sea turtles, nurse sharks and tropical fish. Whether you plan to spend most of your holiday relaxing on a white sand beach or underwater, you won’t be disappointed.

Plantations & Pirates Head to the British Virgin Islands for a beautiful contrast to the rugged coastline, lush countryside and volcanic peaks of St Kitts & Nevis

NYC & Caicos Cool Spend some time in the bright lights of New York City. Explore the famous sights, party like a New Yorker and shop ‘til you drop!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

19

–––––––– Saint Lucia

––––––––

Sugar Beach, A Viceroy Resort E

ncased by the majestic Pitons on one side and lush tropical rainforest on the other, Sugar Beach boasts a prime location on the west coast of Saint Lucia. If you are looking for a tranquil Caribbean idyll it doesn’t get much better than this.

78 rooms and villas clad in the gentlest shades of pink tumble down a hillside to a glorious white beach, washed by waters of the palest turquoise. The delightful plantation styling is evocative of the colonial era whilst facilities are state of the art.

Think white washed walls, timbers and louvered shutters, giving tantalising glimpses of the bright, sunlit vista beyond. All offer a private plunge pool, vast four poster beds and terraces with garden or ocean views. For more space plump for a Cottage or Villa or for the quintessential beach experience choose one of the Luxury Beach Front Bungalows offering a full frontal beach

20

panorama, outdoor showers and romantic Jacuzzi baths. For larger groups there are Residences available ranging from two to five bedrooms.

Every guest enjoys the attentions of a personal butler so you don’t have to lift a finger from the time to you arrive until the time comes to tear yourself away!

Dining options include the elegant Great Room, a beautiful space which makes you want to dress for dinner, the Cane Bar for fantastic sushi and The Bayside, a more relaxed affair on the beach, perfect for long lazy lunches and warm St Lucian nights under the stars.

Unsurprisingly there is a superb array of watersports on offer befitting the beautiful coastline. Water kayaks, paddleboards and windsurfers are all on hand and for those who want to explore beneath the waves, the snorkelling and diving is excellent.

A National Marine Reserve stretches the length of Sugar Beach and the marine life is breathtakingly unspoilt.

The location of the resort is also perfect for hiking in the Pitons and zip line adventures.

For a more relaxing interlude head to the naturally beautiful Rainforest Spa. 7 tree-house style treatment rooms are set on walkways along the hillside and the pampering treats make full use of St Lucia’s natural bounty. Expect lashings of aloe vera, coconut, cocoa butter and banana!

Romantic Moments ♥ Dine anywhere, anytime and let the hotel staff take care of your every wish for the most romantic of meals.

♥ Book a couples treatment at the Rainforest Spa.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Saint Lucia

––––––––

Cap Maison T

he brainchild of renowned Caribbean hoteliers the Gobat family, Cap Maison is a beautiful and sophisticated retreat that offers a fabulous home from home welcome and a truly personal service that we love. Perched on a cliff top high above Smugglers Cove Beach on the north-west of the island you can expect sweeping views over the sparkling Caribbean Sea towards Martinique, and the best seat in the house when it comes to jaw-dropping sunsets.

Just 49 rooms and suites ensures a peaceful ambiance and there are a number of options when it comes to choosing a room. All have air-conditioned bedrooms, discreetly designed state of the art entertainment systems and beautiful balconies or verandahs with comfy furniture perfect for relaxing on.

Jalousie louvre doors, handmade tiles and ceramics add to the beautiful Spanish-Caribbean style and for the

ultimate treat, pick one of the Oceanview Villa Suites complete with Jacuzzi, private pool or private pool and roof terrace – sheer bliss!

When it comes to food and wine the choices are equally outstanding. The Cliff at Cap professes to offer one of the most spectacular dining locations in the Caribbean and we have to say we probably agree – the views and fine dining are to die for! Rock Maison is a private deck built on a rocky outcrop lapped by the waters of the Caribbean – oh yes, and Champagne comes down the cliff by zip line direct to your table!

For a relaxed Caribbean vibe head to the Naked Fisherman Beach Bar & Grill, scattered along the sands of Smugglers Cove Beach where you can while away the hours with the soft sand underfoot, chilled music in your ears, fresh seafood and a merry rum punch or two in your hand!

The location of Cap Maison ticks all the right boxes. Quiet and tranquil for those who want to relax, set above a picture-perfect beach with plenty of watersports on offer and some outstanding snorkelling spots, yet only a few minutes’ drive from the bars and restaurants of Rodney Bay – who could ask for more?

Romantic Moments ♥ Hire Cap Maison 1, the resorts very own motor yacht and enjoy a romantic day exploring the magnificent coastline.

♥ Book a private table by the water’s edge at Rock Maison, one of the hotel’s most romantic hidden spots and enjoy drinks delivered to you via the Champagne zip line!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

21

–––––––– Saint Lucia

––––––––

Boucan by Hotel Chocolat W

elcome to Boucan, a unique and boutique property created from an idea born by chance and the finding of an old book dating back to the 1920’s.

From this and their passion for an old cocoa plantation – one of the oldest on Saint Lucia, the founders of Hotel Chocolat have created Boucan. This beautiful retreat is the very first of its kind, set high in the Saint Lucian hills and seamlessly combines nature and style with cocoa and chocolate… sheer indulgence!

This is a true boutique experience in every sense of the word with just 6 Lodges and 8 Luxe Lodges – the latter boasting amazing verandas, perfectly placed to take full advantage of the sensational views over the Pitons and capture the gentle, cooling breeze.

While outwardly the lodges have a distinct ‘tree-house’ vibe going on, inside you can expect cool, contemporary lines, cloud-soft four

22

poster beds, crisp white linens, rainforest showers open to the sky and a minibar stuffed full of heavenly chocolate treats (all of which are complimentary)!

The food here is both intriguing and exceptional. Cacao has been a common addition to savoury dishes for over 3000 years but interestingly only included in sweet recipes for around 500 years.

Mouth-wateringly tempting plates could include a citrus salad with a white chocolate dressing or cacao butter roasted fish with a Saint Lucian Chocolate Tart. Everything on the menu includes some form of Cacao in a very subtle and clever way but don’t be alarmed the results are sublime – cacao Bellini anyone!

There is quite naturally a leaning towards chocolate and cocoa experiences at Boucan including the ‘Tree to Bar’ encounter which starts

with a walk through the cocoa groves picking ripe pods from the trees and ends with the creation of your own chocolate bar. For those who want to relax and unwind the Cocoa Juvenate Spa is the spot for you. The cacao bean is packed full of antioxidants and vital minerals and the spa makes good use of them – from head to toe!

Last but by no means least, this is Caribbean after all, there is a gloriously tranquil infinity pool and you can join the daily descent to the hotel speedboat which will whisk you away to one of the beautiful local beaches.

Romantic Moments ♥ Upgrade to a Luxe Lodge for a little more space and spectacular views from the impressive balcony, complete with sun loungers and day bed.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Saint Lucia

––––––––

Jade Mountain I

f you are looking for exceptional levels of service and total escapism then Jade Mountain is just perfect.

Designed by architect and owner Nick Troubetzkoy, this is a bold, slick and incredibly stylish architectural feat which blends perfectly with the glorious surroundings.

its guises and is deliberately ‘techno free’. Upon arrival all guests are presented with a ‘firefly’ – in essence, your means of communication with resort staff for whatever you desire.

For those who truly cannot be parted from the outside world, Wi-Fi can be organised in your sanctuary.

Two glorious beaches come as part and parcel of a stay at Jade Mountain and the surrounding coral reefs make for some pristine snorkelling and diving experiences. The Jade Mountain concierge is also on hand to create a unique variety of day excursions should you wish to venture beyond the beach.

Your oversized sanctuary has three solid walls; the fourth is open to the epic views yet still ensures total privacy.

Internally there are acres of highly polished Caribbean wood which flow through a space designed for living, sleeping and relaxation. Most of the sanctuaries extend out to an extravagant infinity pool, which alongside plenty of space for swimming has shallow water lounging areas.

The bathrooms are out of this world and regardless of which sanctuary you choose, all have a bath with view!

Do not expect telephones, TV’s or internet – this is total escapism in all

Catering exclusively for Jade Mountain guests, the Jade Mountain Club is open for breakfast, lunch and dinner and menus are a reflection of the seasonal changes throughout the Caribbean.

Of course if the thought of leaving your own private space is too hard to contemplate then don’t despair, the culinary team here can provide what you want, whenever and wherever you want it. For a change of pace guests are also welcome to dine at Anse Chastenet, sister property to Jade Mountain which is a short stroll or resort shuttle ride down the hill.

When it comes to spa treatments the service is no less indulgent. Unwind completely in the privacy of your sanctuary or if you prefer, you can enjoy some pampering at the beach side spa at Anse Chastenet.

Romantic Moments ♥ Book ‘the Alchemy of two’ a romantic spa ritual celebrating togetherness.

♥ Enjoy a ‘Sunset Celebration’ in your sanctuary complete with canapés and your favourite bottle of wine or Champagne.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

23

–––––––– Saint Lucia

––––––––

Ti Kaye Resort & Spa T

i Kaye is quite unlike any other hotel we have come across.

Owner Nick Pinnock’s vision was to create the kind of place that he would want to stay in and thankfully for us, his dream was finally realised in Ti Kaye Resort & Spa. This charming boutique property is full of warmth and character and is set on Anse Cochon overlooking the silver sands and sparkling waters of the bay.

33 gingerbread style rooms and cottages parade along the hillside and are designed to take full advantage of the breathtaking view. All rooms have private outdoor showers, generous verandas with hammocks and comfy rocking chairs and blissful sea views.

The gently scented Caribbean breeze flowing through the louvered shutters offers Mother Nature’s perfect answer to the tropical climate, although air-conditioning is also available.

24

Armed with the abundance of fresh produce that graces the shores of Saint Lucia, the culinary experiences at Ti Kaye are incredible. Expect a clever infusion of Creole flavours and a masterful interpretation of authentic Saint Lucian cuisine. Head to Kai Manje for a casually elegant affair where candles flicker gently in hurricane lamps and the tropical nocturnal sounds of crickets and tree frogs can be heard over the soft ebb and flow of conversation. Ti Manje is set on the glimmering silver sands and exudes a relaxed and more informal vibe, perfect for long lazy lunches in the sunshine.

Fabulous food is matched with an extensive wine list which has evolved over the years and now includes 600+ wines. We love the philosophy at Ti Kaye that there is a wine for every occasion or no occasion at all, just the simple pleasure of indulging in the wine itself. Wine enthusiasts can join

the sommeliers in the Ti Kave wine cellar to take your palate on a wine tour of the world, perfectly paired with a delightful assortment of cheese or awaken your taste buds with a 5 course wine pairing dinner.

For water babies Ti Kaye is set within a marine reserve that is home to some of the best dive and snorkelling spots on the island, including the Lesleen M wreck, a 165-foot freighter which sank in the bay in 1986.

The intimate KaiKoko spa, is built on the cliff edge with dramatic views over the bay and offers treatments using all-natural local spa products.

Each treatment begins with a cool detoxing fruit tea combined with an oriental foot ritual. After your treatment you have the option to indulge in a private jacuzzi for two, perfectly positioned to take in the stunning views.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Saint Lucia

––––––––

The BodyHoliday T

here is something quite compelling about the idea of a relaxing holiday in a very beautiful part of the world, where the promise is ‘give us your body and we’ll give you back your mind’.

Here at The BodyHoliday Le Sport that is exactly what they do.

This contemporary resort sits on Cariblue Beach, a secluded cove where all is quiet and tranquil and guests get down to the serious art of relaxation.

The rooms come in all shapes and sizes but all offer superb levels of comfort and privacy. Here at Turquoise we are always drawn to a room with a view and the Luxury Ocean View and Luxury Ocean Front Rooms do just that.

Air-conditioning and iPod docking stations come as standard, as do the soft cotton robes given to each guest on arrival for lounging around and doing nothing, or for wearing enroute to your daily treatment at the Wellness Centre.

A stay here is very personal and you create your own experience. A daily session of spa treatments and therapies are included but alongside this there is a veritable smorgasbord of activities that you can indulge in.

For those who love the gentle approach to wellbeing there are yoga classes, Pilates and tai chi, while for those who want to ‘feel the burn’ there are aerobics classes, dance and stretch sessions, a fully equipped gymnasium and spinning classes.

When it comes to dining there is of course an abundance of fresh, healthy and fabulous food and whether you want to dress to impress and dine by candlelight for a beautiful beach dinner or just tuck into a long lazy barefoot lunch at the beach deli there is something to tempt all palates.

Enjoy tennis and golf, cycling and walking and for water lovers your days can be filled with Scuba diving and an array of water sports. There is also a beautiful Saint Lucian beach to recline on, enjoy tempting and refreshing treats from the beach stewards and the sparkling Caribbean Sea to swim in – better than any swimming pool!

Romantic Moments

The BodyHoliday is a rare and very clever blend that ensures you get exactly what you need from your stay here without feeling like a boot camp!

♥ Book a helicopter transfer to whisk you up to the North in just 10 minutes. Enjoy with stunning views of Saint Lucia’s lush interior, the majestic Pitons and the beautiful coastline.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

25

–––––––– Antigua

––––––––

Carlisle Bay S

et on the south coast of the island, Carlisle Bay epitomises the perfect ideal of a luxury Caribbean resort.

To the rear a tangle of emerald green rainforest and to the fore, the requisite crescent of white sand beach licked by the crystal clear waters of the warm Caribbean Sea. The resort comprises 82 stylish suites displaying a very Caribbean style.

Louvered plantation shutters allow the warm ocean breezes to cascade through unfettered and the décor is a palate of cool greys, crisp white and vibrant accents of colour. Offering everything from Gaggia espresso machines to DVD players and fluffy white bathrobes, guests should want for nothing during their stay. Every room has a private balcony or terrace and many lead directly onto the beach.

The Ocean Suites here are particularly lovely and just perfect for couples.

The split level, open plan retreats are

26

set at the calm end of the beach, ideal for those in search of peace and tranquillity.

Dining here is a delight! Indigo on the Beach, a breeze-filled open-sided restaurant is perfect for long, lazy lunches or if the thought of moving is just too tiring, you can go barefoot and fancy free with lunch delivered to your sun lounger in the Coconut Grove.

For an elegant, sophisticated vibe head to East – Asian cuisine at its finest and regarded as one of the best restaurants in Antigua. Ottimo! is a fun, Italian eatery by the pool – the homemade gelato is to die for!! For those who love a little tradition don’t miss the afternoon tea, it’s served daily in a location of your choice – afternoon tea on the beach anyone?

With mountain bikes, rainforest hikes, tennis courts and a plethora of complimentary non-motorised water

sports on offer, Carlisle Bay is heaven sent for active romantics! For those seeking a more relaxing pastime head to the Blue Spa – an oasis of calm with a wide range of treatments.

Yoga and Pilates are available and of course there is the beautiful beach and freeform swimming pool to enjoy.

Romantic Moments ♥ Rekindle that ‘first date’ experience and catch an evening movie at the hotels very own screening room!

♥ Feast on gastronomic delights whilst enjoying a private romantic dinner for two on The Jetty…candles will light the way to your very own table set up right by the waters edge

♥ Active couples will love the opportunity to trek into the rainforest with their very own private guide who will point out all of the local flora & fauna

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Antigua

––––––––

The Inn at English Harbour T

he Inn at English Harbour conjures up images of wide sweeping verandas, colonial elegance and a wistful laid-back charm – even the name sounds romantic! Set on beautiful wooded headland above a sensational beach on the southern coast of Antigua, this is a picture-perfect Caribbean hideaway. This part of the island is ideal if you are looking to combine relaxation with some true Antiguan culture.

There are just 28 rooms and suites, all facing the beautiful turquoise waters of the Caribbean Sea. Indoor and outdoor space is generous and the style is fresh and breezy. For direct beach access pick a Beach Cabana – perfect for sun worshippers and boasting private verandas which just cry out for chilled cocktails as the sun sets. The elegant Junior and Deluxe Suites are set slightly back from the beach on either the ground or first floor,

all with a balcony or terrace leading to the resort gardens. Deluxe Suites are the largest of the rooms and feature a king size four poster voile draped bed, a wonderful choice for couples and honeymooners!

When it comes to dining choose from the beachfront Reef Restaurant for breakfast and lunch, or the Terrace Restaurant located in the original house for a sun drenched afternoon tea or a fantastic al fresco dining experience under the stars. The Reef Bar on the beach specialises in super cocktails – they mix a mean mojito!

Just a short trip by water taxi from the Inn you will find Nelson’s Dockyard which is well worth a visit not least for the extensive choice of eateries.

There is plenty to keep you active here at the Inn – two floodlit tennis courts, a fitness centre, laser sail boats and snorkelling equipment. The small spa

has two treatment rooms with a range of pampering delights on offer.

There is also plenty going on nearby and golf, horse riding, scuba diving and deep-sea fishing can all be arranged – guests at The Inn benefit from complimentary green fees at the 18-hole championship golf course at Cedar Valley. We highly recommend you to head to Shirley Heights on a Sunday afternoon for a Caribbean barbecue with spectacular views, live music and general party atmosphere.

A proud Antiguan institution for over 30 years, you can ask any of the bartenders whether the party happens every Sunday, and the reply will be, “Yes... like church!”

Romantic Moments ♥ Book a Junior or Deluxe Suite to stay between March and December and the bride stays for free!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

27

–––––––– Antigua

––––––––

Blue Waters S

ince first opening her doors in 1960 this friendly, family owned resort has been treating guests to a sublime slice of paradise for over 50 years.

Set in 17 acres of tropical gardens and flanked by the glorious calm waters of Soldiers Bay it would be hard to find a more beautiful spot and facing proudly west ensures cinemascope viewing of the vivid, Caribbean sunsets.

There are a multitude of room choices at Blue Waters and all are extremely comfortable, but we have to confess The Cove Suites tick all the boxes for us here at Turquoise. Secluded and private you can enjoy uninterrupted panoramas of the Caribbean Sea, a décor which is calm and very pleasing to the eye, crisp white linens, weathered wood and furnished balconies. A spacious living area flows into a generous bedroom – bathrooms are also oversized and exceptionally

28

well appointed. The Cove Suites also benefit from an infinity pool for the use of Cove Suite guests only.

With three restaurants and bars you will be spoilt for choice. Enjoy breakfast with a view at The Palm Restaurant, which by night takes on a refined, soft and elegant vibe. Bartley’s is an intimate and romantic spot, whilst the cliff top Cove fuses Caribbean and French cuisine with an almost effortless flair – expect flaming torches and dining by candlelight. For a jovial, Caribbean vibe head to the Pelican Bar, and the Beach Bar is on hand to keep you cool and refreshed throughout the day with a fabulous menu of cocktails and mocktails.

There is an extensive range of facilities to keep you entertained with tennis courts, a fully equipped gym and a plethora of watersports on the beach.

There are three swimming pools, one of

which is adults only and preferential rates can be arranged with the Cedar Valley golf course – Antigua’s only 18-hole PGA course. For those seeking something a little less strenuous the Spa at Blue Waters is a relaxing interlude and offers a decadent menu of treatments to pamper the mind, body and soul.

Romantic Moments ♥ Indulge in a ‘togetherness’ treatment at the Spa at Blue Waters

♥ Honeymooners can enjoy breakfast in the privacy of their suite with a chilled bottle of sparkling wine

♥ For the ultimate experience book one of the resorts private villas.

Rock Cottage has a charming beach house feel and comes complete with private plunge pool

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Antigua

––––––––

Hermitage Bay P

rivately owned, exclusive and nestled into a secluded cove, Hermitage Bay is a real hidden gem.

Surrounded by undisturbed hillsides and the brilliant blue waters of the Caribbean Sea, with the islands of Montserrat, St Kitts and Nevis forming intriguing silhouettes in the distance, this luxury all inclusive retreat revels in its glorious location.

Tucked along the beach and hillside, the 27 individual suites are beautifully appointed with a very stylish, contemporary feel. Think swathes of dark, polished timbers and a décor of natural luxury with pristine white linens and ivory cushions. Indulgent outdoor showers and louvered shutters to capture the ocean breezes complete the idyll. All suites face the sea and the views range from lush, tropical gardens to the glorious beach, to expansive panoramas of the bay.

We highly recommend the Hillside

Pool suites for their breathtaking vistas and private plunge pools.

At Hermitage Bay the menu changes daily and is filled with the freshest, locally sourced ingredients as well as home grown produce from their own organic kitchen garden. The restaurant is a convivial space with an atmosphere that changes from bright and breezy during the day to elegant and romantic as night falls. The beachside lounge is the place to curl up with a cup of tea and a good book and in the evening the candles are lit for guests to gather for delicious canapés and pre-dinner drinks, accompanied by a local steel band.

Here there is a strong sense of wellbeing and complimentary Yoga, Pilates and meditation are available for those who wish to partake. The beautiful spa sits amongst the hillside gardens overlooking the bay and is

surrounded by the gentle fragrance of frangipani and oleander. Personalised consultations ensure that the treatment given is tailored exactly to your individual needs.

Whilst the emphasis is on rest and relaxation, a range of non-motorised water sports are available on the beach and a cooking class is held weekly by Hermitage Bay’s award winning chef.

Romantic Moments ♥ Enjoy a secluded, candle-lit dinner on the beach or your own private terrace.

♥ Indulge in a signature couples spa ritual performed in the privacy of your suite using the gorgeous Dorissima Siddhartha line of aphrodisiac spa products with sensual aromas of vanilla, tonka and grapefruit

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

29

–––––––– Antigua

––––––––

Sugar Ridge T

ucked into the hillside and surrounded by sugar cane, this boutique property revels in an elevated position with glorious views of palm-fringed beaches, the iridescent shimmer of the Caribbean Sea and the neighbouring islands of St Kitts and Nevis which sit like jewels on the horizon.

Rooms are grouped into collections of four, affording superb levels of privacy and unsurpassed views. Choose an upper floor room and you will enjoy a larger veranda and dining deck with comfy day bed, muslin-draped four poster beds and that breath-taking view, whilst ground floor rooms enjoy a private plunge pool. The style here is cool and contemporary with dark wood, polished marble and state of the art technology.

Carmichael’s is a beautiful dining establishment, perched atop a ridge

30

and displaying stunning views in all directions – the sunsets from here are truly memorable. Dining here changes with the seasons and the head chef creates dishes which are a clever blend of Caribbean meets the world with a strong focus on local fresh fish. The Sugar Club offers an altogether different vibe with a buzzy, informal feel – expect Cajun favourites along with lunch time specials and live entertainment at least three evenings a week in the Sugar Club bar.

Sugar Ridge has two swimming pools which are perfect for enjoying the magnificent views whilst lazing in the sun – or if you want to be a bit more energetic, Jolly Harbour Marina is only a few minutes away offering a range of water sports, scuba diving, sailing and tennis. There is also an 18-hole golf course nearby for which the hotel’s concierge would be happy to book tee times. To ensure all guests

get their beach-fix Sugar Ridge offers complimentary shuttles down to the nearby beaches, or if you prefer to walk you can get to the nearest one in around 10 minutes.

For those who seek a little pampering indulgence Sugar Ridge is an excellent choice, the resort is home to the Caribbean’s first Aveda Spa with four treatment rooms, one of which is dedicated to couples, and a hair salon.

For active couples there is a state of the art fitness centre and you can also enjoy Yoga.

Sugar Ridge is chic and affordable and offers a fabulous location which is perfect for exploring the beautiful island of Antigua.

Romantic Moments ♥ Enjoy an indulgent couples treatment in the Aveda Spa

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Antigua

Curtain Bluff

––––––––

Jumby Bay A Rosewood Resort

P

D

72 rooms and suites are scattered along the palm-shaded white sand of the surf beach and rise up along the rocky bluff.

All have breathtaking ocean vistas, floor to ceiling windows and verandas where it would be quite easy to spend all day lost in the view.

The 6 minute boat ride from the mainland transports you a world of exclusivity and understated elegance. This privately owned hideaway consists of 40 superb rooms and suites and a handful of privately owned villas. Just steps from a glorious beach, every room offers spectacular views and exceptional levels of luxury.

For fabulous dining head to Tamarind Tree, a plantation style restaurant set beneath the shady limbs of its majestic namesake. The Sea Grape is at the far end of the bay, right at the water’s edge serving ‘Italian meets Antiguan’ inspired flavours.

Whether you crave fine dining and the gentle tinkle of conversation or a fun, casual Caribbean vibe there is something here for all. The thatched Beach Bar is a blissful all-day affair that has everything you need – including beach butlers!

A plethora of activities are included at Curtain Bluff such as Scuba diving, watersports, tennis and a timetable of fitness classes. For the ultimate indulgence there is a fantastic Spa situated on the bluff overlooking the water with a variety of relaxing and rejuvenating treatments.

For the energetic amongst you there is a full menu of activities including waters sports, a fitness centre and over three miles of tropical hiking trails. If you like your activities to be a little less strenuous head to Sense – a Rosewood Spa that takes inspiration from the natural bounty of the island – sugar cane, molasses, spice and rum!

erched on a rocky peninsula above two gorgeous beaches, Curtain Bluff is a charming all inclusive resort in a beautiful setting. To one side a blissfully calm beach, perfect for lazy Caribbean days and to the other, a dramatic surf beach pounded by the ocean.

iscovered by Christopher Columbus in 1493 this tiny island has enchanted seafarers, romantics and naturalists for years. Now known as ‘Jumby Bay’ it truly is the stuff of dreams.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

31

–––––––– Barbados

Coral Reef Club

––––––––

The Sandpiper

S

F

Accommodation is thoughtfully appointed with cool marble floors and restful colours. Garden Rooms and Cottages are set within the mature tropical gardens or for more space, the Junior Suites are a good option with their oversized balcony or terrace. Luxury Cottages offer a separate living and sleeping area and private plunge pool.

With just 47 rooms and suites this is boutique in the true sense of the word. Expect cool, tranquil spaces with flashes of colour. Rattan furnishings, cloud soft beds and private decks or balconies with plump day beds perfect for those lazy Barbados afternoons. All of the rooms here are beautiful however the One Bedroom Suites offer more living space and the magnificent Treetop Suites boast sea views and a private plunge pool, perfect for honeymooners.

itting on the calm west coast we think this beautiful hotel is the complete epitome of West Indian elegance.

Owned and managed by the same family since the 1950’s Coral Reef Club holds superior levels of service and great attention to detail in high priority and for us, it is the essence of classic island style!

The restaurant overlooks the beautiful Caribbean Sea and showcases a daily changing menu of beautifully prepared seafood and classical Caribbean dishes, with live music most evenings.

There are two beautiful swimming pools and a range of complimentary non-motorised water sports, as well as a fitness centre and two floodlit tennis courts. A visit to the Spa is a must! Regarded as one of the best in the Caribbean complete with an outdoor Hydro-pool and a stunning Thermal Suite with a serene crystal steam room and experience shower.

32

rom its prime location on a beautiful white beach, the lush gardens filled with the vibrant colours and intoxicating scents of tropical flowers to the low rise buildings, blinding white against the almost impossibly blue sky, The Sandpiper encapsulates intimate, relaxed elegance perfectly.

Eclectic Caribbean flair is the order of the day from the restaurant. For a warm natural vibe head to Harold’s Beach Bar – the place for breezy lunches and rum punches at sundown. This little treasure sits right on the beach with breathtaking views of the Caribbean Sea. The Sandpiper is owned by the same family as the Coral Reef Club and is a long standing favourite with Turquoise guests, many returning year after year for their fix of genuine Bajan hospitality.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Barbados

––––––––

The House W

ith a picture-perfect setting on the legendary platinum west coast, The House is an uber-stylish and sophisticated adults-only retreat. This is a place where somehow the seriously clever blend of minimalistic-chic sits in total harmony with the laid-back, informal style that is so indicative of the Caribbean. The service here is thoughtful and unobtrusive, where ambassadors provide a personalised service 24 hours a day and will quite literally bend over backwards to ensure your every need is met.

When it comes to accommodation you have two choices with Junior or One Bedroom Suites, both with either garden or ocean views. There are just 34 suites in total and all feature the beautiful soft flowing lines of polished teak, a calming palette of fabrics, comfy sofas and beautiful marble bathrooms.

A daily Champagne breakfast comes as standard as does complimentary Wi-Fi,

flat screen TV, iPod docking stations and air-conditioning. The spacious balconies and patios are also very comfortably furnished. A 30 minute jet lag massage per person is a complimentary inclusion.

The House plays host to one of the best restaurants in Barbados and alongside the fabulous Champagne breakfasts which are served in the beautiful open air lounge, all day dining comes in the form of Daphne’s, a highly acclaimed Italian beachfront restaurant. Head chef Marco Festini Cromer offers a fresh approach with a Barbados-inspired touch. In addition you are also invited to indulge in the fine cuisine on offer at the sister hotels of The House – hop in the complimentary water taxi and head to Colony Club, Crystal Cove or Turtle Beach, or pop next door to Tamarind for a change of scenery.

Whilst the glorious beach is for many entertainment enough, for those who like to be a little more active there’s a range of complimentary water sports and the super-efficient ambassadors are of course always on hand to organise golf, horse-riding, fishing and much more. At sister hotel Tamarind next door, you have full use of their fitness room which includes a menu of exercise classes and the blissful Ying Yang spa. Enjoy a Bajan Chill Out package with over 2 hours of pampering including a body scrub, manicure & Swedish massage.

Romantic Moments ♥ Take a private sunset catamaran cruise through the gentle waves of the Caribbean Sea

♥ Enjoy a romantic candlelit meal from Daphne’s at a table for 2 on the beach

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

33

–––––––– Barbados

––––––––

Cobblers Cove T

here are a plethora of luxury hotels lining the platinum western shores of Barbados all vying for your patronage and at Cobblers Cove, we have found a very special place. Think colonial charm meets Caribbean spirit.

This stunning beachside property is privately owned and features just 40 suites, each with a bespoke design and a beautiful setting. Tucked under the swaying palms in the tropical gardens you will find the Garden Suites, exceptionally comfortable cottage-style accommodation with private terraces or balconies to soak up the view.

Contemporary furnishings blend effortlessly with colonial influence, designed to give an authentic feel.

All suites feature air conditioned bedrooms and traditional ceiling fans in the living area. Ocean Front Suites are just steps from the azure waters, crisp white fabrics only serve to enhance the vivid blue of the ocean and sky beyond.

34

These are most definitely ‘rooms with a view’. The bookshelf of ‘beach reads’ is a thoughtful touch in each suite.

The ultra-luxurious Camelot and Colleton Suites are situated on the top floor of the Great House featuring marble flooring, Jacuzzi bathrooms, ‘His & Hers’ showers and a roof terrace with a private plunge pool overlooking the ocean.

Dining at the Camelot Restaurant is a gourmet delight, probably about as good as it gets anywhere in the Caribbean, and is enhanced by its position right on the beachfront. The award-winning cuisine features international dishes with a Bajan twist. Cobblers Cove’s reputation for excellence in cuisine has earned the hotel its much coveted 5 star recognition from the prestigious Relais & Châteaux group, as well the prize accolade of ‘Restaurant of the Year’ by the Barbados Hotel & Tourism

Association. There is also a fantastic cocktail bar – and complimentary English afternoon tea is served in the lounge each day.

For water babies there is a superb choice of complimentary water sports including waterskiing, sailing, kayaking, windsurfing and snorkelling. For those who have an urge to be pampered, the Sea Moon Spa offers a tempting list of treatments to relax mind, body and soul.

The freshwater swimming pool and sun terrace are the perfect place to relax and unwind. We must mention that the sun loungers here are the most comfortable we have ever had the privilege to sit on!

Romantic Moments ♥ Arrange a private candlelit beach picnic or dinner and enjoy Cobblers Cove’s fine cuisine in your own secluded setting

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– British Virgin Islands

––––––––

Biras Creek A

ccessible only by water or helicopter from the BVI’s capital island of Tortola, Biras Creek is a blissfully secluded retreat that will definitely bring out your inner ‘pirate’.

Gin-clear waters flow through inlets and over powder soft beaches whilst views encompass emerald-clad hills, the open waves of the Atlantic Ocean and the mesmerising topaz blue of the Caribbean Sea. 31 suites are draped seductively across 140 acres with Garden, Ocean, Grand and Premier Suites to tempt you.

Garden Suites are tranquil spaces, set back from the shoreline and tucked into the natural landscape. Ocean Suites take pride of place along the waterfront with uninterrupted views of the Caribbean Sea and a tropical garden shower. Grand Suites up the ante with private plunge pools overlooking the ocean and breathtaking views while the Premier Suite has two bedrooms, ideal

for couples travelling together. All have private verandas, cool terracotta tiles underfoot and complimentary bicycles – oh yes, and the first bottle of Biras Creek rum in your mini bar is complimentary as well!

for your own private interlude. For those who are a little nervous, complimentary tuition is available for all water sport activities. Other facilities include a beautiful pool, gorgeous spa and a fitness centre.

Lunch is served either at the Beach Grill or Hilltop Restaurant. In the evening there are 2 menu options at the Hilltop Restaurant. Choose from fine dining a la carte or a more casual international menu from sushi and Italian favourites to local dishes, fresh seafood and more!

Walking and cycling are a great way to explore the island but for something a little different head to the stables.

Five beautiful Paso Fino horses call Biras Creek their home and all have their own story to tell. The Paso Fino breed is spirited yet gentle and the classes here err towards natural horsemanship and healing – a truly magical experience for all ages.

The unique location gives rise to a host of ways to explore. For those hankering after adventures on the high seas there are sailing boats, snorkelling, scuba diving, kayaking and much more.

Boston Whalers are available for island excursions – just grab your snorkel and a picnic lunch and head out into the protected waters around the resort

Romantic Moments ♥ Take to the waters aboard Crystal Clear, a beautiful 62’ yacht. Why not charter her for 2 or 3 nights before or after your stay at Biras Creek to explore this stunning archipelago

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

35

–––––––– British Virgin Islands

––––––––

Peter Island Resort & Spa U

ninhabited and unexplored this idyllic private island has, so it’s said, been home to the rich, famous and infamous – from Christopher Columbus to Sir Francis Drake and even the feared pirate Blackbeard.

Today Peter Island is the ultimate, luxury escape with stunning beaches and acres to explore on foot or by bike.

Accommodation here is all-encompassing and the Ocean View Rooms are just steps from the pool and are beautifully appointed. Décor is stylish with flashes of green and marine blue, and oversize balconies come complete with hammocks perfect for indulgent sunny afternoons. Our favourite suites however are the Beach Front Junior Suites – just a coconuts throw from Deadmans Beach you are surrounded by the fragrance of tropical blooms, have direct access to the pristine white sands and can relax on your private balcony or patio, or even in the Jacuzzi

36

baths for two. Vast king size beds and spectacular views over Deadmans Bay, Dead Chest Island and the hazy outline of the British Virgin Islands beyond complete the picture – sheer bliss!

Dining on Peter Island is a gourmet extravaganza of Asian-Caribbean fusion and the Gala Buffet on a Saturday night is unmissable. At Deadmans Beach Bar & Grill you can dine with the warm sand between your toes, surrounded by sea grapes and with the breeze in your hair – perfect for sun-kissed lunches. On Sunday afternoons a steel band provides the background music and the vibe is anything but ‘dead’.

For chilled treats and decadent cocktails head to Drakes Lounge, a popular spot with passing boaties and yachtsmen. Stop by, soak up the atmosphere and just slow down.

place for watersports whilst White Bay Beach is where you go for arguably the best snorkelling on the island.

Honeymoon Beach is a heaven-sent slender crescent of white sand where there is just room for two. Wherever you lay your towel you can be sure that the water will be crystal clear and the sands warm and powder soft. In addition there is sanctuary-inspired spa and a plethora of activities to enjoy from sailing, windsurfing and diving to cycling, tennis and hiking.

Romantic Moments ♥ Sunset at the Loop – watch the spectacular BVI sunset from one of the most beautiful points on the island whilst enjoying a fruit and cheese platter and your favourite tipple!

With 5 beaches on offer you are spoilt for choice, Deadmans Beach is the

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– British Virgin Islands

––––––––

Rosewood Little Dix Bay E

njoying an enviously remote location in the eastern Caribbean, the stunningly beautiful British Virgin Islands, of which there are over 60, are all equally gorgeous. The fact that you can’t fly directly to the BVI just adds to air of exclusivity and luxury.

Rosewood Little Dix Bay is a sleepy boutique island resort on the third largest island, Virgin Gorda – or ‘Fat Virgin’ as it translates from Spanish – located just 15 minutes by boat from Tortola and lies behind a colourful reef making the water of the beach shallow, gin-clear and calm.

Founded in 1964 by Laurance S. Rockefeller, who dreamt of creating a place of natural beauty and harmony offering an escape from the ordinary, Little Dix features 105 beautifully renovated suites, cottages and villas each elegantly and timelessly styled with natural stone, magnificent views

and outside space with comfy furniture and hammocks that sway in the gentle tradewinds. A Turquoise favourite are the newest rooms, the Rosewood Junior Suites, which are just steps from the beach. If you are looking for something a little more unusual we recommend the hexagonal-shaped Tree House Cottages which are perched on stilts in the gardens – reminiscent of the original tree houses first built by Laurance Rockefeller they offer stunning views from an elevated perspective.

Whether you want a peaceful breakfast, lazy lunch or a romantic evening interlude there are dining options to suit all. The Beach Grill is perfect for daytime meals and a decadent array of cocktails, The Pavilion is where you head for a choice of mouth-watering a-la-carte or buffet lunches and dinners (we highly recommend the Caribbean Grand Buffet on Monday evenings) and

the wonderful Sugar Mill fine dining restaurant serves up the most delicious fusion cuisine.

In addition to the stunning stretch of white sand beach there are seven other beaches close by which are only accessible by boat and Little Dix Bay offers a complimentary water taxi service to transfer guests to their own private paradise.

For the ultimate indulgence, head to the Sense Spa. Dramatically situated on a cliff-edge, Sense offers a smorgasbord of Caribbean therapeutic treatments utilising indigenous herbs that grow within the grounds of the resort.

Romantic Moments ♥ Charter a yacht for a day to explore nearby islands like the coral atoll of Anegada where you might even catch some of the famed Spiny Lobsters.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

37

–––––––– British Virgin Islands

Guana Island

S

even pristine beaches and miles of tropical forest make up Guana Island. With acres of seclusion per guest you’ll barely have to share it with anyone. This is beautiful low key luxury, honed through seven decades of careful family stewardship.

Rooms here are spacious and bright with magnificent views of the sea – think of them as peaceful tropical retreats offering the utmost in privacy. For a treat upgrade to one of the cottages with a private pool.

With tables overlooking the ocean, dining here is a convivial affair. Sumptuous buffets laden with sinful decadence are set for breakfast and lunch and by night, dine by candlelight with the gentle tinkle of crystal in the background.

Guana Island is a wildlife sanctuary like no other and has the richest fauna known for an island of its size anywhere in the Caribbean. Hiking is an extremely popular activity, as is delving beneath the dazzling blue waters of the ocean, and White Bay Beach is home to a plethora of watersports.

This is a very special place where maybe, just maybe you will see the elusive flash of green at the exact moment the sun sinks into the ocean.

38

––––––––

Cooper Island Beach Club

N

estled against the pristine shores of Manchioneel Bay on the north-west coast, Cooper Island Beach Club is a small, intimate eco-chic retreat in a picture-perfect setting.

Natural, unspoilt and breathtakingly beautiful, this is a place to come for total relaxation, to escape from the world and to discover an island that is exactly what the Caribbean is supposed to be.

This is a resort which just oozes peace and tranquillity.

11 Beachfront Cottages are dotted across the hillside, all simply yet beautifully furnished with natural woods and linens, white washed timbers and driftwood tones. Each cottage boasts impressive views over Sir Francis Drake channel and the surrounding islands – the wooden balconies are a perfect place to just sit and reflect.

The unassuming restaurant conjures up traditional Caribbean favourites alongside international dishes whilst the comfortable bar is the perfect place to relax and watch the world go by with a famous Painkiller cocktail in hand!

Cooper Island offers some excellent dive opportunities for all abilities. Kayaks, paddle boards and snorkelling equipment are all available for guests and the snorkelling straight from the beach is absolutely sensational!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Jamaica

––––––––

Round Hill Hotel & Villas B

uilt as a playground for the rich and famous over 60 years ago, Round Hill can list more than its fair share of artists, literati and stars amongst its past and present guests.

To stay here is to walk in the footsteps of legends such as Noel Coward, Errol Flynn, John F Kennedy and Jackie Kennedy. Rumour has it that Villa 12, originally owned by Oscar Hammerstein, is where Oscar first met Maria von Trapp and thus ‘The Sound of Music’ was born.

Set above a swathe of brilliant white sand in Montego Bay, Round Hill is a tangle of guestrooms, Villa Suites and Villas set in blooming, tropical gardens.

The 36 Oceanfront Rooms come highly recommended and are set in the main Pineapple House. The rooms were designed by Ralph Lauren and are evocative of carefree beach living.

You can expect white stone floors, romantic four-poster beds draped in

muslin and oversize bathrooms with deep soaking bath tubs and cascading rain showers. All have spectacular views over the double infinity pool and Caribbean Sea. For more privacy choose a Villa Suite and enjoy a spacious bedroom, open air living room or veranda and use of a semi-private pool.

The 27 Villas range from two to six bedrooms and most have private pools.

Dining is an integral part of any stay at Round Hill and the kitchen creates mouth-watering dishes that showcase the finest local produce and Jamaican flavours. Days are casual and laid back with long leisurely breakfasts served overlooking the sea or in your private suite. Lunch might be a beach-side barbeque or sumptuous buffet on the terrace. Evenings are casually elegant; enjoy sundowners before indulging at the Seaside Terrace or the new Grill at Round Hill with its stunning views.

Friday’s famous Jamaican Night is often

the highlight of the week – a huge celebration of Jamaican food and culture, during which guests are served delicious local cuisine whilst enjoying live entertainment.

The world is quite literally your oyster at Round Hill – enjoy a bounty of water sports, golf, tennis, exercise classes or just relax and do absolutely nothing at all. The Spa at Round Hill is a cunningly restored 18th century plantation house on the beachfront and we challenge you to find a more tranquil spot!

Romantic Moments ♥ Indulge in The Spa at Sunset Package – a 50 minute couples massage followed by Champagne and your choice of fruit or cheese platter served on the Welcome Wharf pier

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

39

–––––––– Jamaica

––––––––

Jamaica Inn N

o, not the one that graces the wilds of Bodmin Moor – this Jamaica Inn is an altogether more enchanting prospect! On a beautiful crescent of champagne coloured sand, outside the town of Ocho Rios you will find our Jamaica Inn, a charming boutique property that has been wowing guests for over 60 years.

With just 53 spacious rooms, suites and cottages there is a genuine air of tranquillity here and the friendly staff pride themselves on their exceptional levels of service. Each room has that quintessential Caribbean view with comfortably appointed verandas or spacious balconies. Crisp white linens, Wedgewood blue walls, plantation-style louvre shutters and cool ceramic floors create a very light and airy feel, and the charming antiques enhance the feeling that you have stepped back in time.

With no distractions such as TV’s, alarm clocks or radios to disturb the

40

peace, the only sound is the gentle lapping of the waves on the beautiful white sand beach.

Mornings start with a leisurely breakfast on your private veranda or on the lovely terrace overlooking the Caribbean Sea. Refuel at lunchtime with the sand between your toes in the Beach Bar and delight in afternoon tea on the cocktail terrace. A varied 6 course menu is available each evening, a clever blend of international cuisine infused with local Jamaican flavours and accompanied by live music most nights.

The private beach at Jamaica Inn is never crowded and if you can bear to tear yourself away from that book you have been meaning to read all year as you laze in one of the hammocks slung between the swaying palms, you can enjoy a host of complimentary beach activities including kayaking, paddle boarding and snorkelling.

Further relaxation can be found at the intimate Ocean Spa, hidden in the cliffs of Cutlass Bay. All treatments are drawn from the plants of the island, sourced from local organic farmers and wild-gathered by environmentally sustainable methods. In addition to a full menu of spa services, circuit training, personal training, private yoga instruction and other fitness classes are offered throughout the week.

Romantic Moments ♥ For the true romantics amongst you, an upgrade to Cottage 7 is our tip; with custom made furnishing, a beautiful infinity pool and steps down to a private cove it is simply breathtaking!

♥ End a perfect day in paradise with a couples massage on the ocean side, as the sun sets

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Jamaica

Strawberry Hill

S

et high above Kingston on the steep slopes of the Blue Mountains, Strawberry Hill is a unique retreat owned by music industry icon Chris Blackwell. Having come to tea here with his mother for many years, a childhood dream was fulfilled when he purchased the hotel in 1972. Strawberry Hill became a haven for musicians and legendary Jamaican artist, Bob Marley, enjoyed romantic rendezvous here and found shelter and peace after threats to his life in the mid-1970s.

Just 12 bespoke cottages each have their own individual personality and every balcony is angled just-so to capture the jaw-dropping view. Design is a modern interpretation of classic colonial style and these white washed, timber framed cottages are totally enchanting.

Dining at Strawberry Hill is a celebration of New Jamaican cuisine. Traditional dishes get a subtle contemporary twist and Sunday brunch has become something of an institution.

The delectable spa is tucked away along flower-strewn paths and the pure air and mountain vistas will ensure all your cares just slip away!

With its beautiful mountain location Strawberry Hill is the perfect place to relax before heading to the beach.

––––––––

Goldeneye

F

orget from Russia with love, this is from Jamaica with love!

Whether you are a James Bond fan or not, you can’t fail to be impressed by GoldenEye – this is where Ian Fleming penned all 14 of his James Bond novels.

There are 20 cottages and villas including the Fleming Villa, which is now the centre piece of the resort. The One Bedroom Beach Villas open directly onto the soft white sands, whilst the Lagoon Cottages are perched over the lagoon with expansive terraces and your own brightly coloured kayaks tied up and waiting for you. This is indoor/outdoor living at its best with bright colours, louvre shutters and impressive attention to detail.

If you have a head for heights dine at The Gazebo, a treehouse style restaurant overlooking the beach and a seductive spot to enjoy sundowners. Bizot Bar is the spot for stylish, low-key dining – just steps from the sea this is the place for energising breakfasts and delectable lunches.

FieldSpa is a natural space built into the landscape and you can swim, kayak or just meander along the walkways to arrive for your treatment. Elixirs, tonics and essential oils are infused with the healing flowers and aromatic herbs grown at Pantrepant, Chris Blackwell’s 2500 acre family farm.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

41

–––––––– Grenada

––––––––

Calabash T

he boutique resort of Calabash lies on the south coast of Grenada and is owned and managed by the Garbutt family who bought the hotel in 1987. Since then Calabash has evolved into the luxury resort it is today, a subtle hub offering a vibrant taste of island life. Family is perhaps life’s greatest treasure and this is a philosophy that the whole extended Calabash family passionately believes in. When you arrive, you’ll immediately feel part of it and being a small hotel you will soon be known by name, not by room number.

Creating a gentle horseshoe around the mature tropical gardens there are just 30 suites at Calabash which face out to the sea. Décor is fresh and vibrant and all feature spacious living areas which flow out onto a private balcony or terrace. Westside Suites are perfect for beach lovers as these are closest to the soft white sands,

42

or for a touch of indulgence pick a Pool Suite with the perfect addition of your own private plunge pool and outdoor shower.

Dining is a real delight here with two superb restaurants to choose from.

Rhodes Restaurant, headed up by none other than the UK’s very own Gary Rhodes, is a world-class establishment offering elegant island-inspired flavours in a sophisticated space. Bash by Mark B is the brainchild of another UK chef Mark Banthorpe and is set on L’Anse Aux Epines Beach – definitely the spot for long lazy lunches with your toes in the sand. A real treat at Calabash is that breakfast is served daily in the privacy of your suite on your balcony or terrace – prepared to order at a time that suits you this is a truly relaxing way to start the day. If you are still hungry, traditional afternoon is served each day in the lobby bar.

Grenada is a diver’s paradise and the underwater world reveals some of the best reef and wreck dive sites anywhere in the Caribbean. For those who like to stay a little closer to shore, snorkelling equipment is available along with kayaks and hobie cats. On land there is a floodlit tennis court and small fitness centre.

The Heaven and Earth Spa sits perched on the hillside, designed to capture the gentle cooling breezes. Take your pick from holistic therapies, indulgent massages and facials which sound good enough to eat with organic ingredients such as papaya, pineapple, honey and chocolate!

Romantic Moments ♥ For the ultimate romantic escape, book the signature Thorneycroft Suite

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Grenada

––––––––

Spice Island Beach Resort S

itting on glorious Grand Anse Beach and just 10 minutes from the capital St George, Spice Island Beach Resort is truly the grand-dame of the lush island of Grenada. Owned by Sir Royston and Lady Hopkin this elegant, boutique resort is utterly charming and offers a blissfully warm and relaxed Grenadian welcome. The next generation of the Hopkin family, under the watchful eye of Sir Royston are the young custodians of this Grenadian icon. Guests who chose to stay at Spice Island Beach Resort truly are treated as family.

There are 44 suites nestled in the gardens or stretched along a swathe of powder-soft sand and a further 17 suites with private pools set in tropical gardens. All are beautiful and provide exceptional levels of luxury and comfort.

Expect soft, muted colours, seriously comfortable beds and private terraces or balconies. The Sea Grape Beach

Suites are sublime and amongst our favourite rooms anywhere in the Caribbean. They sit slap bang on Grand Anse Beach and fittings are by Phillip Starck, renowned for designing some of the most fabulous hotels around the world. You can expect sleek, contemporary lines, jaw-dropping views, oversized bath tubs, Italian Frette linens and a private garden with double hammock, perfect for snuggling up and revelling in the tropical sunsets.

Superb island-inspired cuisine from a daily changing menu is order of the day at Olivers Restaurant. Savour authentic Creole and international dishes whilst sweet island melodic sounds come care of Grenada’s local calypso, reggae and steel pan bands. For more than a touch of Caribbean cool head to Sea and Surf Terrace & Bar – it’s open for relaxed lunches and delectable cocktails day & night.

The beach is arguably the best on the island and Spice Island Beach Resort has prime position. There’s a gorgeous freeform swimming pool with plentiful sun loungers and you can enjoy a range of complimentary water sports, along with tennis and cycling. Green fees at the nine-hole Grenada Golf Club are also included. If you need any further assistance to relax into the gentle rhythms of the island, may we suggest Janissa’s Spa where the talented therapists use natural ingredients to harness the restorative powers of the ‘spice island’ in a way that will leave you truly rejuvenated!

Romantic Moments ♥ Upgrade to one of the beautiful Royal Collection Pool Suites for the ultimate indulgence, complete with your own private sauna

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

43

–––––––– St Vincent and the Grenadines

––––––––

Petit St Vincent T

his exclusive, private island lies at the southern tip of the Grenadines and is a hidden gem that we would quite like to keep secret! Petit St Vincent is a place where you can’t help but switch off completely from the outside world to enjoy the natural paradise that surrounds you. Imagine 115 acres of untouched verdant landscape and 2 miles of powder soft white sand beaches. The staff are incredibly warm and friendly and with just 22 cottages on the island it has an intimate and personable feel – this is more than just a luxury holiday, it is an escape!

Most of the cottages are located right on the beach with your own private stretch of sand. Finished with local natural materials, expect spectacular driftwood lamps, plump scatter cushions reflecting the stunning aquamarine shades and inviting hammocks swaying in the breeze. There’s no Wi-Fi, TV, phones or keys in the room – instead the island

44

has a wonderful flag system, just hoist up the yellow flag outside your cottage, write a note and place it in your bamboo letter box and the attentive staff will ensure your every wish is fulfilled.

With two restaurants, one hillside and one beachside, gourmet chefs offer a variety of creative cuisine featuring locally caught seafood and island-grown fruit and vegetables, fresh from the organic garden. Dining options are varied – the lunch and dinner menu at the hillside restaurant changes daily and the beachside restaurant has an excellent choice of BBQ and grilled foods, salads and an abundance of lobster plucked straight from the fabulous lobster pot right on the beach.

On Friday nights you can enjoy the authentic Caribbean vibe of the steel band beach BBQ. The Tree Top spa has 4 treatment rooms and is run by two wonderful

Balinese therapists offering an abundance of treatments – Balinese massage anyone? Enjoy a plethora of complimentary watersports including windsurfing, Sunfish sailing, hobie cats, kayaking and fishing. For divers, the island has its own Jean-Michel Cousteau dive centre. Managed and run by Jean-Michel’s experienced team, all levels of diver are catered for.

On dry land enjoy a game of tennis, explore the island by bike or just relax with a yoga class.

Romantic Moments ♥ On Monday nights, settle down to watch an old movie on the beach under the stars with a paper bag of homemade popcorn and cocktail in hand

♥ Charter Beauty, the islands sailboat to take you to the nearby Tobago Cays – a snorkellers paradise

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– St Vincent and the Grenadines

Bequia Beach Hotel

R

egarded by many as the ‘jewel’ in the Grenadines, the relatively unknown island of Bequia retains an old-world charm and a unique style of its own.

Bequia Beach Hotel lays claim to the best spot on the island, on the picturesque beach of Friendship Bay and only 10 minutes from the capital of Port Elizabeth with its colourful array of shops, bars & restaurants.

Well known for its authentic charm and friendly, welcoming staff, this boutique hideaway offers just 57 colonial style rooms, suites and villas, many of which offer views over the turquoise waters of Caribbean Sea. The Beach Front Suites are hard to beat and occupy an enviable location just steps from the pristine sand! A short stroll along the beach you will find a range of non-motorised watersports, and fishing and diving can also be arranged.

Dining comes in the form of alfresco Bagatelle which boasts a stunning setting just steps from the surf! After dinner make your way along the beach to the Bequia Beach Bar – an original Rum Shack with a fabulous atmosphere and mean rum cocktails!

––––––––

The Cotton House

T

here’s exclusive and then there’s Mustique, beloved by the rich and famous and royalty both past and present.

The Cotton House is the only hotel on Mustique and retains a delightful air of seclusion and exclusivity with just 17 rooms and villas set amongst 13 acres of tropical gardens. This old cotton warehouse was converted by Oliver Messel in 1968 and has been the social hub of the island ever since. The individual rooms are light and airy with high ceilings, crisp white linen and flashes of vibrant colour. Deluxe rooms and suites offer the added indulgence of a private plunge pool.

Whether you want barefoot informality or elegant a la carte dining you’ll find both options here. Head chef Tristan Welch, formerly of 2* Michelin restaurant Petrus creates fantasy dishes drawing inspiration from the finest local product and fruits of the sea. Dining at the Veranda Restaurant showcases Tristan’s clever twist on progressive West Indian cuisine and The Beach Café & Bar on Endeavour Bay is the place for morning coffee and long lazy lunches in the sunshine.

Spend your days beachcombing, sailing, fishing, horse-riding and scuba diving, enjoy some well earned pampering in the impressive Cotton House Spa or just relax and do nothing at all!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

45

–––––––– Turks & Caicos

––––––––

Parrot Cay by COMO S

et on a private island in the ridiculously idyllic Turks and Caicos, Parrot Cay by COMO sits on an ivory stretch of sand that is seemingly endless and washed by the gin-clear waters of the Caribbean Sea. Do not under estimate the beauty of the beaches here – this truly could be paradise!

To further enhance the sublime location, the range of rooms, beach houses and villas on offer is equally superb. With just 72 in total including the uber-exclusive Parrot Cay Estates, this is a place of unobtrusive luxury.

Rooms are generous is size with sleek, stylish furniture, vast four poster beds swathed in voile and private verandas or sun decks. Expect a calming palate of colours with cream, ivory, pale blue and terracotta featuring strongly; this is effortless glamour. We highly recommend the One Bedroom Beach Houses which are just steps from the

46

perfect white sand and offer separate living and sleeping areas, as well as a heated plunge pool on your private deck.

for meditation can learn about the healing powers of Pranayama, a deep yoga breathing technique.

When it comes to dining, the bounty of seafood on the doorstep plays a starring role. The poolside Lotus restaurant features fresh Caribbean and Asian flavours or for a more formal elegant feel, The Terrace serves sophisticated Mediterranean dishes. The COMO Shambhala cuisine follows a wellness theme and is exceptionally popular.

Private beach picnics, tiki hut dinners and in-room dining are also available.

The calm waters are heaven-sent for superb water sports and there is an excellent non-motorised water sports programme. The snorkelling is just breathtaking and the dive sites are among the best to be found in the Caribbean. If getting sand in your shoes is not your thing then don’t worry, the dazzling infinity edge pool is equally divine and surrounded by shady day bed pavilions with a picture-perfect view over the beach.

COMO Shambhala Retreat is set in low-lying pavilions overlooking the North Caicos Channel and the surrounding wetlands, offering a wide range of holistic and Asian inspired treatments.

Yoga and Pilates claim an integral role at Parrot Cay and complimentary classes are held six days per week, as well as private tuition. Those looking

Romantic Moments ♥ Private dining possibilities are endless – enjoy a castaway style picnic in the beachfront Tiki Hut or an intimate dinner on your private veranda.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Cayman Islands

––––––––

Southern Cross Club T

he island of Little Cayman has a long, rich history and back in 1958 on its almost entirely deserted shores, a group of adventurers opened the Southern Cross Fishing Club. At the time the island could boast a population of 3 and nowadays, depending on which day of the week it is, the population numbers settle at around 200!

For those who find nirvana in natural, unspoilt beauty, the vivid colours beneath the waves and the gentle sound of gin-clear waters washing deserted beaches, Little Cayman will take some beating. Scattered along a pristine stretch of blinding white sand and facing South Hole Sound you will find the 14 Beach Bungalows which comprise the total sum of accommodation at the Southern Cross Club. Exteriors are awash with the sugar-bright colours of the Caribbean – turquoise blue, coral pink and sunset yellow, whilst interiors are cheery and

welcoming with crisp white linens, pale wood furnishings and all have uninterrupted, picture-postcard views of the beach.

Breakfast and lunch consist of lavish buffets whilst dinner is an a la carte affair – choose to dine in the lovely dining room or al fresco under a canopy of stars on the beach. In keeping with the charming, relaxed style the bar operates an honour system throughout the day and then as the afternoon fades away, a bar tender is on hand to mix delicious tropical cocktails. The Tiki Bar has a warm, Caribbean vibe and is a great spot to meet a few of the locals who are always happy to share stories of great fishing spots and dive sites.

Whilst there is no spa, we defy anyone to spend a few hours swaying in one of the comfy beach hammocks with the warm trade winds wafting over you and not end up feeling utterly relaxed.

For those who crave the underwater world, Southern Cross Club has a dedicated dive operation to get you up close and personal with the extraordinary marine life. When it comes to fishing there is no better spot, after all that’s how the Southern Cross Club originally came into being.

Romantic Moments ♥ Book the Honeymoon Suite with its extra space and private veranda overlooking South Hole Sound and uninhabited Owen Island

♥ Indulge in the ultimate island romance – a gourmet dinner for two on the beach. The chefs will work with you to create the perfect menu for a memorable evening!

♥ The most idyllic spot for a romantic barefoot wedding, why not say ‘I Do’ in paradise?

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

47

–––––––– St Kitts

––––––––

Belle Mont Farm T

his brand new retreat introduces a completely new way of thinking about tourism to the island of St Kitts.

The brainchild of Val Kempadoo, Belle Mont Farm at Kittitian Hill is a sustainable idea which brings people together and will benefit both locals and visitors alike.

Accommodation comes in the form of One Bedroom Guesthouses – beautifully created spaces with open decks, verandas complete with soft day beds and some with your own private plunge pool. Inside you’ll find high ceilings, crisp white bed linens and a refreshment area laden with fresh fruit and juices which are replenished daily.

Organic toiletries grace the gorgeous bathrooms and we particularly love the idea of the private bathroom veranda with free standing slipper bath. You’ll also find an iPad packed with films so you can transform your room into a personal cinema with the assistance

48

of a giant pull-down screen and projector – Belle Mont Farm will even provide the popcorn!

The culinary philosophy embraces ‘farm to table’ cooking and numerous varieties of fruits and vegetables are grown within the grounds – watch out for ‘pick me’ signs inviting you to taste an exotic fresh fruit you may have never seen before. Dining options are varied – The Kitchen is set high above the resort and offers a relaxed Caribbean vibe or enjoy the communal interaction at The Table – an experience that is both artistic and authentic. The Mill evokes memories of when sugar cane was ‘king’ but now instead of turning cane into sugar and rum, the Mill has a talented team of mixologists who create the most delectable cocktails.

Community is at the heart of everything that Belle Mont Farm is trying to achieve and a visit to the local artisans

and farmers gives an interesting taste of village life. In addition there is much to explore on this stunning, rainforestclad island. The beautiful beaches are heaven-sent for beach combing and the off-shore coral reef bursting with colour.

If you fancy catching your dinner, one of the local fishermen will happily take you out to one of the best spots – you might be sworn to secrecy about its exact whereabouts though! There are miles of walking trails and cycling is a really popular way to explore. Perhaps follow the trail down to the Golden Lemon Beach Bar for sundowners then hitch a ride back on the golf buggy!

For those in need of some pampering head to Mango Walk. Nestled among a grove of ancient giant mango trees, the rainforest spa sits high on the mountain and close to heaven. Secluded and peaceful, you’re surrounded by nature in this inspiring setting.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Nevis

Montpelier Plantation

T

his charming boutique property is set high in the foothills of Nevis Peak and surrounded by the most incredible tropical gardens. Montpelier Plantation has a wealth of history hidden in its old walls – this was the site of one of the 18th century sugar plantations and many original features from the mill still remain.

The plantation style throughout the 19 rooms is more than a nod to the history of Montpelier, and a contemporary twist brings a lightness and charm which is most definitely 21st century. Private verandas capture stunning views of the emerald green foliage and deep indigo sea beyond.

Montpelier Plantation is a proud member of Relais & Chateaux and the food here is a delightful blend of French meets Caribbean. By day, enjoy easy-going island dining then as the sun sets, the ambience changes and sharing platters, molecular cocktails and chilled Champagne set the vibe.

The balance here between active and repose is sublime and Nevis has something to offer all. Perfect for hiking and cycling, exploring lush rainforests and wandering through old plantation ruins or maybe, just relax and immerse yourselves in the glorious island of Nevis.

––––––––

Nisbet Plantation

C

elebrating 25 years of private ownership in 2015, this boutique hotel offers the charm of 18th century history with all the modern days conveniences. You can expect warm Nevisian hospitality and an authentic island experience making this romantic setting unforgettable!

There are 36 rooms and suites in lemon-hued cottages with pristine Nevisian white roofs, scattered throughout the palm-filled gardens. We think all the rooms here are beautiful but if you have a need to be close to the shore pick one of the Premier Junior Suites, just steps from the beach.

The Sea Breeze Beach Bar is perfect for lazy lunches with the sand between your toes and the vibrant Caribbean Sea over your shoulder. Coconuts Restaurant boasts a beach and pool view and is the picture-perfect place for breakfast. The Great House is full of charm and elegance – enjoy fine dining five nights a week and beachfront dining for the Beach BBQ and Surf & Turf evening on the other two nights.

The glorious palm fringed beach complete with swaying hammocks is attraction enough but the island is also small enough to explore easily, and don’t miss a treatment in the Palms Spa – regarded by Conde Nast Traveler as one of the best in the Caribbean.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

49

–––––––– Anguilla

Viceroy Anguilla

L

ocated on the coveted northwest shore, Viceroy Anguilla is a clever blend of modern architecture that sits hand in hand with its beautiful, natural surroundings. This is also the only resort on the island to boast two beachfronts. Set on both Barnes Bay and Meads Bay you can expect a plethora of water sports and umpteen ways to enjoy the delights of the Caribbean Sea. With sophisticated and contemporary interiors by Kelly Wearstler, the rooms and suites feature custom-designed four-poster beds and marble bathrooms with a deep soaking tub and oversized walk-in shower. All rooms offer spacious sundecks with chaise lounges for two and some have the added bonus of a private pool.

Dining comes courtesy of Coba – fine dining at its best, Bamboo Bar & Grill dishing up relaxed seafood on the beach and all-day dining at poolside Aleta. Head to the Sunset Lounge for mouth-watering cocktails, a collection of aged rums and a breathtaking view.

Aside from the beautiful beaches there are three swimming pools, an excellent spa and a natural swim-through grotto provides some of the best snorkelling in Anguilla.

50

––––––––

Cap Juluca

S

et on a perfect crescent of beach at Maundays Bay, the powder soft sands stretch for nearly a mile. This idyllic location on the south western shores of Anguilla makes for long, lazy days and memorable sunsets over the mountain peaks of St Maarten in the distance.

Every room and suite at Cap Juluca is beachfront and has a decor and style with Moorish influences. Plantation-style louvre shutters allow the gentle ocean breeze to flow unhindered, pale ceramic tiles are cool underfoot and private terraces overlook the glorious Caribbean Sea. Dining comes in the form of Pimms – a clever blend of European meets Caribbean, and Blue – for casual, colourful beachfront cuisine. For the romantics out there, in-suite dining and blissful candlelit beach interludes can be arranged.

Cap Juluca exudes a relaxed, yet sophisticated vibe and whilst the resort offers a variety of non-motorised water sports from the beach, most guests can be found reclining on custom-made sun loungers indulging in the chaise-side service or chatting to the friendly bar staff in one of the five beach bar cabanas.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– USA Stopovers

Metropolitan by COMO

O

Miami Beach

ccupying a pre-war Art Deco building in an enviable position on Collins Avenue, Metropolitan by COMO is situated in the heart of the Miami Beach Historic District, overlooking America’s most iconic beach.

Originally designed in 1939, the distinguished property consists of 74 light and airy guestrooms, some have fabulous ocean views and others look towards the city and Intracoastal waterway. Interiors are sleek and stylish with calming pastel colours, cool terrazzo flooring and gleaming chrome – a nod to the elegant Art Deco era yet with a contemporary modern edge.

Poolside cabanas are available exclusively for hotel guests, providing a peaceful escape from the beach. Casual dining menus showcase modern Floridian favourites alongside classic American and Mediterranean dishes. In the evening, Traymore Restaurant & Bar is a buzzy and cool place to linger – enjoy fabulous seafood or work your way through the 30-plus artisanal gins on the drinks list!

For those who tire and seek respite from the Miami party scene head to the award-winning COMO Shambhala Urban Escape, a clean-lined sanctuary complete with a tranquil roof top hydrotherapy pool.

––––––––

Gansevoort Meatpacking

B

NYC

oasting epic views of New York City and the Hudson River, the Gansevoort is the centrepiece of Manhattan’s vibrant Meatpacking District (MPD) – now regarded as one of the city’s most acclaimed neighbourhoods where you can indulge in the stylish restaurants, designer boutiques and spirited nightlife that line the centuries-old cobblestone streets.

There are 186 spacious rooms and 23 suites all featuring plush feather beds, goose down bedding and 400 thread count Egyptian cotton linens linens. State-of-the-art technology comes as standard with wall hung LCD TV’s, a Curious Provisions boom box and complimentary Wi-Fi. The wonderful views include the bustling streetscapes below, the iconic Empire State Building and the Hudson River.

Although surrounded by fabulous places to eat we recommend that you don’t overlook The Chester – the Gansevoort’s American bistro. When you’re not out exploring enjoy some down time and take in the spectacular views from the heated rooftop pool, open year round. This urban oasis is the perfect place to enjoy the beautiful weather, while sipping cocktails from Plunge Rooftop Bar. Live like a New Yorker and head to the Exhale Fitness & Spa for a wide range of award winning spa therapies and fitness classes such as Core Fusion and Yoga.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

51

Southeast Asia

Thailand T

hailand is undoubtedly Southeast Asia’s ultimate beach destination: a country that has hoards of annual devotees. Even the least seasoned traveller would be able to name a few Thai islands: from the silky beaches of Phuket and plush Koh Samui; from hammock-swinging Koh Phi Phi to jungle-clad Ko Phangan; from tiny Koh Lanta to dive-centric Khao Lak, there are oodles of well-known spots to loll the hours away. But despite the millions visiting Thailand each year, a handful of islands remain barely touched by tourism. One of our favourite spots is the relatively unknown Koh Yao Noi, now home to the fittingly barefoot-chic Six Senses Yao Noi. Explore this rural idyll with its farms, villages, and footprint-free beaches. Our other Thai outpost is Koh Kood near the Cambodian border, home to a mixture of rainforest, coconut and rubber plantations, sleepy villages and a mélange of deserted beaches.

Thailand’s sarong-swishing beaches undoubtedly steal the limelight, but out of the sandy spotlight, alternative Thailand awaits with its jungle adventures, elephant treks, hiking trails, temple scene, spa karma and food glorious food. For most, the steamy metropolis of Bangkok is the first taste of Thailand. This is a city in which to lose inhibitions: embrace the frenetic streets, be swept along in the throngs of people, dodge traffic in a tuk tuk, cruise the Chao Phraya River, visit the Grand Palace and Wat Pho – home to all 46-metres of the reclining Buddha – and eat, shop, eat, shop.

En route from Bangkok to beach or visa versa, throw in somewhere totally different like Khao Sok National Park, tucked away in south-west Thailand. Here is Elephant Hills; Thailand’s first luxury tented camp, a back-to-nature jungle safari with campfires, stargazing, rainforest wake-up calls, river canoeing and swimming

52

Chiang Rai & The Golden Triangle

Laos

Chiang Mai

Thailand Vietnam

Bangkok Siem Reap

Cambodia Khao Sok National Park Phuket

Koh Kood Koh Samui & Koh Phangan Krabi & Koh Lanta

in emerald-green lakes. Alternatively head to the wilderness of the north and the dreamy Anantara Golden Triangle Elephant Camp & Resort. With views of Myanmar and Laos, this is a great jungle adventure with myriad trekking opportunities (river, forest and rice fields), longtail boat trips along the Mekong, and remote hill tribe villages to explore. Be taught by mahouts at the elephant camp and even enjoy a bath with the babies.

While Thailand’s sights, sounds and smells enthrall all who visit, foodies have found paradise. We can’t help but crave our daily phad thai and ice-cold Singha, but for the serious gourmet, there are many excellent Thai cookery classes. Whatever time of year and wherever you travel, Thailand is the whole package, topped off with the most genuine of welcomes. Who would expect anything else of the ‘Land of Smiles’?

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel The West Coast (Phuket & Krabi) is at its best between November and May, however the Gulf Coast (Koh Samui) is best between January and September Travel Time Approximately 12 hours Time Difference GMT + 7 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

53

–––––––– Phuket, Thailand

The Surin

O

verlooking one of the best beaches in Thailand, with a backdrop of rolling jungle-clad hills, this charming resort is as distinctive in its setting as it is in its design.

The tranquil and secluded white sand of Pansea Bay, washed by the clear warm turquoise water of the Andaman Sea, is the stuff of dreams…whilst the architecturally designed cottages and suites of The Surin are some of the most sought after on Phuket!

Linked by meandering walkways, the Hillside Cottages cascade down the tropical slopes, shrouded in rainforest.

Be prepared for a steep climb. The Superior, Deluxe and Beach Cottages are lower down the hillside, closer to the beach and pool, and for those who prefer drifting off to the gentle lapping of ocean waves, the Beach Studios and Suites offer direct access on to the sand! We love the simple, understated style – Thai rustic serenity meets New England beach house chic!

The dramatic black-tiled swimming pool is always a talking point and when it comes to food, think authentic Thai, fabulous seafood and relaxed beach barbecues. Head to the Sunset and Beach Bars for cocktails and there are some great local restaurants close by. A fitness centre, tennis courts and the indulgent Surin Spa complete the scene!

54

––––––––

The Shore

T

he Shore is a pool villa resort set against the soft white sands of Kata Noi beach in the far south of the island.

Set into the hillside, the Pool Villas are tropical hideaways with cool, cream colours, spacious living areas, private pool and deck facing the emerald green hills. These also come as a two bedroom option – but our favourites have to be the Sea View Pool Villas with private, infinity-edge pool and sun deck, sunken lounge and fabulous bathrooms all with that panoramic view that will make you reach for the camera time and time again.

Dining comes in the form of The Harbor – a fun and festive space with both classic and international plates, surrounded by the beautiful views of Kata Noi Beach. The Lighthouse is a convivial place to relax over naughty lunchtime cocktails or a mellow sundowner as the tropical evening fades away.

While away the hours watching the hypnotic rhythm of the ocean from the beautiful infinity pool or enjoy the complimentary yoga and aqua aerobics. The Serenity Spa is a tranquil space to rejuvenate and recharge.

Romantic Moments ♥ Arrange a private dinner for two in The Cove wine cellar

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Phuket, Thailand

Sri panwa

T

he Sri panwa is a seriously stylish villa property spread over a glorious expanse of coastal forest with all-encompassing views. Pool Suites are located close to the main pool; these are elegant and contemporary suites with a cool, modern-Thai vibe, they flow effortlessly out to a private, infinity-edge pool. However, it is the One Bedroom Luxury Villas that really up the ante in terms of style, with glass-boxed bedrooms and oodles of space. Garden Villas are tucked into the hillside with infinity pools and Ocean Villas boast the same stylish décor and amenities but face the ocean. All have been crafted in a unique Thai style, plenty of wood is on show and the colours are a gentle reflection of beautiful Panwa Bay. There are a few local restaurants around five minutes’ drive away but actually the dining options here are so good you may not want to leave. Baba Soul Food is a Thai restaurant set at the top of the resort and serves up superb, home-cooked Thai dishes in a very beautiful setting. BabaQ and Baba Hotpot offer a different take on the local cuisine. There is a pool bar, while the rooftop Baba Nest, one of the coolest venues we have come across, gives full frontal access to the vibrant sunsets.

Sri panwa is a perfect partner to the Metropolitan hotel in Bangkok. Think cocktails at the Met bar and a few days of urban excitement before beachside indulgence.

––––––––

Anantara Phuket Villas

W

ith a secluded location in the north of the island, we love the very tranquil and utterly romantic aura that pervades the Anantara Phuket Villas. If you are looking to avoid Phuket’s sometimes loud, brash, busy persona, then this may just be the place for you.

This all pool villa resort evokes an authentically Asian feel and shouts ‘Thailand’ in all its glory. Expect beautiful teak, wooden floors, lovely Thai carvings and artwork – we love the clever combination of contemporary yet not overly ornate flair.

Designed in the style of a Thai village, villas are set around an extensive lagoon through gardens filled with jasmin and orchids. All are the same in style with pools and gardens but some have a lagoon setting with private Salas over water – perfect for relaxing with a book or a quiet, private dinner.

Sea.Fire.Salt is a fabulously cool beachside barbeque complete with salt sommelier, whilst La Sala dishes up a fusion of Asian and western cuisine, transforming to an Italian eatery by night.

Relax with a cocktail in comfy oversized chairs, enjoying chilled music and Thai-style tapas at The Tree House.

Anantara Phuket combines perfectly with Anantara Golden Triangle with its own elephant camp, amazing spa and spectacular views of Laos and Burma in the distance.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

55

–––––––– Koh Yao Noi, Thailand

––––––––

Six Senses Yao Noi T

here is a distinct feel of the ‘Jungle Book’ meets ‘Castaway’ about Six Senses Yao Noi and if Mowgli was all grown-up, and looking for a luxurious, sensuous retreat, this is most definitely where he would come! Resting in the ocean halfway between Phuket and Krabi, amongst the iconic limestone shards of Phang Nga Bay, getting there is all part of the experience. It’s just a 45 minute boat transfer from Phuket or 20 minutes by speedboat from Krabi.

The views are quite simply ‘larger than life’ and it is one of the most idyllic retreats we have ever found. Just 55 private pool villas are dotted throughout the resort, all very similar in style but each with a different perspective.

Hideaway Villas have a true jungle outlook, but for those mind-blowing views you need to be heading for the Ocean and Beachfront Villas. Rustic, simple and barefoot is the order of the day here – lots of natural wood, bamboo

56

and fresh white linens. Shady day beds, plunge pools, indoor and outdoor rain showers and sunken bathtubs come as the norm, whilst your 24 hour butler will attend to your every whim and desire. Want sundowners served on the privacy of your terrace or need midnight nibbles after a moonlit dip? Your wish is their command.

There are numerous bars and restaurants to tempt the palate from authentic Thai to organic Mediterranean and from tapas to Champagne breakfasts, beach picnics and in-villa dining. We particularly like the wowmoment views from the exclusive Hilltop Reserve but also the very mellow vibe of the ultra-chilled bar, The Den, and don’t miss Cinema Paradiso, a fantastic outdoor cinema by the beach.

To miss a treatment at the signature Six Senses Spa could be compared to eating hot toast without butter, it is soul

restoring and pampering decadence on an epic scale. Using pure, natural spa products, balance your senses on a journey through the four essential elements of water, air, earth and fire.

Romantic Moments ♥ Allow your butler to arrange a sunrise champagne breakfast on the edge of your infinity pool

♥ Be whisked away to a quiet island where your personal chef will prepare an exquisite meal as the sun sets

Beyond the Beach This is an ideal twin centre with one of the gorgeous resorts on Phuket or even better Krabi (see page 59 and 60). On Yao Noi you see the view, in Krabi you are IN the view!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

57

–––––––– Khao Lak, Thailand

––––––––

The Sarojin T

his truly elegant, Thai-style resort is a secluded tropical retreat, offering undisturbed privacy and a very warm welcome on a pristine swathe of beach.

On the upper floors of the low rise buildings you will find the Sarojin Suites, stylish and spacious with separate living and sleeping areas and a pretty terrace complete with private two metre relaxation pool (perfect for star gazing). Garden Residences are on the lower floors and are peaceful and harmonious spaces with garden fringed terraces which spill out to a private Thai lounge Sala. Pool Residences sit on each corner with gardens and a good size private plunge pool.

Food is a highlight of the resort with both restaurants enjoying renowned reputations. Dine at The Edge for breezy, beach-chic; take a seat under the stars on the sand or beneath the open air timber pavilion. Ficus is tucked

58

under the tangle of hanging roots and canopy of an ancient Ficus tree – refined and elegant. We particularly love the Sarojin’s ethos of no restrictions so if you want to dine by the side of a jungle waterfall or pick gourmet breakfast treats from a picnic hamper on a deserted white beach, the Sarojin can make it happen.

Robinson Crusoe moment dining by candle light on a deserted island?

From gentle escapades to white knuckle thrills, the old saying is very true – you are only limited by your imagination!

Romantic Moments ♥ Play pirate with a private candlelit dinner on a sand cay

Managing to offer the best of both worlds, this secluded resort is perfect for a relaxing, tropical beach escape but also incredibly well located for exploration if you prefer to be just a little more active. The Sarojin has a team of ‘Imagineerers’ armed with all manner of unique ideas to create memorable moments just for you.

Want to take to the high seas aboard the Lady Sarojin to a world-class dive spot, or trek through the rainforest on foot or astride a majestic elephant to find chilled Champagne waiting for you at the end? Or perhaps your very own

♥ Reconnect with a couple’s spa menu in the privacy of a private spa pavilion – lunch is included plus a re-toxifying glass of something cold and bubbly!

Beyond the Beach An ideal combination with Elephant Hills in nearby Khao Sok National Park or as a twin centre with the temples of Ankor Wat in Cambodia (see page 69).

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Krabi, Thailand

––––––––

Rayavadee I

f your expectation of a beach escape in Thailand involves giant sun-kissed limestone karsts rising majestically from the ocean and white sand beaches encircling jungle clad hillsides, then Rayavadee might just be the place for you. Although theoretically located on the mainland, the resort is dotted across a beautiful peninsula and only accessible by boat.

This is a truly breathtaking property in a dazzling location with a wonderful sense of traditional Thailand. A recent refurbishment ensures rooms are fresh and stylish and jam-packed with every creature comfort. 98 charming twostorey pavilions are duplex style with bedrooms and bathrooms on the first floor and living space on the ground floor. Deluxe Pavilions are spacious and open out to the jungle gardens, whilst the Terrace Pavilions are more contemporary with an open-plan ground floor living area which flows onto a

breezy outdoor terrace and lounge.

Spa Pavilions come with an outdoor Jacuzzi in private walled gardens and Pool Villas have a private plunge pool in a similar setting. You can expect highly polished wood, rich fabrics and a unique circular design to all pavilions.

snorkelling and island adventures around Phang Nga Bay. For those seeking relaxation, indulge in an authentic Thai treatment at the spa.

Romantic Moments ♥ How about a candlelight dinner in a

There are three beautiful beaches, which, although not private, do give access to a choice of local restaurants and bars on the beach. In-house Krua Phranang is best for yummy Thai classics matched with gorgeous beach views. Raitalay Terrace is the place for daytime nibbles and laid back evening meals and the Grotto is a spectacular limestone cavern perfect for sundowners.

It is entirely probable that you will have no desire to leave the glorious confines of the resort, however, if you do there is an extensive menu of activities including scuba diving, kayaking,

cave at The Grotto where you can lose yourself in the perfect sunset

♥ Enjoy a private speedboat journey to a blissfully peaceful beach, see the sun set with a pitcher of ice-cold sangria and a platter of delicious canapés

Beyond the Beach The perfect match with its sister hotel, Tamarind Village in Chiang Mai, a charming lanna style boutique hotel in the old walled city.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

59

–––––––– Krabi, Thailand

––––––––

The Tubkaak Krabi Boutique Resort T

ubkaak translates as ‘home for visitors’ and in a hidden corner of Thailand, facing an archipelago of islands that rise dramatically from the Andaman Sea, this little known resort is set against a backdrop of fine white sand and aquamarine waters.

We love finding a truly boutique retreat, and by that we mean fewer rooms, fewer people and an intimate and personal atmosphere. Here at Tubkaak we have found just that and it is one of our favourites. With just 42 rooms and 17 pool villas boasting curved roofs, coconut wood and teak, this is a charming and peaceful place to stay.

Superior Rooms have a ground floor location, gorgeous bathrooms with an open-air tub and are close to the picturesque pool area. Deluxe Rooms are upper level with pretty furnished terraces offering lovely views. Sea View Rooms are shaded by trees and just

60

steps from the beach with comfy daybeds, open-air bathrooms and mesmerising views. The Beach Pool Villas have private pools with an open-plan design, to afford maximum exposure to the incredible backdrop.

The Premier Pool Villas are surrounded by tropical gardens and offer the ultimate in privacy – perfect for the romantics among us!

Two elegant restaurants provide sustenance and refreshment in style.

The Arundina serves delicious Thai classics, whilst Di Mare offers memorable Italian dishes. Both are beachfront and perfectly positioned for romantic sunset dining.

L’Escape, in keeping with the boutique essence of the resort, is an intimate spa retreat set amongst the trees and exudes a very tranquil and calming aura. Perfect for unwinding and letting the stresses of every day be pummelled away.

Depending on your level of inclination there is much to keep you entertained should you wish to venture further afield. You are surrounded by the natural beauty of Krabi and exploration can be done on foot, by sea kayak or on two wheels (if mountain biking is your preferred method of transport).

Excursions to Hong Island and the beautiful Phi Phi Islands are popular with guests; closer to home, why not test your culinary prowess with a Thai cooking class.

Beyond the Beach The Tubkaak is the perfect ending to an elephant and jungle safari in the spectacular Khao Sok National Park (see page 69). Alternatively combine the tranquillity of Krabi with the culture and verdant hills of Northern Thailand (see page 68).

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Koh Lanta, Thailand

Layana Resort & Spa

T

his lovely, adults only resort spills throughout beautiful gardens onto vast swathes of white sand on the island of Koh Lanta.

The 51 guestrooms and suites have large balconies and sumptuous day beds inviting relaxation. Garden Pavilions are set within landscaped gardens and Beach Suites are perched on the edge of the beautiful sands. Ocean Deluxe Suites are set slightly back from the beach. The style is contemporary Thai with abundant natural furnishings – think polished hard woods and sumptuous silks.

A beautiful infinity pool resides close to the beach with teak loungers and plenty of cool canvas parasols where you can refine the art of relaxation! The Linger Longer Spa is a complete wellness destination spa and alongside the expected menu of treatments also offers the unique Salt Spa – a space which reproduces the therapeutic micro-climate found in natural salt caves.

Superb Thai food is the order of the day in the beach edge Tides Restaurant and Sundowners Bar is the perfect location for enjoying the vivid sunsets. There are also a few local beachfront restaurants; just a meander down the beach.

––––––––

Pimalai Resort & Spa

K

oh Lanta is a very peaceful place, a natural island with a quiet charm that is thankfully still largely unspoilt, with beautiful beaches and soaring emerald green mountains.

Overlooking beautiful Kantiang Bay and surrounded by native forest, Pimalai sits absolute beachfront and then clambers into the hills behind. Access to the resort is from the mainland jetty by launch – all adding to the sense of exclusivity.

The style is very much southern Thai with plenty of local influences in the shape of highly polished floors, bamboo blinds and wooden furnishings and there are a variety of rooms to choose from. The Deluxe and Bayfront Rooms are beautiful and a number offer partial ocean views, but it is the much-lauded Pool Villa wing that really tickles our fancy.

Set on the hillside, each villa is within its own compound and utter privacy is ensured. The infinity-edge pool with jaw-dropping panoramic views is the perfect backdrop.

Alongside in-villa dining, there are three fabulous restaurants to tempt your taste buds offering classic Thai, freshly grilled seafood and modern western with a clever Asian twist. For a touch of romance, watch the shimmering sunset with a private beach dinner. The superb beach location means a great choice of complimentary water activities. There are no motorised watersports which just adds to the tranquillity.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

61

–––––––– Koh Phangan, Thailand

––––––––

Anantara Rasananda Y

ou have probably been to Koh Phangan before, as part of the well-trod backpacker trail and the hot, intoxicating Full Moon parties that were a rite of passage. Full Moon parties still take place on Haad Rin Beach, some 30 minutes away but this is an altogether more refined affair, where chilled cocktails and stylish private pool villas are the order of the day – a much more sophisticated option than warm beer and sleeping on the sand!

Arrival is via a 40 minute speedboat dash from Koh Samui and your boat arrives on the beach, so be prepared to ditch the shoes and dabble your toes – this is definitely barefoot territory.

A stunning, white sand beach fringed by the turquoise waters of the Gulf of Thailand greets your arrival, Koh Phangan remains that unspoilt, rustic and untouched island from your travelling days; this is the real Thailand, how Thailand used to be.

62

Contemporary style pool villas blend into the landscape with Pool Suites located on the second floor, offering huge terraces and outdoor plunge pools. Garden Pool Suites are on the ground floor with tropical gardens hidden behind high walls accessed by an ancient wooden gate. Ocean Pool Suites are on the upper level with superb views of the beach and an endless horizon (these are satisfyingly private), but the Ocean Garden Pool Villas up the ante even further with a beachside pool, sala with daybed and private tropical garden. All are exceptionally stylish, successfully mixing Thai authenticity with modern design and state-of-the-art-high-tech amenities.

This is definitely a place where you can wander barefoot all day and all night if you desire, even when it comes to dining. Bistro@The Beach overlooks the infinity pool and offers a ‘suits all’

menu that takes you from breakfast through to dinner. Dine barefoot and chilled on the beach or under the romantic cane lanterns inside. Dining by design is a clever idea that we applaud – choose from a selection of starry-eyed locations around the resort and the staff do the rest. For those who wince a little at the idea of only dining in-house, don’t worry, there are some great local restaurants strung along the beach.

Beyond the Beach If you love the genuine charm of Rasananda why not mix with a touch of nature and culture in the north of Thailand, perhaps Chiang Mai or the Golden Triangle (see page 68).

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Koh Samui, Thailand

Belmond Napasai

––––––––

SALA Samui

T

T

The cottage-style villas come in a range of options, however all are standalone and furnished in a contemporary Thai style but with a real sense of place. Seaview and Seaview Hillside Villas have wonderful views, whilst the Beachfront Villas face directly onto the ocean.

The rooms are beautiful with cool, clean lines and the Deluxe Balcony Rooms are a great entry level with semi-outdoor bathrooms and spacious balconies. We would definitely recommend upgrading to a Garden Pool Villa or SALA Pool Villa for more space, privacy and the indulgence of your own pool.

Dining comes courtesy of two excellent establishments.

Lai Thai offers local delicacies, or for a more relaxed vibe Moo Kata is a seaside barbeque. The resort is also only 10 minutes’ drive from the restaurants and bars of Fisherman’s Village and there are a handful of local restaurants close by.

Dining here is a delight with both traditional Thai and western delicacies on offer and SALA Beach Bar is the place to head after a hard day on the beach. There is a lovely spa, complimentary yoga, kayaking and two swimming pools, one of which is a lap pool for those feeling a little more energetic.

With such an exceptional beach the watersports come hand in hand. Windsurfing, kayaking, snorkelling and diving are all on offer. The pace at the Napasai is a gentle one and the Asian traditions that pervade the Spa only enhance this tranquil air.

Koh Samui and the surrounding islands and marine parks offer a wealth of activities with snorkelling, diving, elephant treks and island tours being amongst the most popular.

his beautiful resort is a bit of a hidden gem and a real favourite of ours for many reasons. It is probably the charm and warmth of the welcome, understated elegance and splashes of Thai flavour that captured our attention first.

Belmond Napasai is a boutique property on a private beach with a swathe of villas lying along the beachfront and up the hillside behind. The freeform infinity pool overlooking the ocean beckons enticingly.

his stunning Thai style property is one of our most popular resorts and it’s not hard to see why. Finished with plenty of crisp white and dark wood, the feel is calm and serene. Out of 69 rooms and suites 53 have private pools. Its location on Choeng Mon Beach gives a scenic, but low-key vibe, yet you are just a short drive from Bo Phut fisherman’s village and Chaweng Beach for local bars and restaurants.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

63

–––––––– Koh Samui, Thailand

––––––––

Six Senses Samui I

t feels like a million miles from anywhere, peaceful and secluded with some of the most jaw-dropping views over the Gulf of Siam we have seen. In true Six Senses style it has a real feel of rustic luxe but there is absolutely no compromise on the luxury element, the blend is just perfect.

66 wooden-clad villas are scattered across a gentle hillside and there is a wonderfully relaxed ambiance about the place. Each villa is perfectly in tune with its surroundings, utterly private and all with outstanding views. 52 of the villas have a private pool, which we highly recommend, and depending on your preference, the higher you go up the hill the better the view, the lower you stay the closer proximity you have to the beach and glistening infinity pool. The style will definitely bring out the Tarzan and Jane in you – crisp white linens, wafts of sheer muslin and monster-size bamboo canes, all coming together in a

64

serene, jungle-style harmony. The villas have semi-open air bathrooms and some have a private sala which is heaven sent for romantic sunset dining. 24 hour butler service also comes as part of the deal.

For the foodies out there it is worth mentioning that the Six Senses is recognised as having one of the finest dining establishments on Samui, the much-lauded Dining on the Rocks – nine terraces that tumble down to the sea, is a must. Dining on the Hill offers classic Thai fare and each restaurant has a bar attached. You are also within easy reach of lively Chaweng Beach and the more relaxed vibe of Bo Phut Fisherman’s Village with its excellent local restaurants, if you crave a change of scenery.

If you do manage to drag yourself away from the tranquillity of your villa then Samui is ripe for exploration whether it be on foot, cycle or elephant!

Get off the beaten track and you will be well rewarded for your efforts.

Jungle hiking is superb on the island and the beautiful outlying islands in the spectacular Angthong National Marine Park are just crying out to be explored.

Romantic Moments ♥ Choose your dining location and your menu and let Six Senses do the rest

Beyond the Beach For those interested in nature combine Yao Noi with a jungle safari at Elephant Hills. Activities include an opportunity to wash and feed the elephants, jungle trekking and kayaking across the lake surrounded by the spectacular scenery of Khao Sok National Park (see page 69).

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Koh Samui, Thailand

––––––––

Banyan Tree Samui T

here are many beachfront, luxury resorts on Koh Samui, and indeed in Thailand, but every now and again you come across one which seems to epitomise everything you would expect from a fabulous retreat in the ‘land of smiles’. The Banyan Tree Samui is just such a place. Set into the hillside, the resort commands exceptional views over the sapphire waters of Lamai Bay which lap the pristine white sands of the beach below.

There are 88 pool villas which cascade down the hillside in a series of flowing terraces, many taking pole position for the incredible view. All have a clever design, contemporary without being clinical, plenty of teak wood and vibrant Thai silks and a layout which flows effortlessly from inside to out.

The infinity edge pools have to be seen to be believed and are amongst the largest on the island. To ensure you get a fabulous view we suggest checking

into an Ocean or Horizon Hillcrest Pool Villa. For the ultimate indulgence there are a select few signature villas set high above the rest – total privacy ensured.

We love the special touches such as a pillow selection, turn down service and an extensive bath menu!

Under the shade of coconut palms and perched on the hillside with cinematic views, Banyan Tree Samui offers five superb dining outlets including the classic beach grill restaurant ‘Sands’ – or head up to ‘Saffron’ for signature contemporary Thai cuisine. The Edge hugs the cliff edge and offers crowdpleasing dishes for breakfast and lunch alongside spectacular views, whilst the pool bar creates healthy lunchtime treats and boasts a talented mixologist for those lazy afternoon cocktails.

Banyan Tree’s award-winning spas are well known amongst spa aficionados for their head to toe therapies and

Banyan Tree Samui Spa is no exception. It has a suite of 10 spacious indoor spa pavilions – all offering an extensive range of Asian-inspired body and beauty treatments and Koh Samui’s first hydrotherapy spa, The Rainforest.

A range of water-based activities will entice you into the warm waters of the gulf, whilst yoga classes are available to refocus the mind and soul.

Romantic Moments ♥ Experience the finest cuisine under a lantern-lit pavilion with Dinner of the Legend – a truly romantic beach dining experience

Beyond the Beach Pair with the all-suite Banyan Tree Bangkok for the perfect urban and beach Thai escape.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

65

–––––––– Koh Samui, Thailand

Akaryn

––––––––

Zazen Boutique Resort

T

I

52 suites and villas are generously proportioned with private pools and a sensuous stone carved bath, which takes pride of place in the bedroom – not for the modest! The open-plan design flows easily inside to out, with spacious terraces furnished with comfy day beds. A number of suites are beach front, or choose one of the pool villas if you crave more space and total privacy.

With a peaceful location on Bo Phut Beach there are just 26 rooms to choose from. The design echoes a stylish Thai home with warm wood and cool terracotta floors, rich Thai silks and a large veranda. The most popular rooms are the Beachfront Deluxe due to their picture-perfect beachfront location, meanwhile the beautiful Garden Villas and Garden Deluxe Bungalows are more spacious with romantic open-air bathrooms.

he only resort on the serene Hanuman Bay, Akaryn is a true hideaway yet also within easy reach of the renowned night life and restaurants of Fisherman’s Village or Chewang Beach.

Head to the Edge, offering all day dining on the waterfront and famed for its fabulous wood-fired pizzas and delicious Thai food, or The Ochos for mouth-watering steaks. The Wet bar is perfect for quenching your thirst and you don’t actually have to get wet to drink here! In addition, the team at Akaryn can create picture-perfect candlelit beach dinners and intimate in-villa dining.

Facilities include a spa, complete with a spa buffet, beach activities and a ‘beach pampering service’ with fresh towels, sunglass cleaning and the option of cool cucumber slices for your eyes!

66

f you crave the intimacy and charm of a boutique family-run establishment then look no further than the truly enchanting Zazen.

The beachfront location of Zazen Restaurant has earned many accolades and is fusion of east-meets-west with a sophisticated and elegant appeal. There is a private dining sala on the beach for romantic interludes and if you feel like getting involved, why not join one of the Thai cooking classes for a hands on experience.

In keeping with the boutique style, the spa here is small, but perfectly formed, with outdoor treatments salas and a free form swimming pool. For adventure seekers, the location of Zazen means you are perfectly placed to discover the beautiful island of Samui.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Koh Kood, Thailand

––––––––

Soneva Kiri S

een from above Soneva Kiri appears as a scattering of white canopies punctuating the emerald green of the jungle, curving around a gentle bay filled with impossibly blue water and gleaming white sand. Reached by private plane from Bangkok, Koh Kood is the Thailand of old, peaceful beaches, untamed jungle and smiling fishermen peacefully going about their business.

The 24 spacious pool villas – in this case the phrase ‘plus size’ is entirely apt – have a beach or hillside location.

All have half-moon infinity pools, personal buggies for scooting around the resort, and the unobtrusive service of a personal Mr or Ms Friday to attend to your every whim and desire. Expect rustic beach chic, weather beaten wood and soaring ceilings, wafting sheer drapes and every conceivable creature comfort; think simple but not austere.

As the tropical skies darken what could be better than bathing by

moonlight in your outdoor bathroom – a jungle hideaway surrounded by elephant ear palms?

The dining choices here are no less extraordinary. Perched atop a rocky outcrop, the Dining Room indulges in life’s simple pleasures (don’t miss the dedicated ham and cheese room!).

The View has you dining cantilevered over the cliff and focuses on the on-trend movement of slow-food; and yes the view is quite incredible! Benz’s is the signature Thai eatery and oozes romance from every pore – envisage artful food in a place which is lit by lanterns, perched on stilts and reached by a cruise through the mangroves of Klong Kai Kee. The Beach restaurant cajoles you to kick back and stop. Take your seat on the soft sand, or in one of the king size day beds, swinging gently in the ocean breeze. For those with a child-like sense of adventure Treepod Dining is an absolute must. Seated in a

bamboo pod you will be gently hoisted through the jungle canopy – gourmet delights are served via the zip-line acrobatics of your fearless waiter!

Destination dining encourages you to break all the rules, you say where, you say what and you say when.

For those who can bear to leave the cocoon of Soneva Kiri there are some truly captivating experiences to enjoy.

From epic underwater adventures to immersion in local village life, this is the stuff that memories are made of. For those of a more gentle persuasion, the Six Senses Spa is the perfect alternative.

Beyond the Beach With direct flights from Siem Reap, Soneva Kiri is the perfect finale to a visit to the Temples of Angkor Wat (see page 69).

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

67

–––––––– Thailand

––––––––

Beyond the Beach Beguiling Bangkok A vibrant and vivid clash of east-meets-west, Bangkok is the ultimate urban experience and makes an exciting combination with a Thai beach break. This heady city is a blend of old, new, traditional and modern. It can on occasion be overwhelming but with some clever planning you can explore the city in all its guises. Touring the Grand Palace with a private guide (try and arrive early and witness the monks’ morning chanting ritual), a hair-raising ride on a tuk-tuk and a cruise down the quiet klongs (backwater canals) on a traditional long-tail boat should all be on your wish list.

The Peninsula Bangkok is a great base, it has a fabulous location on the banks of the river. Other recommendations include the beautiful all suite Banyan Tree, home to Vertigo on the 61st floor, one of Bangkok’s iconic dining experiences.

Charming Chiang Mai Famed for its glorious golden temples, superb cuisine and a vibrant and colourful night market, Chiang Mai is a world away from Bangkok and an ideal add on to a beach holiday for a taste of Thai culture. It is without question one of our favourite places in Thailand and we urge you to get out and explore. The lush green countryside with its mountainous scenery, elephant encounters and ancient hill-tribe villages are all within easy reach and reflect a much simpler and slower pace of life.

There are many hotels to choose from but we love the Tamarind Village, a unique charming resort in the heart of the old town.

Built around a series of shady garden courtyards, the hotel is designed in traditional Lanna style and is a true reflection of the ethnic diversity of the region.

Tranquil Golden Triangle Chiang Rai and the Golden Triangle are located in Thailand’s far north and were for many years a region shrouded in mystery.

The ‘Golden Triangle’ is where the borders of Thailand, Laos and Myanmar (Burma) collide and it undoubtedly boasts some of the most dramatic scenery anywhere in the region.

Using the Anantara Golden Triangle as your base gives the perfect opportunity to explore. The location is spectacular with a lush jungle hillside setting, superb views and its own Elephant Camp. The design is very traditional Thai and all rooms have private balconies overlooking the Golden Triangle.

All stays of three nights here include a visit to the Opium Museum, a private Golden Triangle tour, an Elephant Camp experience, cooking class and spa treatment.

68

–––––––– Thailand

––––––––

Beyond the Beach Captivating Cambodia Surely on every wish list for visitors to Asia, the words Angkor Wat conjure up images of jungle clad temples, Asian mystery and an exotic architecture unique to the region. The temples of Angkor can be easily combined with a Thai beach holiday with a neat little 3 or 4 night side-trip.

For the ultimate experience base yourself in Siem Reap and spend a few days exploring the temples. We’d suggest touring early in the mornings – it really is the best way to experience the magic of Angkor, avoiding the heat of the day – you can then relax by the pool and indulge in the comfort of your luxury boutique hotel in the afternoon. Our local specialists will guide you around a variety of temples and sacred sites avoiding the crowds. Visit the lesser known Rolos Temples, known as one of the earliest capitals, travel to Kompong Pluk where everything lives on the water. Ta Phrom, known as the jungle tomb – was abandoned to the elements and the tangle of tree roots now slowly strangles the surviving stones while Angkor Thom is the immense walled city. The iconic Angkor Wat is the grandest of all temples and the perfect ending to your time in Cambodia.

Stay at Sala Lodges, a collection of traditional Khmer stilted houses in the countryside just outside Siem Reap, or chose from one of the exceptional boutique hotels in the centre of town.

Enchanting Elephant Hills Inspired by African safari camps, Elephant Hills is the first luxury camp of its kind in Thailand. Set in two locations – the original camp has 30 tents in a stunning position with expansive views of the jungle and river below, while the Rainforest Camp offers 10 tents set on a floating platform on Cheow Larn Lake – for the ultimate experience spend a night in each.

A stay at Elephant Hills adds a new dimension to any Thai holiday. This is a very natural experience deep in the jungles of Southern Thailand and whilst not luxury, the tents are extremely comfortable offering ensuites with hot showers, effective protection against mosquitoes and good ventilation.

The camp owners are passionate about elephants and the surrounding jungle so you can expect a truly memorable menu of activities – including a Mahout opportunity to wash and feed the elephants, jungle trekking and cruising or kayaking across the lake. The Khao Sok National Park with soaring limestone karsts rising majestically from the jungle canopy is one of Thailand’s most beautiful landscapes and it combines perfectly with a Phuket, Krabi, Khao Lak or even Koh Samui beach escape.

Southeast Asia

Indochina I

n recent years the Vietnam beach scene has come of age. This is where culture meets coast, a city/sand combo that is totally en vogue. From super-cool Hanoi to fascinating Ho Chi Minh, we love its slightly unpolished laidback vibe. The 2,000 miles of coastline are dotted with boutique hotels, sensational spas, romantic restaurants and tropical bars. But Vietnam has also hung on to the essence of old Asia: vendors still wear conical hats, rice paddies are ploughed by water buffalo and entire families cram onto rickety cyclos. Vietnam rekindles a sense of adventure: a place to get off the beaten track and cycle to rural fishing villages, weave through the jungle in a bamboo basket boat, haggle at a night market and feast on authentic street food.

In between living like a local, there are some must-visit places. Sailing the barely inhabited limestone seascape of Halong Bay has an almost perspective-changing tranquility; the imperial city of Hue is a great culture fix and the magical lantern-lit port of Hoi An, a foodie’s paradise. Unsurprisingly, smart accommodation has started popping up, including Hoi An’s spa-inclusive Fusion Maia and beach-based Nam Hai. But Vietnam’s place on the luxury travel map was firmly cemented when Six Senses opened their doors. Six Senses has double presence with the only-accessible-by-boat Ninh Van Bay and the off-the-radar castaway cool of Con Dao. We’re talking total tropical hideaway and one of the best beaches we’ve laid our eyes on.

A great add-on to any Asia holiday is enthralling Cambodia, in particular Siem Reap, once a dusty ‘one-road’ town, now ‘boutiqued’ up to the rafters.

The latest addition is the utterly unique Sala Lodges: 11 Khmer-style timber houses on stilts. But although we love the lively streets of Siem Reap, the main

70

Hanoi Golden Triangle

Halong Bay

Luang Prabang

Laos Vientiane

Thailand Siem Reap

Cambodia Phnom Penh

Hue Hoi An

Vietnam Nha Trang

Koh Rong Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon) Con Dao

reason for heading north is the nearby temples of Angkor. One of the best ways to explore Angkor is by bike. Cycling the remote roads, branching off to lesser (sometimes deserted) temples, stopping off to observe orange-robed monks going about their daily chores and watching the sun set over these ancient wonders are all lifetime memory-bank experiences. What undoubtedly lies in Angkor’s shadows is the Cambodian beach scene. Totally undeveloped compared to its Thai neighbours, there remains a back-to-basic rustic feel to both Sihanoukville and Kep. But that is all about to change. Cambodia’s first über-luxurious private island resort has opened in the undiscovered Koh Rong archipelago. Intimate and seductive, Song Saa is the kind of place that will have you tearing up your passport – and we’re pretty sure means the beginning of Cambodia, the beach destination.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel Cambodia, North and South Vietnam are best between November and May. Central Vietnam is best between March and August Travel Time Approximately 14 hours Time Difference GMT + 7 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

71

–––––––– Cambodia

––––––––

Song Saa Private Island T

he islands of Cambodia lie in the glistening waters of the Gulf of Thailand and the divine resort of Song Saa Private Island makes up part of this magnificent seascape. Set on two small islands, which are connected by a footbridge, you are surrounded by reef teaming with life. This is a private and intimate experience for the lucky few who are privileged enough to stay here. Just an hour by plane from Siem Reap followed by a 35 minute speedboat journey, it is the perfect place to relax after a visit to the temples of Angkor.

The 27 luxury Overwater, Jungle and Ocean View Villas have been created using sustainable materials and are in total harmony with the stunning natural environment in which they sit.

Rough-hewn timbers, driftwood and thatched roofs give the resort a rustic feel without compromising on luxury.

All villas have private pools and stunning ocean views. Jungle Villas

72

are perched above the rainforest canopy with sunset or sunrise views – the choice is yours. Overwater Villas have private decks from where you can step into the turquoise waters of the Gulf of Thailand or just relax as the sun sets on another remarkable day.

Furnishings are rustic chic – vast four-poster beds, oversize baths, carved lanterns and hand crafted furniture made by local artisans.

Song Saa has huge eco credentials which are really at the epicentre of all they do. The resort works with a number of different organisations to ensure the environment is treated with the utmost respect and the protection of the natural environment and support of local communities is central to their ethical charter. Green can be glamorous – this is chic and seriously luxurious but with a conscience.

As you would expect there is a strong focus on locally produced cuisine and the unique dining experiences here are a fresh take on ancient Cambodian traditions fused with western techniques. Here at Song Saa there is an unusual take on the ‘all inclusive’ concept – here it is referred to as ‘always included’ and alongside the expected food and drink, reef snorkelling, sea kayaking, sunrise yoga, participation in the Song Saa Conservation and Community Programme and a variety of island rainforest encounters are also included in your stay. Spa treatments are additional however; definitely worth indulging in. There is no ‘spa centre’, rather carefully considered spaces, salas and treatment rooms throughout the island where exceptional therapists fuse traditional Khmer techniques with ayurvedic practices for a truly mind blowing experience.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Cambodia

––––––––

Angkor Temples & Song Saa N

o visit to the Far East is complete without exploring the surreal splendour of Angkor Wat. Our two centre itinerary combines the magnificent temples with the harmonious luxury of Song Saa Private Island.

Day 1 ● Arrive in Siem Reap The town of Siem Reap is nearest to the Angkor complex.

On arrival you will be met and transferred to your chosen hotel. There are some exceptional boutique properties to choose from and one favourite is the Belmond La Residence d’Angkor, a stunning Khmer style hotel surrounded by lily ponds and a riverside jungle garden. It’s in the centre of town so perfect for those that love to immerse themselves in local life. Alternatively Sala Lodges is a collection of traditional Khmer wooden houses on stilts in the countryside just outside Siem Reap. We love that included is your own tuk tuk and driver to take you in and out of town at your leisure.

Days 2-4 ● Angkor touring The next few days have been carefully crafted to ensure you get to explore the very best of Angkor without spending endless hours in the heat of the midday sun – this is supposed to be a holiday after all! All the usual suspects are included as well as some which are a little more off the beaten track – timings are judged to avoid the worst of the crowds.

As the tour unfolds the temples become more impressive culminating in the most impressive of all temples, Angor Wat. Highlights include one of the earliest capitals in the Angkor region, Hariharilaya, now known as the Roluos and Preah Ko (sacred cow). In the medieval floating village of Kompong Pluk, see the daily battle for space where everyone and everything including pigs, dogs, crocodiles and people live on the water.

Ta Prohm is one of our favourites, known as the ‘jungle temple’, the strangle-hold of jungle tentacles is gradually reclaiming the long abandoned stones – for film buffs this was the setting for Tomb Raider. You will see the immense walled city of Angkor Thom – the scale is simply staggering and last but by no means least Angkor Wat. Believed to be the world’s largest religious building and a source of pride and strength to all Khmers.

Days 5-10 ● Song Saa Fly from Siem Reap to Sihanoikville for the speedboat to Song Saa. Indulge in some well-deserved rest and relaxation after your thought-provoking exploration of Angkor Wat.

–––––––– Vietnam

––––––––

Six Senses Ninh Van Bay T

his envy-inducing eco-chic resort is set in a sublime bay accessible only by boat – dramatic, smooth, granite boulders frame a picture perfect crescent of golden sand. You share the sea here with just a few other guests and a handful of local lobster fishermen in their traditional coracles. This is a total escape from reality.

The Rock Pool Villas are a particular favourite of ours; perched between the granite boulders they look as if moulded by nature with plunge pools set into the rocks. Hilltop Villas have truly spectacular vistas facing the mountain ranges of Nha Trang and the East Vietnam Sea, whilst the Beach Front Pool Villas offer direct beach access.

The 59 villas, all with pools, are set along the beach, dotted through the hillside or built into granite boulders.

There is a seriously ‘at one with nature’ barefoot appeal here with absolutely no compromise on the luxury. Think reclaimed polished teak and beautiful handcrafted bathtubs with airy drapes wafting in the warm breeze.

Dining by the Bay offers east-meetswest and an Asian-fusion inspired menu, while Dining by the Pool is an anything-goes, casual lunch spot.

Dining by the Rocks is the signature dining performance in a natural, yet very intimate, setting overlooking the bay. For cocktails and mocktails head to Drinks by the Bay which is open long after the sun has set.

Water Villas are perched directly on the water’s edge with wood steps leading down into the sea – sheer heaven for water babies, they also have a private deck and delightful plunge pool.

74

or signature treatment or indulge in a complete Yogic wellness programme.

No matter how hard you try it is impossible to be bored here. For the early birds, there is early morning Tai Chi or yoga and for the energetic, mountain hiking trails, kayaking, scuba diving, snorkelling and boat charters.

If you can bear to tear yourself away from this magical piece of paradise, head out into the countryside on a cyclo tour, explore Nha Trang or perhaps take a boat trip down the Cai River ending at the hot springs for a wallow in the mineral-rich mud!

Romantic Moments ♥ Enjoy an indulgent gourmet feast for two in the unique wine cave

If it’s a sanctuary for the senses that you are after then look no further than the exceptional Six Senses Spa; pamper yourself with a traditional Vietnamese

♥ A private beach awaits in the next bay for couples seeking solace and a lavish picnic

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Vietnam

––––––––

Six Senses Con Dao T

his rustic, yet luxurious tropical retreat is on the smallest island in the Con Dao archipelago and has been protected for decades as a national and marine park. Con Dao is a little ‘off the radar’ but just a short flight from, and the perfect antidote to, the frenetic pace of Saigon. National Geographic laud this idyll as one of the top eco lodges in the world – true sustainable luxury!

The 50 private pool villas are built in the typical Six Senses style using a plethora of local, sustainable and natural materials. Ocean Duplex Villas are split level with one bedroom, which is set on the upper floor. Stunning ocean views prevail and the infinity edge pool is definitely somewhere you will spend lots of time. The clever design of these duplex villas reduces the need for air conditioning on the ground floor, which is where the spacious bathroom is located. If chilled

air, on demand, in all areas is de-riguer, we recommend the Ocean Front Deluxe Villas as an alternative. These single storey villas have an open-plan style which boasts magnificent vistas from the private pool and terrace. When it comes to décor you should think lots of natural wood, neutral colours and state-of-the-art technology, pleasingly and discreetly embedded in the design.

The Vietnamese kitchen, or to give it its proper name Vietnamese at the Market, is the heart and soul of the resort and led by Ms Len. A smorgasboard of Vietnamese delicacies of noodles, soups, rice, rolls and wraps are made freshly to order. Other dining options include Deli’cious and By the Beach, where Asian fusion meets French – truly mouth-watering. The resort also offers a menu of destination dining experiences including beach barbeques, cooking classes and wine cellar dining.

The beach is straight out of a film set; wide, soft and gleaming white sand set into the gentle curve of the bay, washed by the warm waves of the East Vietnam Sea and home to a wide range of watersports including some of the best snorkelling and diving to be found anywhere in Vietnam. Hiking and cycling round the island is popular and Con Dao has some interesting merchant history and local culture to discover.

The superb Six Senses Spa excels in the wide and varied choice of Yogic wellness programs and treatments you would expect from Six Senses.

Romantic Moments ♥ Share a gastronomic indulgence with an in-villa barbeque on your moonlit pool terrace

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

75

–––––––– Hoi An, Vietnam

––––––––

The Nam Hai W

eaving along an infinitely glorious stretch of beach sprawl a strand of visually striking villas, which sit amongst some of the richest cultural heritage in Vietnam. With an architectural design inspired by over 2,500 years of history, the Nam Hai is perfectly placed to devour the nearby UNESCO World Heritage Sites of Hoi An, My Son and Hue. The 60 One Bedroom Villas and 40 Pool Villas are super-stylish and exude an aura of contemporary Vietnamese spirit meets Zen-inspired chic. Open-plan rooms reveal high ceilings, beds swathed in romantic mosquito nets are raised on platforms and an eggshell lacquered bathtub entices you to indulge in a relaxing soak. All villas have the ultimate in state of the art technology and boast breathtaking views of the ocean.

76

When the cool morning air weaves its magic the outdoor deck of The Restaurant is the place for breakfast with a whole host of eastern and western favourites to tempt the taste buds into wakefulness. By night the whole space is transformed into a sleek, romantically lit fusion fare restaurant.

Taking up the slack during the day is The Beach Restaurant, perfect for relaxed leisurely lunches. This is the place to find delectable Vietnamese treats as night falls.

Eight stunning treatment pavilions make up the outstanding spa; all are totally private with open-air relaxation decks replete with comfy day beds and deep soaking bathtubs. There are also three superb palm-fringed swimming pools. The upper level is for all to enjoy, the middle level offers a fabulous lap pool for the fitness conscious and the lower level is an adults-only, ocean-side, infinity-edge sanctuary.

Nam Hai is just down the road from the charms of Hoi An with her colourful street traders and multicultural influences and most definitely worth a slice of your time. My Son is one of the best preserved Cham sites in the area.

Romantic Moments ♥ Meander down the beautiful beach before toasting the magical sunset and feasting on a candlelit banquet of Vietnamese delicacies

♥ Treat each other to a romantic bathing ceremony – the perfect way to unwind and relax

Beyond the Beach The Nam Hai is perfectly placed for exploration and should be a must on any Vietnamese itinerary.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Da Nang, Vietnam

––––––––

Fusion Maia Da Nang I

t almost sounds too good to be true doesn’t it – a resort where your spa treatments are all inclusive but that’s exactly what happens here! Fusion Maia Da Nang is an ‘all-pool villa’ beachfront resort just 30 minutes from the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Hoi An and is the first resort in Asia to offer the all spa-inclusive concept.

A simple ‘Zen-like’ style pervades through the 80 Pool Villas, four Spa Villas and three Beach Villas. Expect cool, clean lines, no clutter and an open-plan design with private courtyards and your own pool. The Spa Villas are adjacent to the spa and have two bedrooms whilst the Beach Villas have ocean views and two or three bedrooms.

It’s not just the spa concept that set Fusion Maia apart; the dining concept is also unique. Breakfast any time, any place is exactly what it says; you can enjoy breakfast whenever and wherever

you want – a gourmet breakfast buffet in the dining room, a lazy midday brunch by your pool or coffee and croissants on the beach, it’s entirely up to you. FIVE Dining Room is designed to stimulate the five senses and is a contemporary space with a show kitchen. The Tonic Bar offers all day flavours of Asia with oriental inspired tapas or perhaps the east-meets-west afternoon tea takes your fancy! The Fresh Restaurant, located poolside, is a great spot for a healthy lunch and freshly squeezed juice. If you are out and about in Hoi An, accessible by a free shuttle service, head to the Fusion Café to indulge in breakfast. Jump on one of the complimentary bicycles to explore or just use the café as a base to recharge after wandering, lantern lit laneways filled with tailors.

vitality and peace. There are 16 treatment rooms, an adult only pool, tranquil tropical spa gardens, a sauna, steam rooms and a yoga studio. There is an extensive menu of spa treatments, all included in your stay along with a range of complimentary activities such as yoga, Tai Chi and meditation.

Other facilities include a beautiful pool area, which is a peaceful spot to relax and enjoy the view. A selection of non-motorised watersports are available on the beautiful beach.

Beyond the Beach The all spa-inclusive concept makes this the perfect place to stop and unwind after a hectic tour through the delights of Vietnam.

Last but not least, there is of course the spa. Fusion Maia’s holistic approach to wellness gives you a real sense of

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

77

–––––––– Vietnam

––––––––

Halong Bay Cruise T

here are not many places in the world that have been recognised twice by UNESCO but Halong Bay is one and therefore understandably commands more of your time. Most visitors allocate one night but this is almost to undermine its unique place in the world and we urge you to stay longer in a place that really does deserve your attention.

If time is limited you can of course stay for one night, this will give you a fabulous taster of what lies in store and our suggestion for this would be aboard the Halong Jasmine. The Jasmine takes a wider sweep of Halong Bay and therefore manages to avoid many of the other boats that share the bay.

She is a newly built wooden junk with an atmospheric 1930’s Indochine-style décor throughout. There are 24 air-conditioned cabins, which are beautifully finished, a restaurant, lounge and bar and a sundeck –

78

perfect for early morning Tai Chi amidst the serene and misty majesty of the limestone karsts.

For those who can stay longer, the Au Co is quite simply the most luxurious vessel in Halong Bay and she offers a totally unique experience cruising across the Gulf of Tonkin.

State-of-the-art in terms of design and safety, she takes her inspiration from traditional Vietnamese themes which sit in perfect harmony with a modern design. 32 cabins and suites come complete with rain showers and a private balcony. Cuisine is in the form of a unique five elements food concept.

Au Co heads into the lesser explored regions of Halong Bay where you will glimpse the lives of local people and enjoy countless opportunities to explore the most exotic and magnificent of destinations.

Your three day cruise aboard Au Co will take you through the three bays of the Gulf of Tonkin; Halong Bay, Bai Tu Long Bay, Lan Ha Bay, and Cat Ba Island. Explore with guided expeditions to floating villages and kayak past karst rocks and lagoons before enjoying a cooling dip in the emerald waters of the bay. On-board there are a wealth of activities to keep you occupied; Tai Chi, Vietnamese cooking classes and a cultural introduction to an ancient tea ceremony.

Beyond the Beach Accessible by road or by a new scenic seaplane service, Halong Bay is an essential element to any tour to Vietnam and can easily be inserted into a top to toe itinerary, as a side trip from Hanoi, before heading south.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Vietnam

––––––––

Vietnamese Essentials D

iscover the very best of this remarkable and resilient country from North to South and all that is in between.

Days 1-2 ● Hanoi On arrival, you will be met and transferred to your hotel before beginning your exploration of Hanoi by visiting the Temple of Literature, Ho Chi Minh’s Mausoleum, Ho Chi Minh’s house and the One Pillar Pagoda, followed by a walking tour of the bustling Old Quarter. Spend two nights at the Sofitel Legend Metropole.

Days 3-4 ● Halong Bay Today, transfer to Halong Bay where you will board the magnificent Au Co for a unique 2 night experience. Set off into this breathtaking bay, filled with thousands of limestone islets and caves. Swim off the side of the boat and feast on delicious seafood as you take in the stunning scenery. Moor up for the night and wake to see the sun rise over the spectacular horizon.

Return to Hanoi for the short flight to Hoi An. Days 5-8 ● Hoi An On arrival transfer to Fusion Maia, an all ‘pool villa’ property just 30 minutes from the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Hoi An. A few hours wandering in Hoi An will reveal the best of the old town. Simply roam, get lost and enjoy exploring this maze of atmospheric streets. Don’t forget to sample some of Hoi An’s signature dishes or one of the many excellent quality tailors which proliferate in this charming town.

Days 9-10 ● Saigon Fly down to Ho Chi Minh City and spend the afternoon exploring Dong Khoi and the nearby boutiques, cafés and restaurants. Explore Saigon’s sights including the War Remnants Museum, busy Chinatown, Notre Dame Cathedral and the Reunification Palace. Stay at the Park Hyatt.

Days 11-14 ● Con Dao End your exploration of Vietnam with a relaxing stay on one of her beautiful beaches. Six Senses Con Dao is a rustic, yet luxurious, tropical retreat on the smallest island in the Con Dao archipelago and has been protected for decades as a national and marine park. National Geographic laud this idyll as one of the top eco lodges in the world – true sustainable luxury.

Alternatively stay at Six Senses Ninh Van Bay, an envy-inducing eco-chic resort set in a sublime bay accessible only by boat – dramatic smooth granite boulders frame a picture perfect crescent of golden sand.

Southeast Asia

Malaysia M

alaysia is sometimes overlooked as a destination, lurking in the shadows of ever-popular Thailand, but it is this limelight-dodging attitude that makes us love the country even more. Its jungle/beach double act is utterly beguiling, a natural canvas for one-off travel experiences. The peninsula and islands are thick with ancient forest and edged by breathtaking beaches, the people are proud of their timeless land and the culture is steeped in tradition. There’s a unique edge to Malaysia, a romantic up-sticks-and-move-there notion we find hard to shrug off.

The properties we feature are unmistakably Malay, offering a real sense of place, region by region.

Malaysia as a beach destination was etched onto the luxury map by the islands of Langkawi, or more accurately The Datai and the Four Seasons. Today these 99 magical islets off the western coast remain a favourite for travellers seeking beach-bliss, remote adventure and five-star trimmings. Emerald-green jungle tumbles down to sugar-white sand, mangroves bridge sea and land, huge limestone caves swallow you up, secluded coves lie in wait and a technicolour underwater world thrives beneath. Venture off on a mangrove safari and spot everything from fiddler crabs to dancing dolphins. If not Langkawi-bound, let the whispering serenity of Pangkor Laut work its magic.

Only a fraction of this privately-owned 300-acre island has been developed, the rest is wilderness where time stands as still as the ancient land.

The Peninsula’s east coast is just as trance inducing with sweeping beaches kissed by the South China Sea. It was love at first sight at Tanjong Jara, a resort so relaxing it’s hard to stay upright. And then there is the unspeakably beautifully Tioman Island, a destination that had fallen off the radar until JapaMala opened its

80

Langkawi Kuala Terrenganu Penang Kuala Lumpur

Gaya Island Kota Kinabalu

M alaysia

Tioman Island Singapore

Kuching

Sabah Sandakan

Sarawak

B orneo

treehouse-chic doors. A 40-minute flight from Kuala Lumpur, this jungle outpost in the South China Sea is a little piece of paradise with scarcely a footprint in the sand. Dive the rainbow-coloured sea, spot monkeys and birds in the thickly forested interior and kayak past ramshackle fishing villages.

But for those with a real thirst for adventure, Borneo has it in bucket loads. The world’s third largest island is divided between Malaysia, Indonesia, and Brunei (the Malaysian states of Sabah and Sarawak lying to the north). We can’t rave enough about Sabah: its dense jungle home to the mighty orangutan.

Forgo luxury for authenticity and stay in a nature lodge on the banks of Kinabatangan or in the heart of the Danum Valley. Here you can witness the treetop antics of monkeys, watch orangutans in the wild and meet the remarkably passive pygmy elephant. And now you’ve earned your luxury in the guise of Borneo’s blossoming beach-chic scene. Jungle-strewn Gaya Island off the coast of Sabah (15 minutes by boat) has two heavenly hideaways: think Robinson Crusoe meets The Jungle Book.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel The West Coast (Langkawi & Pangkor) is at its best between November and May, however the East Coast (Tioman and Kuala Terengganu) and Borneo is best between March and October Travel Time Approximately 12 hours Time Difference GMT + 8 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

81

–––––––– West Coast, Malaysia

––––––––

Pangkor Laut Resort O

ver 2 million years in the making, this renowned resort sits within a landscape of ancient forests where the trees are as old as the land itself, where sweeping bays are deserted and quiet but for the cry of the macaque monkeys. It is home to Emerald Bay, an unspoilt crescent of sand hugged by the tangle of tropical jungle. This beach is regularly voted as one of the best in the world and it is easy to see why.

Only a tiny fraction of the island’s 300 acres has been developed and the resort blends effortlessly into its jungle surrounds – Mother Nature herself could have been the architect! The resort is expansive, however, the clever design means it’s not difficult to find your own perfect piece of paradise.

When it comes to accommodation, you are spoilt for choice. Hill and Garden Villas are two storey spaces close to the centre of the resort; Garden Villas

82

are lower level and set in beautiful gardens, while the Hill Villas are elevated with magnificent views.

Beach Villas are freestanding with lovely views, although this beach is not suitable for swimming. Sea Villas are built on stilts over the lapping waves at the end of the beach and are very romantic. The Spa Villas are the most recent addition and are set within the Spa Village, linked by wooden walkways. These charming villas are also set on stilts over water. All villas offer stylish bathrooms with an oversize bath, some in private courtyards and some with fabulous rainforest views.

When it comes to dining you are truly spoilt for choice. Feast Village serves up a veritable smorgasbord of Malay and Asian delights, while Uncle Lim’s Kitchen is an exceptionally popular Chinese restaurant set on a rocky outcrop overlooking the sea.

Fisherman’s Cove has fabulous

seafood with a slightly more refined ambiance, whilst The Straits is an adults only fine dining establishment and offers an elegant, exotic blend of South East Asian cuisine.

If you do nothing else whilst you are here, a visit to the spa is an absolute must. Extolling the healing virtues of the region, enjoy a pre-spa ritual to leave you totally revitalised.

Romantic Moments ♥ Indulge in a private dining experience at Emerald Bay

Beyond the Beach For a truly authentic Asian journey why not combine a stay at Pangkor Laut with the incredible temples of Angkor Wat (see page 69).

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– East Coast, Malaysia

––––––––

Tanjong Jara Resort P

eace, solitude and oodles of charm sum up the beautiful Tanjong Jara Resort, located on the unspoilt East Coast of the Malay Peninsula. Fronted by the sparking emerald waters of the South China Sea and shaded by the soaring palms which rustle gently in the breeze, this beautiful resort has long been a favourite with Turquoise.

For us it encapsulates all you would anticipate a beautiful Malay resort to be. Think of it as a natural sanctuary designed around the intricate grandeur and elegance of the long-ago palaces, where the staff, chosen from local villages, display a genuine warmth and that irrepressible and uncontrived gentle Asian charm.

Bumbung and Serambi Rooms are on the ground or first floor and beautifully appointed with cool linens and warm local wood. If you prefer to be close to the beach then we recommend the Anjung Rooms: they come with

fabulous outdoor bathrooms and a canopied veranda overlooking the tropical gardens.

Dining here is exceptional and we particularly love the setting of Di Atas Sungei, perched above the river and serving authentic Malay cuisine. There are no menus here, you are simply guided by the resort’s menu masters.

Nelayan is set by the sea serving a mix of Asian and Western cuisine, perfect for long and lazy lunches. By night the restaurant is transformed into a romantic space lit by candles and lulled by the sound of lapping waves.

The beach here is big and beautiful – you can walk the endless sands for miles without seeing a soul and there are plenty of experiences to indulge in.

From lazy and languid, energetic and active to cultural and enlightening, the culture here is an integral part of the stay and it manifests itself in many

ways. The unique cooking school is a great place to discover the culinary arts of Malay, Chinese and Indian cuisine, whilst the natural charms around the island make this a nature-lover’s playground. Cruise or trek through the jungle, explore local village life on two wheels or seize the opportunity for seasonal snorkelling and diving at one of the most beautiful islands in the Malay archipelago.

Romantic Moments ♥ Indulge in a treatment at the Spa Village – the treatment rooms are custom-made for couples

Beyond the Beach Combine with a stay in Kuala Lumpur for a true Malaysian experience.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

83

–––––––– Langkawi, Malaysia

––––––––

Four Seasons Resort O

ccupying a beautiful 1.5 kilometre beach – one of the best we have found in Malaysia – this elegant resort lies on the tropical island of Langkawi; a UNESCO Geopark idyll of steamy rainforests, rugged mountains and thrilling mangrove forests. Combining the service and sophistication of Four Seasons with exciting eco-adventures, this is truly one of the best resorts in Malaysia.

As you would anticipate, the rooms and suites here are generous in proportion.

All are superbly appointed featuring polished wood, soaring ceilings and a pleasing blend of Moorish, Malay and contemporary luxury. The Lower Melaleuca Pavilions are on the ground floor and all have secluded outdoor bathing areas – moonlit bath for two anyone? The Upper Melaleuca Pavilions have a huge sky-lit bath, covered veranda and dining area – perfect for intimate dining moments. Both overlook

84

the beautiful tropical gardens. Beach Villas are just a step from the divine beach and offer the ultimate in waterside living. A huge polished deck overlooks the sparkling ocean, whilst tucked into a private garden is a plunge pool just for two!

Dining here is a gourmet extravaganza.

Serai serves up flavours of Italy overlooking the emerald waters of the Andaman Sea, whilst Ikan-Ikan focuses on flavours closer to home with authentic Malay cuisine in a delightfully authentic setting. Kelapa Grill has a lively, casual beachfront setting and is the perfect spot for sundowners as the sky explodes into the paint-pot bright colours of a Langkawi sunset. The Rhu Bar channels your inner ‘Arabian Princess’ with its Middle Eastern ambiance, complete with wicker chairs piled high with soft cushions inviting you to recline, intricate wood screens and hanging Mughal swings for two.

The Geo Spa here is excellent and there is a bounty of amazing experiences to enjoy. See monkeys, eagles and ‘walking’ fish on a mangrove cruise through the adjacent Kilim Karst Geoforest, swim in waterfalls or take to the water with an extensive array of motorised and non-motorised watersports. Enjoy the bliss of an adults-only swimming pool plus rock climbing, abseiling, cooking classes and village cycling tours for those who can tear themselves away from the beach.

Romantic Moments ♥ Spend the afternoon in a private cabana at the adults-only pool, then dine at the water’s edge in a private Rajasthani tent

♥ Indulge in a Ratu & Ratu Connect spa treatment, specially designed for couples, complete with a traditional blessing ceremony

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

85

–––––––– Langkawi, Malaysia

––––––––

The Datai F

or those who crave a destination with a real sense of place when travelling, yet still seek superb luxury and all the creature comforts it entails, The Datai is the place for you. Set on the pristine isle of Langkawi, this renowned resort, regarded as one of the world’s finest hideaway retreats, sets a benchmark for all things jungle-chic! Think ‘back to nature’ where the natural environment and stunning design complement each other perfectly.

Scattered through the deep emerald green of virgin rainforest, The Datai is a truly stunning place to be; pathways meander through the tangle of trees down to a sublime tropical beach.

Accommodation here is divine; Deluxe Rooms are located in the main building, close to the main pool and bar.

These rooms have a contemporary feel about them, partial ocean views and a fabulous jungle outlook.

86

We love the villa accommodation, which is dotted along the pathways to the beach. These have plenty of space for being lazy and indulgent, super bathrooms and some have private plunge pools as well – what more could you want?

Dining is a real experience here.

For the perfect fusion of east-meetswest, the Dining Room is the place to be. The Pavilion is a beautiful Thai restaurant elevated in the treetops and famed for some of the best Thai dishes in the country. We particularly love the setting of Gulai House – rustic-luxe deep in the heart of the rainforest, serving up memorable Malay and Indian gastronomy. The romantics out there can indulge in a private candlelit dinner for two on the beach.

The incredible rainforest also hosts an excellent spa where treatments are inspired by ancient Malay Ramuan

healing principles – this, combined with the location, makes for a unique and very special experience. Alongside the spa there is an Ernie Els designed golf course, an adults only pool, complimentary rainforest walks and plenty of non-motorised watersports.

If you wish to explore the surrounding area, a mangrove cruise through the Langkawi Geopark is a fascinating experience, while the nightlife of Langkawi is just a short drive away.

Romantic Moments ♥ Reconnect with a couple’s treatment in one of the rainforest pavilions

Beyond the Beach Langkawi is the perfect partner to a city stay in Kuala Lumpur or Singapore.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Tioman, Malaysia

––––––––

JapaMala G

racefully lounging in the emerald green waters of the South China Sea, the tiny island of Tioman is home to a blissfully unspoilt boutique retreat – the JapaMala. Boutique in every sense of the word – just 13 suites; this tropical hideaway is for those who crave solitude and immersion in their natural environment. If you prefer marble bathrooms and sleek, sophisticated surroundings, this is possibly not for you, however, if you want to wake each morning to the sound of the jungle, swim in the warm waters of the sparkling ocean and kick back and relax without a care in the world, JapaMala is made for you.

This tiny outpost houses 13 villas and chalets emerging from the jungle canopy; for a real ‘Tarzan & Jane’ experience, go for one of the secluded Treetop Chalets; for those who need a view, the Sea Cliff Chalets have some of the best in Malaysia. Jungle Sarangs

are closer to the beach and have an open-air bathtub, whilst the Sea View or Hillside Sarangs have a plunge pool or private rock pool. JapaMala is certainly a million miles away from the glitz of some well-known über-luxury resorts, but you should still expect an excellent level of comfort and rustic-chic style, with cool linens, and local wood which is totally in keeping with its enviable location. You may be on a remote jungle beach but essentials such as air-conditioning, Wi-Fi, iPod docking stations and full mini bars all come as part of the experience.

Considering the location, the dining here is undeniably superb. Tamarind is a stylish space with the jungle rainforest as a backdrop and the beautiful beach just a stone’s throw away; here you can devour Thai and Indo-Chinese delicacies. Mandi Mandi hovers on stilts over the ocean, where global cuisine, in particular Italian,

takes centre stage. Make time to indulge in a sensory journey at the Samadhi Spa, try a pedicure in a natural cave or soak in a hot tub perched on a cliff!

Many guests succumb to the gentle pace of life and never move more than to roll from the comfort of their sun lounger into the cool of the pool, but for those who want it, paradise is just waiting to be explored. From jungle trekking, to sensational dive spots including night dives for qualified divers, to village visits and island hopping boat trips, this magical world truly is your oyster!

Romantic Moments ♥ You are on a remote jungle-clad paradise island in the South China Sea. Does it get any more romantic?

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

87

–––––––– Borneo, Malaysia

––––––––

Bunga Raya A

s sensual and exotic as the hibiscus flower from which it takes its name, Bunga Raya is a hidden paradise just off the coast of Borneo.

A secluded retreat that we think is a real hidden gem, this beautiful boutique resort is a cross between jungle-chic and being ‘at one with nature’. With the dense green jungle canopy and divine white beaches, you feel a million miles away from civilization – the reality is you are only 30 minutes from the airport making this an easily accessible island hideaway.

Built in complete harmony with the environment, 48 villas are tucked into the rainforest, overlooking a perfect crescent of gleaming white beach.

Hand-hewn timbers and a style reflective of simple Borneo architecture provide a charming and simple yet stylish finish to the accommodation.

Expect mind-boggling views, lots of dark wood, local fabrics and a real

88

sense of place. For a touch of indulgence, pick the Plunge Pool Villas; most are just behind the beach and have expansive decks for whiling away happy hours.

When it comes to dining options the Pantai Grill is located almost on the water’s edge. With a laid-back vibe, this a definite spot for sundowners.

The Longhouse is a modern bistro-style affair with a variety of Asian and Western dishes to tempt the palate.

through a menu of watersports activities. For those with a love of the underwater world, the reefs of Borneo are lauded by divers from all continents.

If it’s a more relaxing diversion you are after, head to the jungle spa, built directly into the landscape; lie back and relax and let nature’s sound track of bird song and the ocean breeze lull you into a state of complete bliss!

Romantic Moments ♥ Indulge in a romantic dinner under

There is much to keep both the mind and body active at Bunga Raya and budding Marine biologists will love the Marine Ecology Research Centre at her sister property, Gayana Eco Resort, in a neighbouring bay on the island.

Jump on the resort’s boat and head to MERC for a day spent learning all there is to know about marine conservation.

Get closer to nature with a guided jungle trek or explore the island waters

the stars in one of the beach or overwater pavilions

Beyond the Beach Bunga Raya is the perfect place to stay before or after (or even both) a mainland jungle experience.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

89

–––––––– Borneo, Malaysia

––––––––

Gaya Island Resort T

his beautiful luxury resort is set on Pulau Gaya, the largest of a cluster of five idyllic tropical islets that make up the Tunku Abdul Rahman National Park, just a 15 minute speedboat from Kota Kinabalu. Part of the prestigious YTL Hotels group, Gaya Island Resort is a peaceful place with a truly lovely vibe – the perfect ending to a Borneo jungle safari.

Spread over 40 acres, you can take your pick from a choice of stylish rooms. All are spacious and gracefully appointed with contemporary Malaysian flair. Bayu Villas are set amidst the mangroves, close to the beach, with easy access to all the facilities. The Canopy Villas are elevated, which means fabulous views, but also a slightly more energetic walk up hill.

The Kinabalu Villas are also in an elevated setting and offer some of the best views on the island, including, on a clear day, Mt Kinabalu.

90

Regional cuisine plays a big part of the dining experiences available here.

Feast Village is a dynamic, interactive area that plays host to a wealth of cuisines from right across Asia, whilst Fisherman’s Cove is a more gourmet experience where you can enjoy a bounty of incredible seafood in a romantic and stylish location. Tavajun Bay is a delight – reached by boat, this tranquil private beach is the picture-perfect tropical island playground. The simple beachside restaurant conjures up tasty local delicacies from open braziers; select the tipple of your choice from the beachside cooler, then relax on the sun-warmed sand – heaven! We love that you can also order a gourmet picnic basket for some truly indulgent beach time.

Village creates a memorable and uplifting experience. A rich tapestry of treatments and therapies reflect the cultural healing traditions of the nation; this truly is a place to nourish and nurture the mind, body and soul.

Here in Gaya Island Resort, the crucial elements of mountain, forest and sea come together in perfect harmony.

Inspired by this collective, the Spa

♥ Head out on Lumba Lumba,

Time at the resort is measured by the rise and fall of the tides and the activities programme aims to immerse you in the beauty of the natural environment. Hike jungle trails with a naturalist guide, gain a fresh perspective on the vibrant marine life beneath the waves at the house reef, or maybe indulge in a little artistic creativity with a culinary journey or handicraft excursion.

Romantic Moments the resort’s luxury yacht for a magical sunset cruise

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Borneo

––––––––

Borneo Jungle & Beach Safari E

xplore Borneo’s magnificent rainforests and abundant wildlife for a real adventure before some serious R&R on beautiful Gaya Island; the ultimate jungle and beach combo.

Days 1-3 ● Shangri La Rasa Ria The perfect antidote to a long flight, your time at the Shangri La Rasa Ria will revive and rejuvenate you. Set amidst 400 acres of tropical vegetation on Pantai Dalit Beach, you can chose from a variety of elegant rooms and suites. We particularly like the new Ocean Wing where the rooms offer private outdoor bathtubs and panoramic sea views.

Days 4-5 ● Abai Jungle Lodge In total contrast to the luxury of the Shangri La, this is real ‘back to nature’ stuff and is one of the most genuinely authentic experiences you can have in Borneo. This simple eco-friendly lodge sits on the shores of the Kinabatangan River and is the perfect spot from which to enjoy the myriad of native wildlife that flourishes here. The region teems with rare and endangered species including the proboscis monkey, estuarine crocodile and orangutans. On arrival in Sandakan we include a visit to Sepilok Rehabilitation Centre for a truly privileged encounter with orangutans living wild in the reserve.

Days 6-7 ● Borneo Rainforest Lodge From the shores of the Kinabatangan River to the majesty of the Danum Valley, a lowland valley rainforest. This is one of the most pristine and unspoilt regions of Sabah. The variety of native flora and fauna is simply staggering and includes over 340 bird species as well as pygmy elephants, clouded leopards, wild orang utans, gibbons and many other species of monkey, reptile and insects.

Accommodation is in contemporary chalets raised above the river and connected by wooden walkways, which you will often share with the cheeky orangutans. Jungle treks, canopy walks, river tubing and wildlife drives are all part of the experience which showcases this exceedingly precious and rare environment at its most glorious.

Days 8-14 ● Gaya Island Finish your journey with a spot of relaxation at Gaya Island Resort or at Bunga Raya. Bunga Raya is a luxurious hideaway set on a jewel of an island just offshore (see page 88) whilst Gaya Island Resort is an enchanting villa-style resort in the Tunku Abdul Rahman National Park (see page 90).

Southeast Asia

Indonesia A

n island bursting with colour, culture and charisma, all cloaked in a peaceful spirituality, we fell in love with Bali years ago. From its bottle-green forests to the mixture of soot-black and golden sand; from crimson skies to brooding volcanic peaks; from ancient temples to the turquoise ocean, this is more than just a tropical idyll. Definitely not a one-stop-shop, travelling around is a must and the more ground covered, the more you fall under Bali’s unique spell.

Undoubtedly beach-blessed, Bali’s circumference is splattered with a mixture of volcanic sand and picture-perfect golden crescents. The southern coast boasts the fashionable beaches of Seminyak, Jimbaran Bay and Sanur. Here we’re in 100% hip holiday mode with chic hotels, serious spas, beachside restaurants serving melt-in-the-mouth seafood and bars mixing up far-too-quaffable cocktails. For the more solitary sand-seeker, eastern Bali is a great alternative.

The beaches are volcanic and often deserted, the snorkelling and diving is top-notch and the local food some of the best we’ve come across. Go out on a fishing boat or head inland to the 8th-century temple of Pura Besakih, the must-visit on ‘the island of a thousand temples’. While remote northern Bali is both a trekker’s paradise and dolphin-lover’s hotspot, inland Ubud remains the focal point for arts, crafts, dance and music. Cycle around the dusty roads, passing rice paddies and coffee plantations, through small villages, stopping to cool off at remote lakes and rivers.

Just 22 miles east of Bali (or a 20-minute flight) is Lombok, the quieter neighbour that shies away from the limelight, happy with its lot. And who wouldn’t be: the beaches are totally unspoilt, the culture very much alive and the hotel scene understated in its luxury.

Whether chilling out on the Oberoi’s private stretch

92

B ali

K omodo

Java

L ombok Tembok

B ali Ubud Seminyak

S umba

Manggis

Jimbiran

of sand, snorkelling the reef-protected waters from Jeeva Klui or donning some sunnies on the blindingwhite sands of the neighbouring Gili Islands, this is a holiday destination where you can recapture your sense of self, drift off in a hammock, enjoy a massage by the sea and let the island’s spirit work its magic.

Another place to win over our hearts and minds is new-to-the-books Sumba. Just over an hour’s flight from Bali, it is twice the size but home to only 650,000 inhabitants. Part of Nusa Tenggara Timor, its isolated location means that for centuries, little has changed, with the exception of one intimate all-inclusive resort.

Nihiwatu is the rustic-luxe gateway to the wildness of Sumba. This is an all-out life-changing experience, a place to throw away your mobile phone and embrace nature, culture and local Sumba life. Trek through jungles, picnic at waterfalls, ride along the beach, surf with pros, learn to spear fish, visit traditional villages, immerse yourself in the jungle spa and enjoy life as we don’t know it.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel Bali & Lombok are usually at their best between April and October Travel Time Approximately 12 hours to an Asian hub followed by 1½ - 2 hour flight into Bali or Lombok Time Difference GMT + 8 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

93

–––––––– Bali, Indonesia

––––––––

Samaya Seminyak O

ccasionally we find a resort that quite simply ticks all the boxes and Samaya Seminyak does just that.

For starters, the location is spot on – slap bang on one of Bali’s hippest beaches (the hotel’s infinity pool is also beachfront and there is something very special about floating in a pool, gazing at the sky, whilst listening to the crash of waves). Another big plus is that Seminyak is packed with cool, glamorous nightspots, stylish boutiques and chic restaurants and the Samaya Seminyak, while tucked away in a peaceful spot, is still within easy walking distance of everything.

Villas are huge and adorned with every creature comfort. Décor is modern and contemporary with clean lines and cool colours and what is possibly the most fabulous bathroom we have seen in a long time! Every villa comes complete with butler service, perfect for those leisurely in-villa breakfasts each

94

morning, and its own private pool – a full size lap pool to be precise! All are within their own private walled gardens, meaning no sea views but complete privacy is assured. We love the fact that the gazebo by the pool, perfect for snoozing away lazy afternoons, can also be set up as an intimate, candlelit dining venue just for two as dusk falls.

Breeze at the Samaya is the hotel’s award winning restaurant. Set on the beachfront, your background music is the sound of the waves lapping the shore. We think it is exceptional and definitely worth a visit, as just one of the superb variety of dining options available in Seminyak.

If you can tear yourself away from the romantic delights of your private villa and the myriad attractions of Seminyak, the resort is also perfectly placed for exploring the rest of Bali. Head inland for jungle experiences or to one of the

intricate temples in this spiritual ‘land of 1000 temples’.

Romantic Moments ♥ Dinner at Breeze is as romantic as it comes with a waterfront setting and spectacular sunsets

♥ Arrange a private dinner in the privacy of your villa

Beyond the Beach A perfect combo with Samaya Ubud – a beautiful property in the tranquillity of Ubud with stunning views across the valley, romantic riverside villas and a restaurant on the river at the bottom of the valley.

Twin your beach experience with a vibrant city stay. Bangkok or Singapore are both perfect partners.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Bali, Indonesia

The Elysian

T

his contemporary resort is in the very heart of Seminyak, a chic, glamorous spot home to stylish boutiques, restaurants and bars; and whilst The Elysian is set back from the road, meaning less hustle and bustle, you still have plenty of bars and restaurants within walking distance.

The Elysian is sleek in style and every villa has a pool. Set within lush, tropical gardens, there are only 26 villas in total, each within a private walled garden. Bedrooms are spacious and open directly onto your private deck. Bathrooms are modern with sunken bathtubs and rain showers.

Relaxation comes in the form of a centrepiece swimming pool, complete with poolside cabanas shrouded in white muslin, and the Elysian Spa where all the elements used for treatments are Indonesian.

There is an in-house restaurant – Rush Bamboo – which is excellent, but we definitely recommend heading out to the road nick-named ‘eat street’ where you’ll find gourmet cafes and world class restaurants side by side with buzzy bars and intriguing boutiques crammed with original pieces of art and Balinese treasures.

––––––––

The Pavilions Bali

T

he Pavilions is a real Turquoise favourite. It’s not exactly a closely guarded secret but definitely one of Bali’s hidden gems. Location-wise, it is pretty much perfect. The sheltered sandy beach of Sanur is a five minute walk away and Sanur itself has benefited hugely from limited development; to become a place where you can mingle with the locals, soak up the quiet home-grown charm and enjoy the gentle vibe of Bali. Nightlife here centres on the local bars and restaurants, adding to the laid-back ambience.

Set amongst an oasis of tropical gardens, 24 villas are designed to reflect Balinese heritage – expect high ceilings, polished wood and natural cottons. Garden Villas offer a tranquil space with generous walled gardens, but the Pool Villas are particularly special and will leave even the most hardened of non-romantics entranced! Local restaurants are only a short walk away, but we also love the flavours at Jahe, The Pavilions’ own restaurant, serving authentic Indonesian and European food. Private dining is available and breakfast is taken in the privacy of your villa.

Combine the vibrant south with a quieter retreat in Ubud (see page 106) or head to Lombok for some laid-back beach time.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

95

–––––––– Bali, Indonesia

..

Alila Villas Uluwatu

U

‘

ber-modern’, ‘poised’ and ‘edgy’ all define Alila Uluwatu; a resort perched somewhat precariously on a plateau, beneath which limestone cliffs plunge to the surf. This place screams, shouts and stamps wow factor!

Located on Bali’s south coast, Alila Uluwatu is just south of Jimbaran Bay – about a twenty minute drive from Nusa Dua, where you will find local restaurants and bars.

Alila Uluwatu is a sophisticated mix of very simple, yet creative lines; cool and chic colours and a clever flow taking you from inside to outside.

Accommodation here is in One Bedroom Pool Villas, which are vast expanses of open-plan design, finished in a neutral colour palette. Bi-fold doors disappear completely bringing the outside in, while your private pool will bring out your ‘inner superstar’ as it comes complete with that celebrity must-have;

96

––––––––

a cabana overlooking the Indian Ocean.

Expect a décor of wood, rattan, stone and water with walkways and bridges connecting the pavilion and pool to the living spaces. The open plan design enables the gentle cooling flow of the ocean breeze.

The Warung is a traditional take on Indonesian and Balinese cuisine and we love that you can meet fellow guests as you dine at communal tables or opt for a private table for two. CIRE has fine dining cuisine with East Asian flavours in a more refined space. For a touch of romance, we suggest booking the private cliff edge cabana for dinner, a truly dramatic setting. For sundowners with a difference head to the sunset cabana, a stunningly delicate cage structure suspended over the ocean with sublime horizon views.

follows a holistic and intuitive path to wellbeing.

Romantic Moments ♥ Escape to a private cliffside pavilion for a secluded and romantic dining experience where you can enjoy a special menu, customized for you by Alila’s Executive Chef and served by your own personal butler

Beyond the Beach Alila Uluwatu is perfect for a few days relaxation at the start or end of your Balinese journey or as the ultimate end treat and it combines perfectly with other areas of Bali.

Perhaps a stay in Ubud (see page 106) or maybe head to Amankila on the east coast (see page 100).

Spa Alila puts a contemporary spin on ancient healing techniques and

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Bali, Indonesia

––––––––

Alila Villas Soori S

ome places work hard to achieve the wow factor, while for others it just happens. Alila Villas Soori is just such a place. Away from Bali’s popular southern coast, the Tabanan Regency, in the rural west shows you what Bali is all about and for us is a true definition of the word ‘paradise’.

Your journey from the airport takes you through a montage of village life, rice paddies and rural living. On arrival it’s hard to know where to look first – the symmetry of the terraced rice paddies, the waves of the Indian Ocean crashing onto gleaming volcanic-sand beaches or the soaring volcanic mountains behind you. There is no getting away from it, this is the real face of Bali.

It’s all villa accommodation here, contemporary in style and colour but with flashes of local influence. All have private swimming pools and dedicated in-villa host service; what differs is the

view. Beach Pool Villas are ground level with gardens and the beach to the front, whilst Ocean Pool Villas are on the upper level to maximise the views.

Unusually for us, our favourite rooms here are the Mountain Pool Villas, indoor and outdoor spaces effortlessly intertwine, whilst mystical Mount Batukara on the distant horizon, is your backdrop. Definitely a room with a view!

The remote location means in-house dining. Cotta is the main restaurant serving tapas style dishes, even for breakfast! Ombak is the signature dining experience (a tasting menu is available) and the bar is the best spot to watch the vivid colours of the sunset.

What we actually love most about Alila Soori however is its complete sense of place. Whilst the pool, spa and rooms are beautiful, it’s the experiences created to immerse you in what makes Bali so magical, that we find most

intriguing. Learn about rice cultivation and its religious significance, take a culinary journey visiting local markets then cooking the produce, visit coffee plantations and see rural life as you explore remote villages.

Romantic Moments ♥ Indulge in a couple’s spa treatment offering rejuvenating and relaxing fancy footwork for him, while the lady receives a choice of treatments.

This sublime experience finishes with a floral bath for two. Sheer romantic bliss!

Beyond the Beach For those seeking an authentic taste of Indonesia, why not extend your travels to Java and the temples of Borobodur (see page 106).

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

97

–––––––– Bali, Indonesia

––––––––

Belmond Jimbaran Puri Bali I

n amongst the hip hustle and bustle of Bali’s southern coast there is a sweeping crescent of pale golden sand called Jimbaran Bay. Here the nightlife is quieter with a few local bars and traditional fish restaurants where you dine by lantern light, with the stars above you and the sand between your toes.

The Jimbaran Puri sits squarely on Jimbaran Beach and embraces all that we love about Bali. The style is relaxed, service friendly and welcoming; the design a nod to local traditions.

Shady thatched roofs keep you cool in the heat of the day, whilst swathes of highly polished teak create a warm authentic vibe. Fragrant gardens filled with heady aroma of frangipani surround the infinity-edge pool, teak loungers beckon enticingly and an efficient pool side bar service means you don’t have to move far for sustenance.

98

When it comes to accommodation there are couple of choices. The Garden or Beach Front Cottages are Balinese in style, simply furnished and quite traditional with high ceilings, but our favourites are the Deluxe Pool Villas.

Offering one or two bedrooms, these are very private spaces with a sunken private pool in a walled garden courtyard and oversize day beds, perfect for romantic interludes.

Discover inner peace with a treatment at the spa or join yoga or Tai Chi classes; if you can tear yourself away from the beach, you will find an island blessed with colour, culture and life.

Inland, away from the coast, find the Bali of old, where terraced rice paddies tumble down the hillsides and villages still practice ancient traditions.

Exploring the local seafood restaurants is a must do. Jimbaran is renowned for the fish markets and the beach comes alive every evening with locals and tourists enjoying both the food and the vivid crimson sunsets. In addition, the hotel has two restaurants – Nelayan, which is on the beach serving seafood and Mediterranean style dishes and Tanjung Cafe, offering Indonesian and Asian cuisine overlooking the lotus ponds.

♥ Book a traditional Balinese spa

Romantic Moments treatment for two in the privacy of your pool villa

Beyond the Beach Consider a side trip to Komodo Island for a once-in-a-lifetime encounter with the largest reptile in the world – The Komodo Dragon (see page 106).

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Bali, Indonesia

––––––––

Spa Village Resort Tembok, Bali O

n the remote northeastern coast of Bali, Spa Village offers an experience that is the complete antithesis of the modern resorts lining the southern shores. The two and a half hour road transfer from the airport transports you from hustling city vibe to tranquil, local life in the blink of an eye.

With soaring volcanic peaks and black sand beaches washed by the deep blue Bali Sea, there is a very tangible spirituality to this place.

If you could take the essence of Bali; its culture, gently smiling people, mystical charms and bottle it, the resulting elixir would be Spa Village.

The resort itself is, as you would expect, traditional in style with Balinese timbers, neutral colours and simple, local art. Choose from Kamar Rooms in the main building, higher floors offering more privacy, or a beach front Villa with plunge pool. In all honesty though it is

unlikely you will actually spend much time in your room as a stay here is about so much more than whether your room has Wi-Fi or spa baths! It’s about immersion in the local culture, testing your personal boundaries, trying new things and indulging in a little ‘me time’ in the extraordinary spa (daily spa treatments are included in your stay).

Dining takes place in the one restaurant, which is open-sided to capture the cooling ocean breezes and where the menu is simple, yet creative, and features a host of local produce.

In addition to the wellbeing treatments, there is a clever schedule of complimentary experiences for guests to hone their skills and get hands on with. Local traditions such as weaving classes, wood carving, candle making and cooking classes can be enjoyed, whilst other options include star gazing, local village visits,

yoga and Pencak Silat, an ancient form of martial arts that owes its heritage to the ancient Chinese Shaolin monasteries.

This is the perfect place for a truly authentic and genuine insight in to the rich, cultural heritage of Bali.

The location is remote, rural and completely unspoilt, the ambiance incredibly relaxing and the sense of peace you leave with, unmistakable.

Beyond the Beach Spa Village is the perfect partner for Ubud, the hill village artist enclave, which is enroute via the mountains (see page 106).

Why not combine with a few days in Lombok at Qunci Villas, Sudamala or Jeeva Klui (see pages 102-103).

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

99

–––––––– Bali, Indonesia

––––––––

Amankila T

eetering on the edge of a cliff overlooking the Lombok Strait, Amankila scores a perfect ten when it comes to location. Silver sand, turquoise water and the dense emerald green jungle rising in the distance, you are only an hour from the airport, yet transported effortlessly into the rural heart of Bali, remote and untouched.

The name Amankila translates as ‘peaceful hill’ and there is a definite air of stillness and serenity here.

The 34 free standing suites are elevated to maximise every possible panoramic opportunity and feature thatched roofs, vaulted ceilings, canopied king size beds, vast soaking bathtubs and outdoor terraces furnished with über-soft day beds and tables made from coconut shell! You simply choose whether it’s the perfume and colour of the tropical gardens that you want as your outlook or the simple, unending magnitude of the ocean horizon.

100

For those looking for the ultimate luxury, pick one of the Pool Suites enclosed within private walled courtyards, or one of the signature suites.

Inspired by the symmetry of Bali’s iconic rice terraces, the three-tiered infinity swimming pool is a spectacular feature with humbling ocean views.

When it comes to dining, the options are no less impressive. The Terrace is open for breakfast and lunch and the Restaurant for evening dining. There are however a multitude of dining experiences here; from a romantic, intimate beach dinner for two to a traditional Balinese feast. If you want to enjoy a wide variety of tastings then plump for the Rijsttafel dinner, which showcases ten different dishes from Indonesia or a Satay evening, where your private chef will prepare a fabulous Balinese satay extravaganza.

Style and service are synonymous with Aman Resorts and Amankila is no exception. However we think that its location, along with the wealth of experiences that this brings, is an outstanding feature. An incredible fusion of religious ceremonies, spiritual beliefs and culture can be enjoyed within this remote region. Tucked around lush rice paddies, visit rural villages, where life hasn’t changed for centuries, explore royal palaces and ancient temples, or closer to hand take a cooking class which begins at dawn with a market visit. Diving, trekking, mountain biking and arts and craft experiences are all easily accessible.

Romantic Moments ♥ Enjoy a private beach dinner by lantern light

♥ Book ‘Cinta’ the ultimate couple’s spa treatment on a candlelit terrace complete with Champagne

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Lombok, Indonesia

––––––––

The Oberoi, Lombok L

ombok gives you a chance to discover a very unhurried way of Indonesian life – deserted beaches, lush rainforest and sleepy villages are very much the order of the day here. Direct flights from Singapore make it the perfect twin-centre holiday, failing that fly from Bali or ramp up the adrenalin levels a little and take a speedboat across the Bali Sea.

create an unmistakable, authentic ambience. Luxury Pavilions offer garden or ocean views whilst Luxury Villas have more space, secluded courtyards and lavish four poster beds. For the ultimate treat, we think the Luxury Pool Villas are a must. Veiled behind high stone walls you will find your own thatched villa complete with private pool, sunken bath and your own secret garden!

This beautiful resort is tucked away on a private beach at Medana Bay amongst acres of tropical gardens and the setting is, quite simply, beautiful.

The sunsets are arguably the best in Asia – we’ll let you decide but with the silhouette of Mt Agnung in Bali and the three Gili Islands on the horizon it will take some beating.

Dining options do not disappoint either with the Sunbird Café open for breakfast – think Asian, Indonesian and continental. Lumbung is an elegant open-sided pavilion in a coconut grove garden setting, whilst Tokek Bar gives you a front row view of the shimmering ocean and is the perfect spot for lunch.

The open-air amphitheatre is the place for atmospheric evenings by candle light.

Pavilions and villas are strewn throughout the gardens; traditional in style with thatched roofs, highly polished teak and Indonesian objet d’art

The Oberoi has every creature comfort and more. There is a vast swimming

pool, an indulgent spa, complimentary yoga sessions and even a fully supervised children’s programme with a veritable feast of unusual and unique activities to keep them entertained, but actually it’s what you can do outside the resort that we love the most. Embark on a snorkelling trip to the unspoilt Gili Islands Reef, try your luck at Sasak pottery classes or take a cidmo – (horse drawn cart to you and me) to the market in Tanjung with a local guide for a real taste of Lombok life.

Beyond the Beach With direct flights from Singapore, this is a perfect city and beach combo.

The beaches of Lombok are a perfect combination with the verdant hills of Ubud (see page 106).

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

101

–––––––– Lombok, Indonesia

Jeeva Klui

C

harming and authentic are words often associated with boutique hotels and never more so than with one of our favourites – Jeeva Klui on the unspoilt island of Lombok.

The eco-sustainable resort is set on a quiet stretch of beach, which is protected by an off-shore reef. Recycled timber, handmade terracotta tiles and bamboo weaves make for a traditional, yet sophisticated, style of accommodation and the overall feel of the resort is reminiscent of rural Sasak villages.

There are only 35 suites and villas at Jeeva Klui and the general rule of thumb is that all offer open terraces with seriously comfortable day beds, cool crisp linens, natural wood and local art. Choose from garden, ocean view, sunset view or ocean front suites or treat yourself to one of their ocean front or pool villas.

When it comes to food Jeeva Klui continues in its authentic vein. The Waroeng – a small open-air restaurant, is located on the oceanfront veranda and has a casual dining attitude reflecting the style of a traditional village long house.

Sengiggi is a five minute drive for more dining options.

Romantic Moments ♥ Indulge in a couple’s spa treatment in your own beach

––––––––

Sudamala

O

ffering a front row sunset view across to the volcanoes of Bali, this intimate, boutique resort is a real find.

The clever blend of Sasak style and modern, contemporary features ticks lots of boxes and we love the attention to detail; the intricate wooden carvings, traditional thatched roofs and use of plenty of local artwork.

The local feel continues through the rooms and suites.

Garden Suites have private courtyards or balconies overlooking lush tropical gardens, but for ocean vistas, go for an Ocean or Sunset Suite. The One Bedroom Villas offer seclusion and privacy with walled gardens and a generous swimming pool.

Olah Olah is the poolside restaurant which serves an imaginative menu of local and international cuisine to tempt the taste buds. For a touch of romance, hide away from the world and indulge with a private feast for two in the privacy of your villa. The Mango Tree Spa, set beneath the boughs of a genuine tropical mango tree, is a restful oasis and a place to relax and enjoy a full menu of pampering delights.

Located on beautiful Sengiggi Beach lined with traditional outrigger boats and the soaring fronds of waving palms, this is truly delightful place to stay.

front cabana

102

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Lombok, Indonesia

––––––––

Qunci Villas L

ombok is inevitably compared to its bigger, more populous neighbour, Bali, but the truth is, they are really rather different. With unspoilt beaches and a culture less touched by the hands of tourism Lombok’s charm lies in its tranquil coastline and emerald green interior.

Whilst über-luxury is not the style here, the accommodation is exceptionally comfortable and charming. With a laid back vibe, Qunci Villas offers fantastic value with a warm welcome. There are a number of room options but here at Turquoise we recommend the Pool Villas. These are private, spacious and have their own pool, perfect for cooling off. The decor is cool with clean lines, expanses of polished wood, tactile textiles and splashes of local art.

Villas come in a choice of one or two bedrooms. A touch we particularly like is that many of the rooms open to a private garden bathroom – standing

under the shower in the open-air feels like you are being washed by a warm tropical shower.

The resort is surrounded by lovely gardens filled with tropical flowers and the gently swaying fronds of palm trees; it sits directly on the Mangsit Beach, which is just ten minutes from Sengiggi Beach. There are three pools, one of which is adults only, and spa with a variety of treatments blended from traditional Sasak recipes. The two open air restaurants offer the romantic option of dining on the beach. Quah offers dishes with a western influence, while Quali serves Asian inspired cuisine.

NooQ Lounge Bar is the perfect spot for sundowners, after dinner drinks or just for enjoying beachside life in Lombok.

This is always a popular place to see the epic colours of the sun as it sets over Bali and the twinkling lights of the fishing fleet as it lines up off shore.

Beyond the Beach Lombok can be considered as a single centre beach holiday, but with direct flights from Singapore, we would suggest a stopover to break the journey and avoid the long connection.

The island does make a great combination with a touch of jungle, culture and spectacular scenery in Ubud on neighbouring Bali (see page 106).

If you want to mingle with the locals, head into Sengiggi for some homegrown flavour at one of the seafront restaurants that line the beach.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

103

–––––––– Sumba, Indonesia

––––––––

Nihiwatu O

ur little blue planet is heavily populated and it is rare to find a spot which offers real escapism in the truest sense of the word. On the remote island of Sumba, an hour’s flight east from Bali, we have found just such as a place – welcome to Nihiwatu.

bathrooms and open-plan styling reflective of the simplicity of Sumbanse architecture.

Over thirty years ago, the vision for Nihiwatu was to create a truly sustainable resort that would preserve the unique and rich Sumbanese culture and empower the local community.

Recently refurbished and revitalised, yet still with the same ethos at heart, Nihiwatu has re-opened its doors as one of the finest resorts in the world.

Every guest experience is thoughtfully crafted and the resort offers a menu of unique land and sea safaris. Immersion in local culture and tradition is all part of any stay and signature tours take guests into local villages and out into the wild. In conjunction with Big Wave Surf Champion, Mark Healy Nihiwatu has created a list of ‘once in a lifetime’ sea experiences including private surf lessons and free diving, sustainable spear fishing and stand-up paddle boarding down the Wanukaka River.

Understated luxury is all encompassing here. Each villa is unique and complete with private terrace and pool, designed at the cutting edge of sustainable luxury. Hand built by local craftsmen using only indigenous materials; think spacious outdoor living, sandy floor

The hub of all social activity at the resort is Ombak restaurant with a deck cantilevered over the ocean.

Daily menus are inspired, as you would expect, by the freshest local ingredients and are diverse, intriguing and ever-so slightly adventurous. If you’re after a

104

little more privacy, we can highly recommend private dining in the Nihi Oak treehouse, beach picnics in romantic Konda Malba Bay, or for something a little different, under a cascading waterfall!

The Wave remains central to Nihiwatu’s story, the famous left-hand break attracts surfers from all over the world and with only ten surfers allowed per day its cult status remains intact.

Romantic Moments ♥ We highly recommend the early morning trek from Nihiwatu to neighbouring bay Nihi Oka for breakfast. Experience local village life and stunning Sumbanese countryside on route to one of the most romantic breakfast spots you could imagine.

We won’t ruin the surprise…but don’t forget your camera!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

105

–––––––– Indonesia

––––––––

Beyond the Beach Ubud: the perfect add-on The island of Bali is ringed with glorious beaches but it’s when you head inland, through the mist-clad jungles and rice terraces that the real Bali reveals herself. The popular artistic enclave of Ubud is easily accessible and a very pleasurable way to immerse yourself in a rich and colourful community of artists.

Spend your days soaking up the culture and submitting to the pampering ministrations of a skilled spa therapist.

One of our favourite retreats is Uma Ubud, a rustically stylish escape. Inimitably Balinese rooms are light and airy with swathes of sheer voile draped from wooden four-posters. The hillside location makes for exceptional valley views and the signature spa is regarded as one of the best around. Cycling, hiking and white water rafting are available as well gentler pastimes such as yoga and batik printing.

A Komodo Adventure The rugged island of Komodo lies between Flores and Sumbawa and is home to the largest reptile on the planet – the Komodo dragon. Our three day adventure really is a once in a lifetime opportunity. From the island of Bali take the short flight to Flores where you will be met and transferred via speedboat to the Batu Cermin Cave and Ujung Fisherman’s Village to enjoy the sunset before heading to the Plataran Komodo Resort – home for the next two nights. After breakfast set off with your guide for the transfer by water to Rinca Island in the Komodo National Park. The morning is spent walking through the dry forests in search of this remarkable lizard followed by an afternoon trekking, then a cooling swim or snorkel on Pink Beach before returning to your hotel. Depart for your flight back to Bali the following morning. We can also arrange live aboard overnight cruises.

A 3-Day Java Escape Direct flights from Bali to Yogyakarta in Java enable easy access to some of the most incredible temples anywhere in the world and the preserved temples of Prambanan and Borobudur are two such examples. The Plataran Borobudur is a beautiful boutique hotel located in the hills of Tanjungan Village with exceptional views of Borobudur. For the wow factor, choose AmanJiwo set within a natural amphitheatre: spectacular in every sense of the word. Spend your days exploring and discovering these magnificent temples. On a bicycle follow the winding, level pathways, see the farmers tending their fields.

Explore the Hindu temple of Prambanan and the Sultan Palace or Keraton built in 1790. From here it is onwards to Borobudur.

This most famous of Buddhist temples is now a World UNESCO Heritage Site and home to 504 Buddha statues.

106

–––––––– Indonesia

––––––––

Discover Indonesia T

he islands of Indonesia are an archipelago waiting to be discovered. Combine Ubud and Southern Bali with neighbouring Lombok for a black, golden and white sand journey. The perfect blend of culture, adventure and pure relaxation.

Days 1-5 ● Sanur You will be met on arrival, whisked through immigration and before you can blink you will be settling into your charming Pool Villa at The Pavilions in Sanur. Each villa is a peaceful sanctuary, set within a tropical walled garden with its own private entrance. Tucked away in seclusion, The Pavilions is just a five minute stroll from a long white sandy beach.

For a touch of luxury, we suggest upgrading to the Samaya Seminyak. This exceptional property is on one of the coolest beaches in Bali, the villas are spacious with full size lap pools, a beachside restaurant and full butler service!

Days 6-9 ● Ubud Ubud is a colourful hill village with a beautiful jungle backdrop which spreads itself along the Ayung River Gorge and is a must for shoppers.

Uma Ubud is one of Ubud’s most stylish and intimate hotels.

Decorated in a bright, modern yet inimitably Balinese style, the rooms are white, light and chic. The spa experience is a real highlight here – and offers a range of relaxing and invigorating Asian-inspired treatments. Alternatively choose the Samaya Ubud, this all villa retreat has a spectacular location and offers just 19 pool villas tucked into the hillside. Expect state of the art design, expansive views and a charming, intimate experience.

Days 10-14 ● Lombok Travel to Padangbai harbour for the 1½ hour launch to Lombok.

Staying in Lombok is like stepping back in time, it is an extremely rural island with far fewer inhabitants (and tourists) than Bali.

Located on Mangsit Beach, the boutique Qunci Villas resort features rooms that are contemporary and minimalistic, taking influences from Bali and Japan and a touch of local art, this is a restful and relaxing environment. Or to complete your luxury experience we recommend the Oberoi Lombok, a beautiful resort tucked away on a private beach with a location which is quite simply beautiful.

Day 15 Transfer to Lombok airport for your direct flight home via Singapore.

The Indian Ocean

Mauritius W

hen it comes to Mauritius, there is no better way to conjure an image of this magical Indian Ocean isle than with the words of Mark Twain himself; “Mauritius was made first and then heaven; and heaven was copied after Mauritius”.

Integral to the Mauritius we know and love are the people, the warm welcome and unique cultural vibrancy every visitor will experience as they arrive on the island. Here at Turquoise we are passionate about the destination, the mountains that soar above verdant valleys, the sugarcane plantations that stretch as far as the eye can see, the towns and villages alive with every nuance of local life and the utterly contagious charm of the islanders.

The Mauritian culture stems from worldwide influences; Indian, African, Chinese, French, British and Arab, all of which have over time added their essence of character and charm. Hire an open top car and set off in true British style (they drive on the left!) to discover the island and all it has to offer. Hunt for bargains in the markets; see an ancient dodo skeleton at the Natural History Museum and lunch in a local restaurant. Mauritian food is like a world-tasting session! Stroll around the stunning botanical gardens at Pamplemousses, go up into the mountains and trek through the Black River Gorges National Park, the list truly is endless!

Despite the abundance of things to do whilst on holiday in Mauritius, for many it is beach-bound all the way from the moment you step off the plane, and quite rightly so. Mauritius boasts some of the most startling and secluded coastal spots in the Indian Ocean. The east of the island is blessed with swathes of pristine power-soft sand and home to some of the world’s

108

Hotel 20 Degrees South

The Oberoi Mauritius

Constance Le Prince Maurice

Port Louis

The Residence Mauritius

Maradiva

Four Seasons Resort Mauritius at Anahita

LUX* Le Morne Lakaz Chamarel Heritage Le Telfair Shanti Maurice

St. Regis Mauritius

leading resorts. The west coast is the ultimate place to watch the sun sink into the cobalt-blue horizon.

The isolated local-leaning south coast is perfect for an off-the-beaten-track fix and total seclusion. Whatever your style or desire, there will be the perfect resort for you. Attention to detail is key throughout, from luxury villas, gourmet cuisine, infinity pools, butlers and super relaxing spa treatments, no stone is left unturned.

From the boutique inland resort Lakaz Chamarel to the grand west coast pad of St. Regis, and many others in between, we have hand-picked the very best Mauritius has to offer.

And Beyond Mauritius is an ideal beach addition to South African safari adventures! It also makes a fantastic twin-centre holiday with the Seychelles, Réunion or United Arab Emirates.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel Mauritius enjoys a pleasant sub-tropical year-round climate Travel Time Approximately 12 hours Time Difference GMT + 4 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

109

–––––––– Mauritius

––––––––

Constance Le Prince Maurice M

auritius is synonymous with exceptional hotels and one of our favourites is Constance Le Prince Maurice – a resort which deserves recognition as a true rising star.

Fringed by an uninterrupted swathe of brilliant white sand and enclosed by its own reef-protected lagoon on the east coast, this outstanding hotel promises an uncompromisingly elegant beach experience.

An air of timeless quality pervades and it is perfect for long languid days lazing by the blinding waters of the Indian Ocean or the glorious swimming pools (setting up camp on one of the elegant sun loungers is a definite must do), Le Prince Maurice charms you into the slow rhythms of Mauritian life and is equally alluring after dark. Think warm sultry nights clutching icy cold sundowners as the sun plunges beneath the horizon followed by exceptional world-class cuisine.

110

This intimate, elegant sanctuary is incredibly romantic and is right up there in the style stakes as far as we are concerned. Scattered along the powder soft sands and throughout the tropical gardens, the colonial-style accommodation boast thatched roofs and a design showcasing more than a touch of Mauritian style. The décor is calming hues with splashes of turquoise, sunburnt orange and old gold and delicate, yet touchy-feely, textiles. Sheltered from the prevailing winds and devised with complete privacy in mind, each suite spills out onto a private terrace or balcony.

Choose from Junior Suites with tropical garden or beach settings (some are even perched on stilts overlooking a natural fish reserve) to individual Villas with private swimming pools and direct access onto the velvety sand or spectacular Villas located on wooden stilts.

Superb food and wine is an integral part of any stay and covers every gastronomic desire. From barefoot day time treats to gourmet, fine dining.

L’Archipel overlooks the pool and favours a light Mauritian influenced menu – but we have a soft spot for the magical ‘floating’ Le Barachois set at the end of a lantern-lit gang-plank serving the freshest seafood as you float above the calm waters of the lagoon.

Prince Maurice encapsulates relaxed luxury for us and those in the know go back year after year loving it more and more each time.

Romantic Moments ♥ Book dinner in the overwater floating restaurant on one of five decks

♥ Upgrade your accommodation to a Junior Suite or Villa on stilts overlooking a natural fish reserve

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Mauritius

––––––––

Shanti Maurice T

he words ‘true paradise’ instantly come to mind when we think of Shanti Maurice – tucked in between sugarcane plantations and the glorious waters of the Indian Ocean on the south coast – this stunning resort sits in 36 acres of perfumed tropical gardens overlooking a pristine coral sand cove.

The resort comprises 44 spacious ocean-facing Junior Suites and 17 luxury villas, each are exceptionally well appointed and complete with a spacious terrace or balcony. Ground floor Junior Suites have direct access onto the beautiful beach, whilst first floor suites have large balconies, just right for drinking in the magnificent views. The villas are set in lush gardens with ‘Sala’ pavilions for private dining and a swimming pool. We particularly love the unique touches such as the telescope for star gazing and the artist easel – perfect for capturing the incomparable Mauritian beachscape.

Fresh and unforgettable culinary experiences are the order of the day at Shanti and there is something to suit every palate. Stars is an inherently romantic venue whilst Pebbles celebrates the rich diversity of Mauritius with a menu that takes you from breakfast through to dinner. The Fish Shack is a rustic beachside barbeque and our favourite – dine on the freshest grilled seafood by lantern light and enjoy the colourful sight of the local Sega dancers swirling their vibrant dresses across the sand. The Rum Shed is a truly Mauritian haunt – an authentic, laid-back rum bar, known as the social hub on the island.

A boutique lifestyle resort is probably the best way to sum up Shanti Maurice.

The stunning design is a clever blend of Mauritian and African culture whilst the menu of local pursuits on offer gives you the chance to explore Southern Mauritius (or SOMA as the

locals affectionately call it). The Nira Spa is a truly gracious indulgence.

Surrounded by lily ponds and native flower gardens, this 25 treatment room spa is one of the largest and no doubt the most comprehensive in the Indian Ocean.

Romantic Moments ♥ Book Grandma’s Kitchen – an authentic local dining experience where you can enjoy a home-cooked meal in the home of the Grandmother of one of the resort’s team members

♥ Find your favourite spot on the beach and take a picnic but think Champagne and freshly grilled tuna steak rather than soggy sandwiches and warm lemonade!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

111

–––––––– Mauritius

––––––––

The St. Regis Mauritius Resort W

hilst some new hotels can appear stark and a little soulless, others manage to reflect a real sense of history and a legacy of time honoured customs, The St. Regis Mauritius Resort is one such hotel. Built by Colonel Astor in 1904, before his untimely departure aboard the Titanic, the sister property, St. Regis New York, was the epitome of style, grandeur and elegance. The Astor family cultivated an exclusive sense of luxury and refinement, a factor which is an integral part of St. Regis Mauritius today.

Set on the powder soft sands of Le Morne on the west coast, this relatively new resort stands centre-stage combining a new, sparkling presence with a charming colonial, old-school elegance. Inspired by the captivating nature of the island’s past, the centrally located Manor House is a collage of unique artefacts that have been carefully collected to best illustrate

112

the definitive history of the island.

The Manor House is also where you will find six very different, yet equally captivating, dining spots.

There are 172 rooms and suites, which in our opinion offer some of the loveliest spaces anywhere on the island. All are in keeping with the colonial style but exude an air of contemporary and sublime luxury. Expect soft white linens, a calming palate of colours which is easy on the eye and a fully furnished private balcony or terrace – all with outstanding views of the glittering Indian Ocean. In keeping with tradition, the services of a St. Regis Butler is included for all guests and with over 100 years of experience, no request is too large or too small. The art of sabering a bottle of Champagne is still practiced by the St. Regis Butlers!

Epicureans are well catered for with an almost overwhelming choice of

gastronomic delights. Depending on your desires you can revive your body and soul with Mauritian and South Asian inspired treats, Michelin-star Indian cuisine or imbibe Japanese flavours – or maybe just kick back and indulge in an effortlessly elegant beachside experience of The Boathouse Bar & Grill feasting on platters of oysters and grilled prawns with your feet in the sand – this is our favourite dining venue by far!

Romantic Moments ♥ Join a dolphin cruise to spot these gracious mammals in their natural habitat along the stunning west coast

♥ Upgrade to a Beachfront Suite for uninterrupted views and a location to die for

♥ Visit the sleek and stylish Iridium Spa for the ultimate pampering

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

113

–––––––– Mauritius

––––––––

Maradiva Villas Resort & Spa O

verlooking the blue waters of Tamarin Bay on the west coast of Mauritius, Maradiva blends luxury, understated elegance and charm with a delightful sense of solitude. Far from being a large ‘chain’ hotel, this heavenly retreat is very proudly Mauritian owned and run – and consequently displays an authentic, rich heritage.

All villas are spacious and stylish with contemporary Indian inspired design and a 24-hour butler service is naturally included. Choose from a garden, sea view or beach setting, all villas boast a private pool while the beautiful beach is only a short step away. Each villa has a tranquil alfresco dining area, which is perfect for romantic meals in the intimacy of your own retreat. At Maradiva, it’s the simple pleasures that fuse seamlessly with modern indulgences – we love that you can enjoy an open-air shower

114

amidst the bougainvillea, then relax with a glass of wine in front of the flat screen plasma television – this makes Maradiva so appealing.

You will undoubtedly find it hard to leave the intimate luxury of your villa but when you do, you will find a range of culinary delights to tempt the taste buds. Coast2Coast has a relaxed vibe, perfect for lazy breakfasts and lingering over dinner – expect a blend of European, Mediterranean and Mauritian cuisine. Cilantro has an altogether different feel. This romantic restaurant is a temple to modern Indian gastronomy and showcases the finest Pan-Asian and Indian dishes – the open teppanyaki counter brings a convivial air and a touch of theatre to the experience. The Breakers Bar offers breathtaking views of Le Morne and the Indian Ocean – sink into a cloud soft sofa or recline on a sumptuous day bed and let the world drift past.

For those who can peel themselves away from the tranquillity of their sparkling pool, the beautiful beach offers a wealth of complimentary watersports, yoga and aqua yoga. If that all sounds far too energetic, retreat to the Maradiva Spa, an oasis of peace and serenity and renowned for its Indian philosophy influences including Ayurveda therapies.

Maradiva combines authenticity and exceptional Mauritian hospitality in a way which is very refreshing and creates a wonderful sense of place.

Romantic Moments ♥ Maximise the stunning outdoor space of the villas and enjoy private in-villa dining

♥ Indulge in a couples customised Ayurvedic treatment in the beautiful spa

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Mauritius

––––––––

The Oberoi, Mauritius S

et on the north-west coast of the island, The Oberoi, Mauritius boasts a truly enviable location on Turtle Bay. Turquoise waters wash the icing sugar-soft silver white sands, whilst on the horizon hazy green mountains loom into view. This is an Indian Ocean paradise at its subliminal best!

The Oberoi is a thoughtful mix of subtle colours, textures and unique Balinese architecture – all of which blend effortlessly into the natural landscape. The clever use of indigenous materials such as coconut wood and sugarcane thatch subtly reinforces the ‘eco-sensitive’ design – and the winding pathways among the immaculate Luxury Pavilions and Villas create a sense of tranquillity and exclusivity.

Palm-thatched Luxury Pavilions and free standing Luxury Villas are impeccably furnished and come complete with vast four-poster beds,

wood slatted ceilings, expansive living areas and sunken marble bathtubs.

Outdoor living is easy with beautiful terraces (perfect for intimate dinners by candle light) and in many of the Luxury Villas an 8 x 4.5m private swimming pool is the ultimate indulgence.

As you would expect, the same attention to detail and lavish care goes into the gastronomy on offer. The restaurant, located in a beautiful open-sided pavilion, specialises in classic Asian and European fare with flavours from local Creole cuisine. Choose to dine inside amongst the soaring pillars or open-air under the canopy of stars.

Panoramic ocean views as candles flicker on the surface of the pool and the evocative background sounds as a tropical dusk descends all contribute to the sensuous atmosphere. The second restaurant, On the Rocks, offers a more informal choice and is perfect for lazy lunches or al fresco dinners.

If the sand, sun and ocean breezes are not laze-inducing enough then surrender your body and soul to the talented therapists in the Oberoi Spa and allow them to pummel away any fleeting remainders of the outside world. A collection of watery adventures lay in wait for those with the energy to rouse themselves from the comfort of their poolside lounger including sailing, diving, water-skiing and windsurfing.

The relaxed, yet sophisticated, ambiance and casual elegance, combined with an intricate cultural richness, makes The Oberoi a real favourite of ours.

Romantic Moments ♥ Relax into a rose petal-strewn bath – perfectly sized for two

♥ Reconnect with a romantic dinner on the beach as the sun sets

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

115

–––––––– Mauritius

––––––––

Four Seasons Resort Mauritius at Anahita T

ucked away within a private nature sanctuary on the east coast of Mauritius, Four Seasons Resort Mauritius at Anahita is a gloriously natural, refined and contemporary resort all rolled very creatively into one perfect mix. This inviting resort is perfect for relaxation, indulgence and exploration amidst the vivid landscape of this beautiful island.

Accommodation embraces outdoor living perfectly with a choice of one bedroom Pool Villas and two to six bedroom Residences to suit every taste.

All Pool Villas offer a soft, gentle colour palate with contemporary fabrics and a spacious terrace complete with a plunge pool and open-air bathroom with a deep soaking bathtub and refreshing outdoor rain showers, all encased in a private tropical garden. Mangrove Pool Villas are perfect for nature lovers and photographers with panoramic views of the mangrove trees. For something a

116

little special though, we highly recommend an Ocean or Beach Villa – set on an 11 acre island, Ile aux Chats.

These villas are private and quiet with direct access into the beautiful lagoon or onto the powder soft sands. Lovely outdoor space, private plunge pools and heavenly views make the Pool Villas a very special place to stay.

Creativity and passion goes hand in hand with the cuisine and you have a number of superb dining outlets to choose from. Aquapazza showcases contemporary Italian cuisine and has an outstanding wine cellar. Expect sizzling food and flying wine corks from the open-concept kitchen of Beau Champ – this French-inspired, contemporary grill is perfect for indoor or outdoor dining and an open-air pavilion can be arranged if you would like a more intimate setting. For casual lunches, the poolside Pan-Asian and Mauritian eatery, Bambou, is a ‘must’!

Cleverly the Four Seasons manages to retain a very tranquil and serene location, yet still offers a multitude of experiences to enjoy. From a round of golf on the Ernie Els designed 18-hole golf course to water-skiing, kayaking, windsurfing and snorkelling.

Alternatively, if this all sounds a little too energetic, why not retire to the spa and capitulate to a treatment that uses a blend of therapies as diverse as Mauritius itself.

Romantic Moments ♥ Select an Ocean or Beach Villa, blissfully located on the resort’s 11 acre idyllic private island

♥ Experience all restaurant cuisine in the privacy of your villa

♥ Enjoy a spa treatment for two in the stilted overwater ‘couples’ spa suite

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Mauritius

––––––––

Heritage Le Telfair T

ucked between the hypnotic blue of the Indian Ocean and the curvaceous foothills on the lush south-west coast of the island, Heritage Le Telfair showcases a charming colonial style inspired by Mauritius’ integral place in history as a key port-of-call on the highly prized ‘sugar and spice’ route.

The beautiful lagoon, tropical gardens and perfect beach combine to provide a taste of paradise that is increasingly rare. A stay here relives the peace and harmony of an altogether more leisurely pace of life.

day luxury). Deluxe Rooms exude a warm and intimate air with large French windows spilling out onto a furnished veranda or terrace with beach, ocean or river views. Junior Suites and Ocean Suites invite you to a journey back in time and style with vast four-poster beds draped in pristine linens, whilst free-standing bathtubs take centre-stage in the bathroom – in ground floor suites an outdoor tropical shower offers a refreshing treat in the private garden.

Accommodation is dotted throughout the vivid tropical gardens and for a little indulgence for guests staying in a suite, a 24-hour butler service is also available.

Influenced by an architecture typical of the old colonial sugar plantation houses, you should expect an elegant collection of rooms and suites with wafting white drapes, highly polished wooden floors, ceiling fans that turn lazily overhead and generously proportioned 19th century bathrooms (complete with every modern

The diverse choice of dining options include charming Gin’ja, think the freshest seafood served with the Indian Ocean as your view, or the elegantly restored 19th century Le Chateau de Bel Ombre – perfect for romantic interludes indulging on French gastronomic delights and even afternoon tea.

Annabella’s is Le Telfair’s main restaurant and extends a convivial atmosphere with an interactive show kitchen.

For those looking to balance sheer relaxation with something a little more energetic, Le Telfair is perfect.

Guests can enjoy complimentary golf on the award-winning 18-hole golf course; take to the water with kitesurfing, water-skiing, and windsurfing, or for the more genteel, a glass bottom boat excursion. The C Beach Club is a wonderfully fun, yet refined, beach club.

Romantic Moments ♥ Rejuvenate in an ylang-ylang massage at the Seven Colours Spa Millesime Collection

♥ Explore the vibrant Le Domaine de Bel Ombre spread over 2500 hectares of unspoilt nature

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

117

–––––––– Mauritius

––––––––

The Residence Mauritius I

f your idea of a dream holiday means not having to lift a finger – not even to unpack your suitcase – The Residence Mauritius is definitely for you! Nestling between tropical gardens and an expansive beach of platinum white sand on the east cost of Mauritius, The Residence exudes 1920’s colonial charm cleverly blended with the contemporary cool elegance of a modern day refuge.

Lofty, vaulted ceilings and pristine white walls set against a searingly blue sky contrast with gleaming dark wood and sepia photographs. An air of nostalgia and romance pervades and it will undoubtedly bring out the Ernest Hemingway or Rudyard Kipling in you.

This captivatingly elegant resort is a huge favourite of Turquoise and is inspired by turn-of-the-century Mauritian plantation houses. All rooms and suites are adorned with cool cream linens, ceiling fans turning lazily

118

overhead and beautiful views of the tropical gardens or turquoise ocean can be seen from your balcony. Suites offer more space with separate bedrooms (some feature romantic four-poster beds) and terraces furnished with elegant wooden chairs. Service is evocative of the ‘golden age of travel’ with a personal butler who will attend to your every whim and desire. Other lovely touches include ‘check in’ carried out in the comfort of your room.

Mauritius is a melting pot of cultures and influences and you can taste your way through the cuisine in the fabulous restaurants. The Dining Room overlooks the pool and is perfect for sumptuous breakfast and elegant dinner. The Plantation boasts quite simply the most breathtaking beachfront location and serves the freshest cuisine with Creole flavours for lunch and dinner – it is unreservedly one of our favourite places to eat anywhere on the island.

If you can bear to leave the white sands of the Belle Mare Beach, or your harmonious ylang-ylang perfumed room or suite, you will find The Sanctuary at the heart of this earthly paradise – a tranquil Zen-inspired spa with nine treatment rooms dedicated to rejuvenating and re-balancing the body and soul. Tai Chi, Pilates, reflexology and a variety of relaxing massage options are available too. For water-babies water-skiing, windsurfing, hobie cat sailing, paddle boats and glass bottom boats are all offered complimentary. The Residence Mauritius offers luxury beach retreat at its best!

Romantic Moments ♥ Relax in a flower petal bath prepared by your butler

♥ Reconnect with long afternoon walks along the endless powdery sand beach

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

119

–––––––– Mauritius

Hotel 20 Degrees South

T

his charming Relais & Châteaux property is ‘boutique’ in every sense of the word. Just 30 rooms and 6 suites ensure that rarest of treats – a very intimate and personal experience hideaway (children under 12 years are not catered for). Tucked into a coconut grove on the secluded north coast, Hotel 20 Degrees South is hidden from the world behind a magnificent oak door. The facilities here are not extensive and nor would we want them to be, this is not a large scale-operation, but a discreet, elegant sanctuary where every detail has been considered and each room is unique.

Beachfront Rooms have direct sea views, while the spacious Suites boast an open-air Jacuzzi. We also love the Austral Suites, which are just a few metres from the ocean’s edge.

Unique dining experiences are all part of the experience.

Dine in the hotel restaurant, on Flat Island (a magical ruin on a wild beach) or sail to sunset aboard the beautiful M/S Lady Lisbeth. Every day a sumptuous 4 o’clock afternoon tea with freshly-baked cakes is served.

There are many exceptional resorts lining the shores of Mauritius but this boutique retreat offers something a little different and we are very glad indeed that we found it.

120

––––––––

Lakaz Chamarel

O

ccasionally we like to ‘step outside the box’ when it comes to finding unique experiences for our clients and Lakaz Chamarel is a real find for us. Set in the mountains on the south-west of Mauritius, this charming, family run property is the antithesis of the glamourous resorts which line the beaches.

Lying in a natural park of river gorges and protected as a heritage site, you can expect to be surrounded by green parrots and pink pigeons both saved from near extinction.

Encircled by the mountains of Chamarel, a stay here exposes you to the authentic, local culture of Mauritius in one of the most beautiful spots on the island.

There are just 20 rooms and suites and each one is individually and thoughtfully appointed with a décor which reflects the diversity of culture on the island – all the top level suites come complete with private pools and views out to the ocean. Dining is traditional Mauritian and breakfast and evening meals are included. For relaxation, there are two small swimming pools, bicycle hire and some beautiful nature walks.

We highly recommend combining a couple of nights here with a beach hotel for the perfect Mauritian experience.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Mauritius

––––––––

LUX* Le Morne A

ll of the exclusive hotels and resorts that we love in Mauritius have beautiful locations but LUX* Le Morne takes it to a whole new level.

Set on the glorious west coast against the striking backdrop of Le Morne Brabant Peak – a UNESCO World Heritage Site – this resort is located in one of the most breathtaking corners of the island. It sounds blasé to say that the powder white sands and cobalt blue waters come as standard but here they really do.

Showing great respect to the surrounding beauty and naturally dramatic backdrop of Le Morne Peak, the resort has been designed in a very sensitive and authentic manner. Using natural materials and colours, the guest rooms and suites offer an elegant simplicity with polished wooden floors and spacious balconies or terraces that catch the gentle scent of the wild orchids as it drifts in on the breeze.

All rooms face the Indian Ocean, (perfect for those fabulous sunsets) but we suggest upgrading to one of the spacious Junior Suites or the exquisite Honeymoon Suite for a truly indulgent stay.

There are three superb restaurants – The Kitchen is the main restaurant and an entertaining space with open show kitchens where you can watch the chefs at work. The Beach is, as its name suggests, right on the beach and perfect for light lunches and relaxed evenings. EAST is the signature restaurant and offers a tantalising taste of Thailand in a magical setting overlooking the lagoon.

activities, but it’s actually the little treats that we love – such as find the ‘Secret Bar’ set up within the hotel grounds and enjoy a drink for two – you never know where it’s going to be located the next day. ‘Phone Home’ – use an old-fashioned telephone box for unlimited free calls back home or enjoy ‘Screen on the Beach’, a romantic outdoor cinema with popcorn and your favourite drink in hand.

LUX* Le Morne is also a perfect choice for a blissful beach wedding – you simply can’t beat the location!

Romantic Moments ♥ Enjoy a romantic cocktail on the

Fabulously authentic, yet cool, LUX* Le Morne offers all the usual when it comes to facilities – four swimming pools, an excellent spa offering tailor-made LUX* Me wellness journeys plus a whole raft of water based

beach from the Secret Bar and watch the sun go down

♥ Book one of the magical suites for a dreamy interlude

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

121

The Indian Ocean

The Maldives T

he small island nation of the Maldives is so dreamy it borders on the surreal. A string of more than a thousand islands all but skim the Indian Ocean’s surface: tiny dots of paradise, blessed with snow-white sand and encircled by turquoise lagoons.

Just 200 of the islands are inhabited, the rest veer between total wilderness and stunning one-resort hideaways. Super romantic, many come to the Maldives for total R&R, a place that is all about escapism, islands on which to slow down, relax, recuperate and spend quality time with loved ones.

Hot all year round, the best of the best time to visit is during our winter: all the better for some serious postcard-inducing envy.

Since the original Robinson Crusoe island of Soneva Fushi opened back in 1995, the Maldives has become something of a who’s who of luxury hotel brands with openings from world-renowned hotel groups such as COMO, Four Seasons, Constance, Six Senses, Per AQUUM and One&Only. Never has one place seen so many stars or stilts, and quite frankly, you can’t really go wrong. Overwater, underwater, by the water, we love all our featured resorts for being unashamedly uber-luxe while maintaining that foot-in-the-sand vibe, essential to their castaway settings. We fell in love with the barefoot bliss of Soneva Fushi years ago, and now its neighbours have us catching our breath at every footprint in the sand.

Many villas prove hard to leave but do break out from these giant cocoons, albeit just to eat. The Maldives has somehow overcome its island logistics and evolved into a top-end gourmet destination. Many of the island restaurants have even the harshest of food critics penning their praises and we love the fact you can eat more-often-than-not with your toes in the sand.

122

Four Seasons Maldives at Landaa Giraavaru Soneva Fushi Coco Bodu Hithi Huvafen Fushi Constance Halaveli Constance Moofushi

One&Only Reethi Rah Baros Gili Lankanfushi Malé Cocoa Island Velassaru

NIYAMA Park Hyatt Hadahaa The Residence Maldives Six Senses Laamu

There are two other reasons for a villa breakout: firstly the sensational spa scene with sanctuary after sanctuary of mind, body and soul-soothing serenity.

The second reason is the Maldives’ amazing underwater world where huge whale sharks, mantas, dolphins and turtles glide above soft vibrant coral and through schools of darting psychedelic-coloured fish. Wherever you dive (or snorkel) a breathtaking marine adventure awaits although the outer atolls (north and south) probably have the wow-factor edge.

Other watery whims of ours include sailing on a traditional dhoni, dolphin-spotting, sunset cruising and fishing for supper.

And Beyond Twin the idyllic coral islands of the Maldives with a city, cultural or wildlife stopover in the United Arab Emirates, Oman, Sri Lanka, Thailand or South Africa.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel The Maldives enjoys a beautiful year-round tropical climate. The south-west monsoon, traditionally between May-September, brings more frequent tropical rainfall Travel Time Approximately 10-12 hours Time Difference GMT + 5 hour

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

123

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

Baros S

mall, yet perfectly formed, sums up the beautiful Baros – a tiny picture-perfect island floating within the North Malé Atoll. Getting there is easy – it’s just an exhilarating 20 minute speedboat transfer from the airport.

This exceptional island is a Maldivian original and she recently celebrated her 40th birthday. Having undergone a total rebuild a few years ago, Baros is looking sensational. One of the things we love most about this intimate resort (and there are a few reasons) is the devotion of the staff – many have been with Baros for many years and we have to say you would be hard pushed to find a resort that offers a more genuine service than the one that awaits you here.

The accommodation is everything you dream a fantasy desert island to be; elegant and contemporary yet idyllic and romantic. Thatched roofs sit in

124

perfect harmony with their surroundings, whilst the interiors offer lavish bathrooms and state-of-the-art amenities. For many, the quintessential Maldivian experience comes in the form of overwater bungalows, your own private escape set over the shimmering waters of the lagoon, and the Water Villas at Baros do not disappoint – think wooden decks complete with four-poster day beds and steps leading down in the azure waters. For added exclusivity, we love the Water Pool Villas with their private swimming pools set into the deck. A dedicated villa host is on hand to attend to your every desire. The beach based accommodation is no less dreamy.

Deluxe Villas sit peacefully beneath the swaying palm fronds in gardens of flowers just footsteps from the glorious sands and the equally romantic Baros Villas have expansive outdoor space and stylishly chic interiors.

When it comes to dining the Executive Chef makes no apology for his claim that whilst the resort may be small and in the midst of the Indian Ocean, the food is comparable to the best in the world. With three restaurants and two bars you are spoilt for choice, particularly when The Lighthouse Restaurant is acclaimed as one of the best in the Maldives.

A freshwater infinity-edge swimming pool that curves over lagoon invites you to relax and enjoy light snacks from Lime Restaurant’s a la carte menu.

We all agree that this overwater pool is one of the loveliest in the Maldives.

Romantic Moments ♥ Indulge in a lobster dinner at The Lighthouse

♥ Enjoy the ultimate in authentic dining on Baros’ private sandbank

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

Coco Bodu Hithi A

rguably it has to be said that all islands in the Maldives are beautiful but some are little more than specks of gleaming white sand floating in the ocean. The island of Coco Bodu Hithi is however naturally beautiful with emerald green vegetation, sandy walkways surrounded by the topaz blue ocean and edged by powder soft beaches. Located in the North Malé Atoll, this charming island is only 40 minutes from the airport.

When it comes to accommodation options the choices are superb. All villas have private pools and spacious living space. For land-lubbers the Island Villas combine artistic Maldivian flair with personal luxury. These are truly lovely villas, some of our favourite spaces in all of the Maldivian resorts we have seen! A vast soaking bathtub takes centre-stage, whilst the beachfront terrace is the perfect place to absorb the magic of your surroundings.

Your private garden comes complete with a plunge pool and comfy day beds.

For those whose Maldivian dream is filled with visions of the iconic overwater bungalow, the Escape Water Villas and Escape Water Residences are the natural choice. The soothing sounds of the lagoon ebbs and flows around you, whilst floor to ceiling windows capture the mesmerising views. Private steps lead down into the lagoon (on tap snorkelling anyone?) or perhaps you prefer just to gaze skywards as you float away in your own pool. The Escape Water Residences offer the ultimate experience. Set far out into the lagoon, there is a real sense of seclusion and privacy.

Additional benefits include use of The Stars – an exclusive overwater restaurant and lounge along with in-villa check in.

restaurants. From all day dining to romantic interludes, from rustic chic at the beach barbeque to slick Japanese, there is something to tempt every palate.

The dining options at Coco Bodu Hithi are superlative with seven bars and

♥ Set sail with a moonlit cruise on a

As you would expect water activities are extensive and include snorkelling, diving, windsurfing and water-skiing.

The spa sits over the lagoon – it would be hard to image a more relaxing space where the intuitive therapists will help you select the perfect treatment to relax, rejuvenate or restore.

Romantic Moments ♥ Enjoy a Champagne breakfast on the beach or perhaps an in-villa BBQ dinner in the privacy of your terrace

♥ Experience the romance of a private outdoor cinema on the beach under the stars traditional sail-driven Dhoni

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

125

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

Cocoa Island by COMO A

gloriously stylish Indian Ocean outpost, Cocoa Island by COMO blends effortless cool with designer chic to offer an extraordinary island escape. Pristine caster sugar sand and swaying palms surround this tiny island refuge which can be circumnavigated on foot in only 10 minutes. To the west of the island lies the Kandooma Channel, widely regarded as one of the best dive sites in the Maldives, whilst opposite, a pristine reef entices those who favour a gentle snorkel. This is the tropical island fantasy of your dreams!

The divine beach and lagoon is surrounded by just 33 stylish timber water villas, styled around the shape of a traditional Maldivian Dhoni. Expect weathered wood and an almost New England style with cool colours, simple, yet stylish furnishings, and natural fabrics. The villas hover above the brilliant shallow waters with steps

126

leading enticingly into the rich turquoise hue. The Dhoni Suites have a split level bedroom and living area which spills out to a private sundeck, whilst the Dhoni Loft Suites have more space and a beautiful bedroom set on the mezzanine level and the floor to ceiling windows reveal breathtaking views. Loft Villas offer even more space to relax in but it’s the One Bedroom and COMO Villas which are the true pièce de résistance, filled with light and spectacularly located on a private jetty for maximum seclusion.

The main restaurant, Ufaa, beautifully blends European, Indian and Sri Lankan flavours with locally caught seafood.

Also, there are myriad backdrops for intimate encounters; beside the cool waters of the infinity pool, at the edge of the lagoon or become castaway for the evening and relax in the privacy of your villa.

Wellbeing is an integral element with COMO Hotels and Resorts and the spa, COMO Shambhala Retreat, is exceptional. In addition, the healthy Shambhala cuisine is a popular menu inclusion. Find inner peace in the open-air yoga pavilion with a complimentary class or let the skilled spa therapists restore your natural equilibrium. Additional facilities include a beautiful infinity-edge swimming pool, gymnasium, diving and watersports centre.

Romantic Moments ♥ Book a COMO Shambhala ‘Wellness Path’ – a holistic experience specifically targeted to combat the effects of a busy lifestyle

♥ Contribute to the regeneration of the vibrant reef by sponsoring a coral frame

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

Park Hyatt Maldives Hadahaa F

ar, far away there is a tiny dot in the ocean, less than 35 miles from the equator. This magical speck is in the middle of the untouched Gaafu Alifu Atoll in the southern reaches of the Maldives. It takes a little more effort to reach a place this pristine but believe us when we say the journey by domestic plane and speedboat is worth it.

The atoll is home to more than 150 islands but only 10 of them are inhabited, this is a truly extraordinary Maldivian hideaway that might just be the heaven on earth! Surrounded by an incredible coral reef (the island is located in the middle of the atoll, rather than on the edge), you are totally enveloped by gleaming white sands and 360° degree views of the ocean.

The diving and snorkelling here are exceptional as are the night skies; proximity to the equator means that constellations from both the Northern and Southern Hemisphere can be spied.

This exclusive resort has just 50 villas ensuring an intimate experience but also maintaining environmental sensitivity. Park Villas are tucked into the natural vegetation with floor to ceiling windows for lots of light and those blissful sea breezes. Your private deck is comfortably furnished including a private terrazzo bath and has direct access to the beach. Park Pool Villas have the heaven-sent addition of a plunge pool. For water babies however it doesn’t get much better than the Park Water Villas. With 180° degree views of the Indian Ocean, these sublime villas sit perched above the water with a private deck and steps that just beckon you down into the colourful underwater world. It feels like you could be the only people here.

The Dining Room takes you from breakfast right through to dinner while the Island Grill encourages barefoot couture with tables and swing chairs

set on the soft sands. The Bar offers an enticing array of refreshing treats – and don’t miss the vivid sunsets from the comfort of a beach cabana. Plus the premium all inclusive plan ensures a carefree holiday!

In addition to the incomparable underwater amusements, there is the superb Vidhun Spa, kayaking and two swimming pools. You can even take a Maldivian cooking lesson or a trip out to the equator!

Romantic Moments ♥ Join a Reef Exploration Tour to fully appreciate and understand the wonders of the underwater world and island formation

♥ Enjoy a magical evening in one of the private dining venues called Nature, Starlight, Lagoon, Sunset or Beach

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

127

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

Constance Halaveli F

loating gently in the North Ari Atoll, this elegant island escape is seriously stylish and part of the prestigious Constance Hotels and Resorts and The Leading Hotels of the World collection, sitting in company with the Indian Ocean icon Constance Le Prince Maurice in Mauritius.

The glorious position is just a 25 minute seaplane journey from the airport – a truly fabulous experience giving you a birds-eye view of what awaits below.

This all (plunge) pool villa island offers a stunning choice of contemporary accommodation. For those who want that quintessential beach-lover experience, the Beach Villas and Double Storey Beach Villas are perfection personified. The clever use of natural wood and a neutral palate of colours ensure the perfect blend with the outside world, whilst all the creature comforts expected can be found. Your own private plunge pool to play in is set

128

overlooking the soft sands. From the island nearly a kilometre long jetty weaves through the ocean punctuated by the thatched roofs of the Water Villas set on stilts over the impossibly blue Indian Ocean. Not only do these beautiful villas boast open plan sleeping and living space, you have your own private deck for lazy days complete with steps which descend into the warm waters below and a private plunge pool for when even the effort of leaving the comfort of your day bed becomes just a little too overwhelming!

Expect the ultimate in tranquillity and relaxation at the overwater U Spa by Constance, all treatment rooms have those hypnotic water views, whilst for those who care to indulge in more energetic past times, pedal boats, windsurfing and kayaking are all available. There is a sublime main pool so even if you book a Water Villa you can still enjoy a ‘day at the beach’ if the desire takes you.

Romantic Moments ♥ Indulge in a romantic ‘Dinner under

For rustic elegance and a romantic ‘sand-between-your-toes’ dining experience head to Jahaz – a fabulous space open for breakfast, lunch and dinner or Meeru, a relaxed beach-grill open for evening dining. Jing combines a heady blend of Asian spices, stunning views and an effortlessly romantic atmosphere as you dine by candle light over the waters of the lagoon.

the stars’; an intimate 7 course seafood and lobster dinner prepared by a private chef and washed down with a bottle of Champagne on the beach

♥ Book a ‘Celebrate Love’ spa treatment for two in the stylish overwater U Spa by Constance

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

Constance Moofushi T

his true barefoot island chic retreat is about 30 minutes by seaplane from the airport and located in one of the best dive locations anywhere in the world – the South Ari Atoll.

If Robinson Crusoe did ‘luxury’ this would be the result; fabulous laid-back vibe, simply stylish and completely in tune with its idyllic location. The Cristal all inclusive package means you can relax and enjoy all the treats on offer – how about a scrumptious afternoon tea pool side, perhaps with a glass of something chilled and bubbly! There is a lovely relaxed air at Constance Moofushi which is totally in keeping with its spectacular surroundings.

Moofushi’s accommodation is ‘rustic-chic’. The beautiful Beach Villas are amongst some of our favourite land-based villas in the Maldives.

Scattered along the beach you can lie back and watch the sun set or perhaps

just let all your cares dissolve away as you sway to the rhythm of the waves in the thoughtfully placed hammocks.

These wooden villas offer a style which is contemporary, yet welcoming, with beautiful bathrooms, vast beds and high thatched ceilings. Elegant stilted Water Villas have spacious, furnished terraces with steps down to the ocean – perfect for romantic interludes or simply soaking up the utter peace of your destination. Senior Water Villas are set further away from the island ensuring total privacy and seclusion. In addition to the spacious terrace, a cool bathtub seemingly floats above the ocean – perfect for star gazing.

The dining here is laid-back and relaxed rather than formal. The talented chefs at Manta will take you on a culinary journey around the world whilst dine at Alizée with palms soaring overhead, the sand beneath your feet and the sound of the ocean in your ears. There are two

delightful bars to enjoy – we particularly like the tree-covered Totem, perfect for thirst-quenching mocktails.

Diving and snorkelling are second to none in the famous waters of Ari Atoll, and in addition you can enjoy windsurfing, kayaking, pedal boats and catamarans. There is also a sensational main swimming pool – and U Spa by Constance is a beautiful overwater space where treatments use only the purest natural ingredients.

Romantic Moments ♥ Experience ‘Cinefushi’, a romantic island cinema on the beach just for two with candles, drinks and nibbles

♥ Take ‘Do not Disturb’ to a next level by ordering Moofushi’s signature aperitif of a bottle of Champagne and a selection of petit fours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

129

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

Gili Lankanfushi O

ffering the ultimate in understated luxury, this acclaimed hideaway has been wooing honeymooners and those with a yearning to discover their inner Robinson Crusoe for years. For sheer romance, Gili Lankanfushi is hard to beat.

Picture a perfectly still lagoon dotted with villas, threaded together by weathered jetties in the North Malé Atoll... This is the original ‘no news, no shoes’ concept, where you can spend your days happy and barefoot, as nature intended!

Crafted in a traditional style, each of the 45 villas are exceptionally spacious and all look out to sea. There is plenty of space between each villa ensuring privacy and seclusion. These thatched villas encapsulate life on the water’s edge; your rooftop pavilion is comfortably furnished and your overwater sundeck has direct access

130

into the lagoon. In fact, if the urge takes you, it is entirely possible to just roll from the comfort of your sunbed into the warm waters and kaleidoscope of marine life below! Even though we love all villa categories, the Crusoe Residences stand out as the most romantic spaces we have found in the Maldives. Standing alone in the ocean, these luxurious retreats can only be accessed by boat – absolute solitude is guaranteed (a private rowing boat is provided and a pontoon vessel is also at your beck and call). Inspired by Robinson Crusoe’s right hand man, each villa comes with its very own Mr/Ms Friday whose wish will be your command 24 hours a day!

The dining experiences at Gili are as magical as the location – if that’s possible! Mouth-watering produce appears from the island’s organic garden and in addition to the magical main restaurant, you can dine by

moonlight on your deck, under the stars on One Palm Island, or in the elevated dining space in the organic garden with 360° degree views and a menu to challenge the senses – the culinary options here are endless.

If this all sounds a little too lazeinducing, there are a wealth of activities to keep mind and soul occupied.

Kayaking, windsurfing and canoeing as well as sunrise yoga can be enjoyed along with snorkelling, dhoni cruises and jungle cinema movie screenings.

Romantic Moments ♥ Escape to Meeru Spa and enjoy their signature bamboo massage with warm aromatic oils

♥ Pull on a fleece and spend an evening sampling wine from around the world in the Underground Wine Cellar & Chocolate Cave

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

131

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

Huvafen Fushi by Per AQUUM C

hic, hip and happening all encapsulate perfectly this luxury retreat which is an exhilarating 30 minute speedboat journey from Malé.

Part of the luxury boutique hotel brand Per AQUUM, Huvafen Fushi sits in a picture-perfect lagoon of sheer turquoise, banded by the deep indigo of the ocean beyond – this is fantasy desert island bliss.

Just 43 bungalows ensure an exclusively intimate experience at this super-chic resort. Über-stylish bungalows, all featuring a private plunge pool are swathed in calming, sophisticated hues; every imaginable luxury sits side by side with jaw-dropping views au naturel! Beach Bungalows and Deluxe Beach Bungalows have direct access to the soft sands and face the gentle waters of the lagoon; a private courtyard reveals an oversized bath, fresh water plunge pool and a waterfall shower.

At Turquoise we have a real soft spot

132

for the Lagoon Bungalows, the sunkissed deck leads you down into the warm, tropical waters and an oversized day bed sits next to your plunge pool, while your free-standing bath is cantilevered over the Indian Ocean!

The Ocean Bungalows are aptly named and look out over the miles of sparkling ocean that surrounds you. A freshwater plunge pool sits on one of three decks, while your living space offers glass flooring for epic marine viewing.

Water-bliss continues with the addition of an oversized Jacuzzi bath; perfect for sundowners. Naturally, a dedicated Thakuru (butler) is on call 24 hours.

Ocean with fun wood-fired pizzas and fresh antipasti – all served pool side for the perfect lunch.

Dining takes shape in the form of Salt, a divine overwater seafood extravaganza and at Celsius, an overwater honey-hued pavilion offering breakfast, lunch and dinner. Raw is a healthy Eastern inspired spot by day and a chilled lounge bar by night.

Fogliania’s brings Italy to the Indian

♥ Dine barefoot in the shallows of

LIME Spa is like nothing else we have seen. From the surreal to the sublime with eight treatment rooms, two of which are underwater. Everywhere the slow, rhythmic flow of the water surrounds you and it’s almost an unspoken rule between guests that you must try at least one treatment in the underwater space – we have to say we definitely agree.

Romantic Moments the infinity edge pool, or perhaps under the ocean in the underwater wine cellar

♥ Book a luxury dhoni for an overnight cruise with your own crew – can it get much more romantic than this?

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

NIYAMA by Per AQUUM N

IYAMA is Huvafen Fushi’s glamourous little sister and is a refreshing take on the traditional Maldivian experience. There are of course the dazzling views and glorious beaches (the resort is actually scattered across two islands) but there is so much more to this trendy interloper.

Offering sublime accommodation for both land lovers and water babies; take your pick from Beach Studios which have a fresh and modern feel with just a hint of Maldivian artistry. Lagoon views are showcased from the private sundeck, whilst your garden shields an open-air bathtub, rain shower and fairy path to a tropical glade complete with private waterfall. Some of the Beach Studios also have an ocean facing plunge pool. Water Studios are perched on the water’s edge and, in addition to your private plunge pool, you will find a set of steps descending into the warm tropical waters of the lagoon.

Deluxe Water Pool Studios are set overwater with a private pool, Jacuzzi and expansive horizon views. The Beach and Water Pavilions are elegant spaces with infinity pools, enhanced privacy and on demand butlers. Whichever you choose, all come with state-of-the-art entertainment systems and ‘Deli In’ complete with complimentary popcorn and ice cream.

NIYAMA challenges the conventional with its culinary exhibitionism leading guests on a gastronomic adventure starting at Epicure for breakfast, lunch and dinner. Built 500 metres offshore, NIYAMA’s signature restaurant, Edge, is only accessible by boat. For something completely different from the norm, head to Subsix, the world’s first underwater music club. We also love Tribal – a campfire beachside inspired dining venue offering gourmet grill delights.

There is a stunning infinity pool surrounded by soft sunbeds and for the energetic, FLOAT is the water activities base. Snorkelling, diving, jet-skiing, water-skiing, mono-skiing and wakeboarding are all available and why not try your hand at Seabobbing – think of it as an underwater rocket propelled sea scooter!

LIME Spa offers bespoke, tailor-made treatments that utilise and infuse indigenous holistic components from around the globe creating unique spa journeys.

Romantic Moments ♥ Have a sand-between-your-toes beach BBQ at Tribal

♥ Take a romantic sunset cruise, or what about sunset fishing using traditional Maldivian hand-line fishing technique?

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

133

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

The Residence Maldives L

ocated in the south on Falhumaafushi island, The Residence by Cenizaro’s fourth resort is definitely in keeping with the group’s world-renowned colonial sophistication. Part of Leading Hotels of the World, this resort is stylish and effortlessly elegant rather than trendy or quirky and if you are looking for a true Maldivian experience, we think this is one of the best.

There are 94 exquisite villas; all of which are extremely spacious and their design draws inspiration from the magical beauty of the Maldives.

Expect thatched roofs and natural fabrics, polished wood and 360° views of pure bliss. Choose from a beachfront or overwater setting, all villas have a separate sitting area, spacious bedroom and a private sea-facing terrace. If you crave the simple perfection of your own pool, then upgrade to one of the pool villas which boast a 6m infinity-edge pool on the deck.

134

When it comes to dining the options are no less impressive. The Dining Room is a beachfront gourmet bistro with an extensive and thoughtful menu that encompasses international, Asian and Indian Ocean cuisines.

For the die-hard romantics, an evening spent at The Fulhumaa will be hard to beat. Spectacularly positioned at the end of a timber jetty, this overwater venue has tables set against the water’s edge – perfect as the vibrant sunset fades and the night skies darken. Private dining venues are also in abundance from indulgent beach barbecues beneath flaming braziers to your own castaway experience on a desert island.

arranged. The house reef is fantastic and there are myriad underwater adventures to be had amongst the unspoilt reefs.

Spa by Clarins is a heavenly overwater retreat linked to the main island by jetty and perfect for those who crave a more serene pastimes. Six treatment pavilions overlook the turquoise waters and are the idyllic spaces in which to relax and allow the renowned therapists to work their magic, leaving you pampered and sun-kissed.

Romantic Moments ♥ Visit Castaway Island for a romantic interlude away from the world

For those who relish the chance of physical activity, the island is also well placed – all non-motorised watersports is complimentary whilst scuba diving, water-skiing, jet-skiing, dolphin cruises and island excursions can also be

♥ Order a signature cocktail and some tapas and settle on the beach to watch the sun go down

♥ Upgrade to the 156m2 Water Pool Villa for the ultimate indulgence

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

Six Senses Laamu S

ay the word ‘Maldives’ and instantly Robinson Crusoe-esque visions of gin-clear iridescent water lapping the shores of tiny atolls flung like a child’s necklace across the ocean spring to mind. It can be a minefield selecting the island that fits your own personal wish list but if it’s an exquisite isolation, far from land with nothing but the hypnotic waves of the ocean around you, then Six Senses Laamu could quite possibly be your very own heaven on earth.

In the virtually uncharted territory of the Laamu Atoll, this stunningly understated resort is hidden deep in the Indian Ocean towards the far southern reaches of the Maldivian archipelago.

The location does mean it takes a little longer to get there but trust us when we say it is worth every single minute of the journey. 97 villas are strung along the envy-inducing powder soft beach or hover lightly above the blue waters of the Indian Ocean.

Ocean Beach Villas and Lagoon Beach Villas are set on the perfect sands with strategically placed sun loungers topped with plump cushions, direct access to the beach and a treetop deck for epic sunset viewing, whilst the Laamu, Ocean and Lagoon Water Villas sit on weathered timber jetties in the azure coloured lagoon. You can play hide and seek with the fish as you laze in your glass bathtub, or drift away in the hammock strung over the water.

The seriously comfy day beds are custom-made for all indulgent day-long relaxing. Some of the villas also feature an irresistible infinity-edge pool!

You embark on a journey of all senses when it comes to dining and thankfully, even though this is an island retreat, there are three restaurants and two bars, an ice cream studio and a wine cellar and deli. Most are set over water and all have that most essential of Maldivian ingredient – sublime tropical views.

The Six Senses Spa sits right on the beach and offers a superb array of therapies. For lovers of the water world who can’t resist the call of the waves, the 8ft Yin-Yang is a world-class surf break just off shore. Wakeboarding, diving, water-skiing and windsurfing are all also available. Snorkelling from the Chill Bar is fantastic – and the playful Spinner Dolphins enjoy a regular morning and evening swim into the atoll!

Romantic Moments ♥ Book one of the four couples nests in the Six Senses Spa for true romantic pampering with your loved one

♥ Spend an evening at the Cinema under the Stars with a bottle of chilled bubbly in the sand beside you

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

135

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

Velassaru Maldives T

his beautiful island is only 25 minutes by speedboat from the airport and seamlessly blends minimalist, contemporary chic with the natural beauty of its surroundings.

Velassaru, part of Small Luxury Hotels of the World, offers sophisticated, stylish and affordable chic luxury accommodation.

The recently refurbished and distinctly Maldivian villas focus on elemental colours, local architecture and invoke a feeling of space and comfort. There are a number of options ranging from Deluxe Bungalows, offering split level accommodation and a setting just steps from the shoreline, to the spacious Beach Villas with sprawling ocean front verandas and tropical garden showers. As you would expect from a stylish Maldivian resort, there is also a choice of pool villas and overwater bungalows – something to appeal to every taste and budget.

136

The superb dining concept is no less impressive. There are five restaurants encompassing pan-Asian seafood, teppanyaki, Mediterranean and international favourites in delightful settings – dine under the magical stars, on the beach with the sand beneath your toes or on the edge of the beautiful lagoon. In addition, Chill Bar offers a heaven-sent sundeck dedicated to the art of mixology hovering over the aquamarine waters, the perfect spot for cheeky lunchtime tipples and lazy sundowners. Fen Bar is a modern, beachfront space furnished in neutral tones overlooking a panorama of blue – a cool sensual vibe permeates here.

Select the Velassaru Indulgence package and you can enjoy a carefully crafted full board meals & drinks option which includes fabulous culinary experiences and a range of complimentary beverages as you dine.

This is a luxurious take on the more usual all inclusive options.

Definitely designed to be hip, fun and affordable, this delightful resort is the perfect place to lie back and do nothing at all. If you prefer to be a little more energetic, there is a fabulous pool, overwater spa, watersports and a pristine white beach.

Discover once-in-a-lifetime bespoke dining experiences, from a secluded picnic on a deserted sandbank, to a classic beachside barbecue, to enchanting sunset cruises. A location of exquisite romance and beauty, Velassaru is perfect for romantic couples and honeymooners.

Romantic Moments ♥ Book a romantic beach dinner for two under a star-kissed sky

♥ Uncover the hidden underwater world at night time with a night snorkelling experience by torch light

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

Soneva Fushi T

he original Robinson Crusoe retreat in the Baa Atoll (superb for diving and snorkelling) and whilst only a 25 minute seaplane flight from Malé, Soneva Fushi’s stunningly remote location is a major factor in its appeal.

Speak to the ‘Maldivian regulars’ and without question they will tell you that this is a legendary resort which harnesses the very essence of a castaway idyll.

Rustic, au naturel and stylish minimalism epitomise Soneva Fushi, 55 spacious villas and retreats are tucked into lush jungle foliage that is within touching distance of a Biosphere UNESCO protected reef. There’s pristine and then there is Soneva Fushi!

Depending on the size of your party (or your budget), villas and retreats range from one bedroom to nine bedrooms, some with pools and some without. There is no communal pool at

Soneva Fushi – understandable when you see the spectacular beach! All villas are furnished in an eclectic style, some might say ‘eco’ – most of the furniture is locally made on the island using natural and sustainable materials. Bathrooms open onto private spaces and all have direct access onto a sublime stretch of beach. And don’t forget every villa is appointed with Mr/Ms Friday (a modern day butler named after Robinson Crusoe’s loyal friend) who genuinely seems to know what it is you want before you even want it!

The dining experiences here range from leisurely beach side brunches at Mihiree Mitha to lavish sharing banquets at Nine, whilst Fresh in the Garden is a ‘restaurant without walls’ set high above the herb and vegetable garden. For one of life’s simple pleasures, an evening spent at By the Beach is an absolute must. Linger over delectable Japanese and Korean

inspired cuisine with the sand between your toes and the waves breaking on the shore behind you – this is understated luxury at its best!

The Six Senses Spa is one of the most relaxing and indulging spas in the Maldives, whilst for underwater lovers, the snorkelling and diving is second to none.

Don’t pack too many pairs of shoes – Soneva Fushi’s ‘No News, No Shoes’ policy means that no one on the island wears them and even the resort managers go barefoot!

Romantic Moments ♥ Book a private screening at the Jungle Cinema with freshly-made popcorn and your favourite tipple

♥ Indulge in a private picnic trip to a desert island for just the two of you

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

137

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

One&Only Reethi Rah T

his stunning resort is the original grand-dame of the Maldives and oozes luxury, sophistication and elegance. This is where you head for subtle beach glamour rather than a barefoot vibe – a favourite amongst the celebrity crowd; you can expect the ultimate in luxury and service. Arrival is aboard a luxury yacht that takes 75 minutes from Malé.

It’s impossible to go wrong with the accommodation here, the resort boasts 129 villas sprawled lazily along a swathe of glorious white sand or suspended above the aquamarine waters of the lagoon. The magnificent Beach Villas occupy their own stretch of sand (all positioned well apart for lots of privacy) with mesmerising views, private terraces and outdoor showers perfect for cooling down after a day spent in the sun. Expect sleek clean lines from the décor and a picture-perfect exterior of thatched roofs and tropical wood.

138

Some of the Beach Villas come with their own private pool as well. The equally opulent Water Villas are perched over the lagoon and accessed via walkways from secluded points around the island. Breezy split level verandas have netted ocean hammocks suspended from the deck – perfect for ‘overwater’ sun-worshipping!

Not surprisingly, the culinary creativity at One&Only Reethi Rah is unsurpassed. Choices include the eclectic Reethi Restaurant, offering a clever fusion of east-meets-west, contemporary Japanese cuisine at Tapasake or the ‘chill-out’ ambience of Fanditha with its divan-bolsters and Arabian carpets in the sand – as you can imagine, magical evenings linger well into the night. Graceful island chic is the unofficial dress code so don’t forget your cool, floaty numbers for romantic nights under the stars.

One&Only Spa is a luxuriously heavenly island space and an altogether memorable experience.

Skilled therapists, trained in the refined arts of ancient healing and modern science, will massage and pummel away your worries in luxurious treatment villas. Whilst the spa is a tranquil spot, there is plenty of activity elsewhere should you desire. And of course, this is an Indian Ocean paradise for water lovers with sensational snorkelling, diving and a plethora of water based fun.

Romantic Moments ♥ Head to a deserted beach for a romantic beach barbeque

♥ Check-in to the award winning One&Only Spa (Best Luxury Wellness Spa by World Luxury Spa Awards in 2013) for an afternoon of pure indulgence

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– The Maldives

––––––––

Four Seasons Maldives at Landaa Giraavaru T

his stunning island is located in the Baa Atoll, a UNESCO World Biosphere Reserve, just 30 minutes by seaplane from Malé. Expect pristine idyll meets polished luxury in a wild, natural setting of outstanding beauty.

With pure white beaches flanking a sparkling lagoon, Four Seasons Landaa Giraavaru sits amidst 44 acres of unspoilt wilderness.

All villas and bungalows are contemporary and irresistibly stylish with airy interiors filled with space, light and luxury. 102 thatched Beach Bungalows, Beach Villas and Water Villas, some boasting private pools, compete for your attention. Beachfront accommodation fronts the glorious swathe of beach, whilst the overwater villas are set at the end of private jetties towards the north-western end of the island. Choose from a sunset or sunrise location for your water villa and regardless of which one you plump for,

the panorama of shimmering turquoise lagoon is simply breathtaking.

Dining at Landaa Giraavaru is a varied affair and we love the Arabian vibe and Shisha pipes at overwater Al Barakat and the relaxed feet-in-the-sand Fuego Grill. Blu is at the western tip of the island where the ocean meets the sky and is the perfect spot to see the magnificent sunsets – enjoy light lunches by day and fine Italian delicacies by night. For east-meets-west flavour combinations, head to Café Landaa. There are also several bars including Seabar – bag yourself a cosy ocean hammock filled with soft cushions raised over the ocean – breathtaking!

The Baa Atoll is the only UNESCO World Biosphere Reserve in the Maldives and whether you want to explore the vivid underwater world with the unsurpassed snorkelling and diving,

or join one of the pioneering research projects in the Marine Discovery Centre, the opportunities for discovery are endless. In addition, the resort boasts four magnificent swimming pools and watersports including X-Jetpacks, kite-surfing and Seabobs. The spa and Ayurvedic retreat stretches from the middle of the lagoon to the heart of the jungle and merges multiple natural wellness approaches from Panchakarma to acupuncture and AntiGravity Yoga.

Romantic Moments ♥ Four Seasons Explorer – a luxury catamaran that cruises between Landaa and her sister island, Four Seasons Kuda Huraa – offers 3-7 night cruise itineraries

♥ Bring out the Jacques Cousteau in you with seasonal snorkelling with manta rays and whale sharks alongside the Manta Trust scientists

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

139

The Indian Ocean

Seychelles T

he ultimate island-hopping destination and one of the world’s most romantic places, Seychelles has à deux indelibly printed into its pearl-white sand. This is the archetypal tropical paradise: deserted beaches, thickly cloaked interiors, infinite topaz waters, a pantone-coloured marine life, some of the most romantic private retreats on earth, even a friendly population of giant tortoises. A thousand miles off the east coast of Africa, these dreamy drops in the Indian Ocean feel utterly remote. There are 115 outposts in total, each beguiling in its own individual way. Perfect for exploration, many visitors combine at least two or three islands to really let the Seychelles get under their skin.

The inner islands of Mahé, Praslin and La Digue are a natural starting point, and easily combinable. All are mountainous, rising like giant boulders out of the electric blue ocean. Mahé is the main hub, home to numerous picture-postcard beaches, top-notch hotels and quirky Victoria, the world’s smallest capital city with its colourful markets and vibrant local life. Nearby is beach-blessed Praslin, also famed for its hauntingly beautiful primeval forest Vallée de Mai, thick with over 6000 Coco de Mer trees. Other highlights include spectacular sunsets at the perfect crescent-shaped Anse Lazio and lazy days spent on the hard-to-reach Anse Georgette. And then there’s our secret favourite: the tiny island of La Digue where life is somewhere between snail and tortoise-paced and the main mode of transport is bicycle. Pedal off in search of a secluded beach, you might just find one to call your own for the day, a place so quiet you can hear the occasional thud of a coconut, watch crabs scuttle and birds fishing. Two wheels will also take you to the much-photographed Anse Source d’Argent beach: never out of the top tens, its flamingo-pink sand sparkles against dark granite boulders.

140

Denis Private Island

Raffles Praslin

Constance Lémuria

Hotel L’Archipel

Praslin

North Island Hilton Seychelles Labriz Constance Ephélia

La Digue Le Domaine de L’Orangeraie

Victoria

Mahe

Four Seasons Resort Seychelles

Banyan Tree Seychelles Desroches

Seychelles spans 455 square kilometres, a sizeable area but one worth travelling in search of that once-in-a-lifetime Robinson Crusoe experience.

We love the exclusivity of North Island with its tree house palaces and laidback vibe, while the remote Desroches and Denis go one castaway step further: their ribbons of snow-white sand are only accessible by plane. Whichever inner/outer island combination you choose, be sure to venture beyond each luxury cocoon to discover the natural beauty of Seychelles.

And Beyond Seychelles combines beautifully with a safari adventure in Kenya or Tanzania or with a stopover in the Middle East. Or discover the Seychelles aboard a Dream Yacht Charter luxury catamaran and experience the fun of sailing.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel Seychelles is usually at its best between March and November Travel Time Approximately 13 hours Time Difference GMT + 4 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

141

–––––––– Mahé, Seychelles

––––––––

Banyan Tree Seychelles A

s an absolute favourite of ours – we could not contemplate an ‘islands and beaches’ portfolio without including the magnificent Banyan Tree.

Set on the pretty south-west coast of Mahé, 60 pool villas tumble down a craggy hillside punctuated with granite boulders and emerald green takamaka trees to the powder white soft sands of Anse Intendance – widely regarded as one of the finest beaches on the planet!

The villas are an enticing blend of contemporary creole with ‘plantation’ décor, white washed walls and louvre doors, touchy-feely textiles and cool, clean lines. All villas boast infinity-edge pools and expansive outside living space. Hillside Pool Villas are tucked into the hillside amidst a canopy of trees with tantalising glimpses of the azure waters through the foliage, whilst the Pool Villa By-The-Rocks demonstrates Mother Nature at her most impressive. Surrounded by the

142

ocean and the immovable rugged granite boulders, your senses are assaulted by the sound of the waves.

Beachfront Pool Villas have a magnificent ocean front location – step from your private terrace on the soft sands – your very own ‘bounty bar moment’.

When it comes to dining at the Banyan Tree you can expect a true celebration of all things Creole. Au Jardin d’Epices has an eclectic African vibe and a lovely relaxed, casual setting overlooking the bay. Saffron takes inspiration from South-East Asia, whilst for effortless elegance and romance head to Chez Lamar, fine dining in a glorious colonial setting amidst the splendour of the Seychelles wetlands.

In-villa dining is available for those who can’t bear to tear themselves away and beach dining here is probably as memorable as it gets – imagine the deep blue of the Indian

Ocean flaming with the vivid colours of a Seychelles sunset as you dine by lantern light with the powder soft sand beneath your toes.

There is a fabulous infinity-edge main pool, Banyan Tree Spa, state-of-the-art gym, tennis courts and a whole host of island activities including nature walks, diving and fishing for those who feel the urge to be a little more active.

Romantic Moments ♥ We love the in-villa ‘movie night’ as a romantic evening treat with gourmet delights provided by Au Jardin d’Epices

♥ Take a romantic rowing boat trip in Banyan Tree’s charming lake surrounded by emerald green nature

♥ Head to Rum Shack to sample delicious rum cocktails made from locally distilled Takamaka Bay Rum

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Mahé, Seychelles

––––––––

Four Seasons Resort Seychelles A

stay here is akin to residing in your very own ‘garden of Eden’.

Emerald green jungle-clad hills cascade down to a pristine beach, licked by the impossibly turquoise waters of the west coast of Mahé.

Four Seasons Hotels and Resorts are renowned for exceptional levels of everything and this glorious resort is no exception. 67 villas and suites are perched on stilts in the jungle canopy or tucked into the lush greenery close to the beach. All enjoy private infinity-edge pools with mesmerising views.

Serenity Villas are set high on the hillside, offering unparalleled natural privacy and the best views in the house!

Hilltop Ocean Pool Villas also offer spectacular views in an elevated location. If being closer to the shoreline is preferable; the Ocean View Villas have a mid-hillside position, so wonderful panorama views with less of a walk.

Garden View Villas are set on the beach level, with lovely views of the lagoon and just steps from the stunning beach.

Sleek and airy interiors create a space, which is cool and inviting with plenty of room for in-villa dining and expansive terraces for memorable sunset viewing.

Dining is an intoxicating blend of Creole meets South-East Asian with a few Mediterranean flavours thrown in for good measure. ZEZ is the place for epic breakfast treats and global fine dining specialities for dinner set against the stunning ocean backdrop. For a slightly more relaxed vibe, head to Kannel, Creole delicacies and fabulous seafood grace the menu here, complementing perfectly its beachside setting. In-villa dining is available along with romantic beach offerings for that special occasion.

variety of treatments and therapies that guarantee to pamper you from head to toe and rebalance mind, body and soul.

If you prefer to achieve your zen-like state of mind through energetic activity, a stay here also ticks all the boxes.

A 24 hour fitness centre overlooks the glorious blue ocean, whilst kayaking, snorkelling, catamaran sailing, windsurfing, paddle boating and boogie boarding are all available too.

There is also a golf driving range – think cocktails and practicing your swing at sunset.

Romantic Moments ♥ Enjoy a dinner prepared by a private chef on Petite Anse beach and end the night by releasing a paper lantern and making a wish

For relaxation, the spa is a tranquil space with five treatment pavilions and a

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

143

–––––––– Mahé, Seychelles

––––––––

Constance Ephélia S

et on the pretty north-west coast of Mahé, this beautiful resort has two stunning beaches and a plethora of activities to keep you happy.

Overlooking a national marine park, Constance Ephélia is a real treasure trove of discovery in particular for those who love life beneath the waves.

The coolly elegant accommodation comes in the form of Junior and Senior Suites, which are just steps from the glorious white sands of the beach with private terraces, spacious bathrooms and generous living areas, and a range of villa accommodation, which includes the Beach Villas, just moments from the shore, and Hillside Villas, offering the most incredibly romantic ocean views.

All villas enjoy private pools, (Hillside Villas are specifically designed for couples and have infinity-edged pools) and plenty of indoor and outdoor living space. Décor is fresh, stylish and totally in keeping with such a beautiful setting.

144

You are spoilt for choice when it comes to dining here. Nestled throughout the resort you will find no less than five restaurants and six bars – from casual beach dining to local Creole to elegant and romantic fine gastronomy; there is something to cater to your every whim.

We love the afternoon teas from Helios and the indulgent haute cuisine that is created in the elegant and refined air of Cyann – a seductively romantic spot.

Alongside the cool and inviting swimming pools and the two glorious beaches, there are a whole host of activities. For water babies, there is snorkelling, windsurfing, kayaking, pedal boats, paddle boards and superb diving in the Port Launay Marine Park, whilst for land lovers, there is a fitness centre, zip lining, a climbing wall, tennis, squash and yoga. Constance Ephélia is a wonderful addition to any island-hopping itinerary!

U Spa by Constance is set in the heart of the tropical gardens and proffers a veritable choice of treatments to restore harmony to the senses, energise the body and revitalise the skin. For some beautiful accommodation, fabulous dining options and a to-die-for beach makes for the complete experience, however we also realise that for many the opportunity to be active and explore is key and that’s one of the things we love about Constance Ephélia.

Romantic Moments ♥ Choose your beach and head out on a romantic beach picnic

♥ Champagne & Sand – indulge in a traditional Seychelles breakfast with a bottle of Champagne on the beach

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Praslin, Seychelles

––––––––

Constance Lémuria T

ucked away in glorious seclusion on the north-west corner of Praslin, this luxury resort is renowned globally for exceptional levels of service.

Constance Lémuria casts her gaze over not one, but three incredible beaches, which are washed by the warm, iridescent waters of the Indian Ocean and sheltered from the prevailing winds.

This is picture-postcard perfection!

Designed in balance with the stunning natural beauty of Praslin, Lémuria is a fusion of pink granite, marble, thatched palms roofs and natural wood. Airy, open-plan architecture catches the cooling ocean breezes and creates a modern, stylish space. Accommodation choices here follow the same elegant theme. Junior Suites are sleek and replete with stylish thatched roof and tucked into Seychellois gardens.

These lovely suites are close to the shore and enjoy beautiful views.

Senior Suites offer a little more space,

bathroom with a Jacuzzi bath and generous lounge area. For the ultimate indulgence though, we recommend one of the stunning Pool Villas. Set in private gardens, just steps from the beach, the clever design ensures a flow that is always enticing you towards the outside space. The perfect secluded hideaway, these villas also come complete with a Villa Master to look after your every need.

Dining comes in the form of three world-class restaurants which fuse Seychellois spice and flavour with the style and elegance of international cuisine. Legend is tucked into the lush foliage and enjoys magnificent ocean views, whilst Sea Horse is the signature restaurant at Lémuria – expect delicious gourmet cuisine and superb service.

For sheer location though, the setting of the Beach Bar & Grill is hard to beat; hanging above the magnificent sands of Petite Anse Kerlan.

There are three breathtaking beaches that vie for your attention, one of which (Anse Georgette) has been voted as one of the best beaches on earth and as guests of Lémuria you have exclusive access! Activities include pedaloes, laser boats, kayaks, windsurfing and body boards while on terra-firma, there is an 18-hole award winning golf course, tennis courts, mountain bikes and yoga.

Tucked beneath the swaying palms is the tranquil U Spa by Constance where you can indulge in the ultimate pampering experience.

Romantic Moments ♥ Be part of something special between October – February and get woken up by the conservation team (on your request of course) when the baby turtles hatch and make their way to the ocean – a once in a lifetime experience!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

145

–––––––– Praslin, Seychelles

––––––––

Raffles Praslin ‘

W

ow factor’ moments are ten-apenny when it comes to the Seychelles but Raffles Praslin is a particular favourite here at Turquoise.

86 Pool Villas stand sentinel over a panorama of vivid azure waters and gleaming white sand. The standards are exceptional, the service even more so (the General Manager has even created a cocktail exclusively for our guests when they arrive – and the colour is turquoise!).

Recognised as one of the ‘Best New Hotels in the World’ by Conde Nast Traveller. A stay here is a truly sublime experience. Bringing a unique hillside pool villa concept to Praslin, this is luxurious island-living at its most glorious. Impeccably appointed villas look out over a view which is simply breathtaking. All have generous, open-air living areas with outdoor dining, comfy furnishings and private pools. The villas all offer a very similar

146

standard when it comes to design and style. However, for truly magnificent views, we suggest the Oceanview or Panoramic Pool Villa. The Raffles Villa Suites take prime position and include a round-the-clock butler service.

Dining cleverly fuses local culture and cuisine, and each restaurant and bar create their own unique atmosphere.

For a fun, casual Seychellois vibe, head to the Pool Restaurant & Bar; known for fabulous Creole cuisine. You can expect a family-style barbeque and rum tasting each evening. Losean translates as ocean in Creole and an airy, breezy breakfast offering transforms into an elegant gastronomic affair by night.

Tickle the taste buds with Pan-Asian flavours that spread from India to South-East Asia at Curieuse.

For total relaxation, head to the Raffles Spa. Just steps from the breathtaking beach, this space is designed to calm

the senses and awaken the spirit.

13 treatment pavilions showcase magical views and the tranquil spa garden, set amongst the natural rock formations, is the perfect place to retreat and reflect. For those who like to mingle with fellow guests, there are two beautiful infinity pools and wide choice of activities including snorkelling, kayaking, sea scooter, diving, fishing and boat excursions.

Romantic Moments ♥ Dine wherever you want, whenever you want... Think Champagne and canapés on the rocks!

♥ Indulge in a special couples treatment in the romantic Raffles Spa Suite at the award-winning spa (listed as ‘Best New Spas in the World’ by Condé Nast Traveller 2012 Hot List)

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Praslin and La Digue, Seychelles

Hotel L’Archipel

I

dyllic, charming and boutique all apply to this beautiful property on the north-eastern coast of Praslin. If you are looking for an intimate, genuine Seychellois welcome, which is a world away from the larger resorts, then Hotel L’Archipel is just perfect. It’s also perfectly located for those of you planning a little island-hopping!

Hidden away, this glorious hotel is tucked into a natural amphitheatre of gently swaying coconut palms and all rooms and suites take full advantage of the sublime view with expansive verandas; comfortably furnished for lazy afternoons and warm, tropical nights. There are just 32 rooms and suites, all prettily finished in an elegant Creole style and scattered across the hillside and reached by winding pathways through the fragrant hibiscus and frangipani trees. The larger Executive Suites and Senior Suites boast a separate living area and are ideal for romantic couples.

Although the beach is stunning, there is the added bonus of a lovely infinity-edge pool and for those who want to explore at their own pace, bicycles can be hired.

Two excellent restaurants ensure no compromise on cuisine, one of which is on the beach – perfect for kicking back and drinking in the magic of a Seychellois sunset.

––––––––

Le Domaine de L’Orangeraie

L

a Digue is justifiably proud of its reputation as the most authentic and original island in the Seychelles and for those who find pleasure and solace in the immersion of local culture and the gentle vibes of village life, this island is a must.

Le Domaine de L’Orangeraie features 55 villas ensuring an intimate ambiance and a warm, charming vibe. Garden Villas (in blocks of four) are peaceful and spacious, set in lush tropical garden surrounded by birdsong. The glorious Villas de Charme are slightly elevated with a hillside location ensuring fabulous views. For those looking for a touch of magic, the Villas de Charme Elégance are blissfully private with the added bonus of a secluded outdoor Jacuzzi. Expect a palate of neutral colours, natural materials and a chic design totally at one with the surroundings.

All day dining is available and there are two restaurants and bars – vibrant Creole flavours and superb seafood are the order of the day. The spa here is to-die-for, set high on a peak surrounded by imposing granite rocks. There is even a Hammam.

La Digue is ripe for exploration and one of our favourite ways is to hire a bicycle and head out for a day of discovery.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

147

–––––––– Seychelles

––––––––

Hilton Seychelles Labriz Resort & Spa O

ffering a location, which is about as sublime as it gets, Hilton Seychelles Labriz Resort & Spa sits jewel-like on the unspoilt Silhouette Island, a place famed for ‘Jurassic Park’ inspired jungle-clad mountains soaring skywards and the distinctive image, so iconic to the Seychelles, of huge granite boulders dotting the pristine white sands.

Although the third largest island in the Seychelles, Hilton Labriz take pride of place as the only resort here. Loved for years by hardy travellers, this wild and beautiful spot is a haven for walkers and hikers – there are no set paths and only two tracks connecting the north and south. Nature lovers will rejoice in paradise found with a colourful abundance of indigenous flora and fauna including the incense tree, orchids, sheef tailed bats and 125 year-old giant tortoises. Once home to pirates and plantations, the island is only accessible by helicopter or boat

148

and remains sheathed in an aura of mystique. Mount Dauban is the highest peak and her summit often appears to touch the clouds. Down at land level, Silhouette is encircled by a vast coral reef filled to bursting with vibrant marine life.

This lovely resort has just over 100 villas with choices including Garden Villas, Beachfront Villas, Deluxe Hillside Pool Villas and Deluxe Beachfront Pool Villas. All have a sleek, contemporary feel and lovely views of the tropical gardens or beach, while generous living areas flow out to connect with a terrace or a private garden complete with a pool. Although not sea facing, we love the Deluxe Hillside Pool Villas; overlooking the immovable mountains, the villas are totally private and the sound of birdsong just mesmerising.

Dining is superb and covers a spectrum ranging from local Creole

to sushi and modern international.

For an atmospheric special occasion, head to Grann Kaz; a restored Seychellois plantation house, once home to the Dauban family, the former owners of the island.

We see lots of spas in incredible settings but the Silhouette Spa at Labriz is truly magnificent. Treatment suites are dotted along the mountainside betwixt dense rainforest and ancient rocks, the most natural of environments.

The diving is exceptional as you would expect and the island has the only five-star National Geographic Padi certified diving centre in the region.

Romantic Moments ♥ Take a nature walk to the other side of the island, where a picnic for two is waiting for you

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Seychelles

––––––––

Denis Private Island W

hen it comes to absolute barefoot luxury on a private island in the Indian Ocean, it really doesn’t get much better than this – heaven-sent, pure unadulterated bliss! This breathtaking island, accessible via a 30 minute flight from Mahé, is unlike many other in the Seychelles archipelago in that it is a stunning coral cay carpeted with a blanket of tropical forest and encircled by cashmere-soft sand rather than a granite outcrop. For those seeking seclusion and intimacy, Denis Private Island will take some beating.

Think Robinson Crusoe meets islandchic when it comes to staying here.

Occupying one of just 25 cottages scattered along the beach; don’t come expecting room keys, televisions or a mobile phone reception, this is a true island hideaway. What you will find is romantic, super-comfy beds, generous living space, sea facing verandas, unpretentious island style and al fresco

garden showers (perfect for cooling moments under a canopy of stars) – all just steps from the magical beach.

When it comes to dining, you can expect super fresh island produce and a bounty of fish from the ocean. Dine in the main dining room or enjoy relaxing beach barbeques.

For those who like a little assistance on their way to relaxation, submit to the ministrations of the spa therapists on hand to pamper you with a menu of treatments inspired by the Seychellois and Indian techniques – a wonderful complement to the naturally holistic lifestyle found on Denis.

Family-owned, Denis’ charm lies in its intimate service and seclusion, but also in its many secret treasures waiting to be uncovered. Meandering pathways lead through the lush greenery, and the natural lagoons provide sheltered

swimming and year-round watersports including canoeing, snorkelling, diving and fishing. Giant tortoises and turtles still inhabit this quiet undisturbed sanctuary, and you will also see an abundance of nesting birds. The island lies at the very edge of the Seychelles Bank – where the ocean plunges thousands of feet – so it’s no surprise that Denis is renowned for its worldclass deep sea game fishing and superb snorkelling and diving. In fact, it is ranked one of the finest areas for diving in the Seychelles.

We think the owner’s motto is quite perfect; ‘the island is yours – do as you will, without disturbing others’.

Romantic Moments ♥ Watch baby turtles hatch on the beach

♥ Enjoy an intimate beach dinner

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

149

–––––––– Seychelles

––––––––

Desroches Island S

trewn with coconut trees and blessed with the kind of heavenly, deserted beaches most of us can only dream about, Desroches Island has been voted by Forbes as the Top 10 Remote Islands to visit. This island paradise (accessible via a 40 minute flight from Mahé) is part of the Amirantes, a group considered to be some of the most pristine, untouched islands in the world.

In fact, some might actually say the last true paradise left on Earth.

At 6km long and 1km wide, with 14km of secluded beaches, the island is home to just one fabulous resort, affording you unequalled levels of privacy, service and exclusivity.

Inspired by the incredible natural beauty of the Seychelles, tastefully elegant and an epitome to island-luxe, Desroches is a captivating hideaway.

Choose from a range of luxurious island accommodation, which includes

150

one bedroom Beach Suites and one bedroom Luxury Beach Suites, which offer private plunge pools. There are also a number of larger villas with three, four and five bedrooms if you like lots of space. Expect air-conditioning, private decks, generous bathrooms with covered outdoor bathtub and private tropical gardens. Exploring is easy as every suite and villa comes with complimentary bicycles.

It would be hard to find a more idyllic setting for absorbing the multi-cultural flavours of the Seychelles. Inclusive dining takes you on a journey from the influences of Creole through to the spice and silk routes of the Indian Ocean. Destination dining, alongside in-villa dining, are also lovely options.

How about a Champagne beach picnic laid out and ready for you as you arrive after an exploration of the island’s palm fringed shores?

When it comes to discovery, Desroches is an adventure playground par-excellence, offering some of the best diving and snorkelling in the Seychelles and one of only eight locations in the whole world where you can salt-water fly fish. This natural marine sanctuary is an underwater paradise just waiting to be discovered. On land, enjoy cycling, exceptional guided walking trails (no doubt coming face to face with the resident giant tortoises) or visit the Escape Spa. Effortlessly at one with the tropical paradise surrounding it, the tranquil spa has been developed with simplicity and the exotic natural elements in mind and offers a range of treatments unique to Desroches.

Romantic Moments ♥ Enjoy a romantic starlight private dinner on the beach or experience a relaxing and rejuvenation couples spa treatment

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Seychelles

––––––––

North Island T

his is one of those rare places that is revered across the planet as the crème de la crème of private islands, synonymous with seclusion, romance and breathtaking natural beauty. At North Island, barefoot-luxe meets unspoilt authenticity wrapping the whole experience in almost unheard of levels of style and service. We could use the ‘Robinson Crusoe’ analogy but that doesn’t even scratch the surface here.

appointed with Seychellois thatched roofs and expansive areas for sleeping, eating, relaxing, star gazing and just being. Sunken baths, indoor and outdoor showers, day beds draped with billowing muslin and a private plunge pool that leads to the softest sands you are ever likely to step on just add to the sense of surrealism. With five members of staff to each guest – your very own Man Friday will ensure every possible need is met.

A 20 minute helicopter ride skims you over the impossibly iridescent turquoise of the Indian Ocean to a place where the outside world ceases to exist.

Uninhabited for over 30 years, the ethos behind this acclaimed eco-hideaway is to turn the environmental clock back 200 years through the rehabilitation and gradual re-introduction of many of the endangered Seychelles species.

Defying tradition, the dining concept here is unique; there are no menus, just a conversation with the chef about your own personal preferences. From the freshest home-grown produce to the abundant seafood, all complemented by a world-class wine cellar, you can also choose when and where you dine.

Your home is one of only 11 villas, over-generous in size, gloriously

reinvigorate your body and soul – whilst the island’s natural habitat benefits from a unique ‘Noah’s Ark’ conservation programme. Pampering spa treatments take place in the privacy of your villa, with thoughtfully considered concepts to choose from – ensuring you receive what you need, when you need it.

The natural focal point is the Island Piazza, where sublime buildings cluster around a magnificent Indian Almond Tree – whilst the wonderful West Beach Bar, tucked away on the island’s western beach, is a great spot for private barefoot dinners.

Romantic Moments ♥ Visit idyllic Honeymoon Beach – no need to say more

The clean air, overwhelming scenery and four breathtaking beaches – one at each point of the compass and one sheltered for each season – will

♥ Relax in hammocks & beanbags at West Beach Bar whilst the sun sinks beneath with waves in front of you

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

151

The Indian Ocean

Sri Lanka B

eautiful, beguiling Sri Lanka is a true rising star on the travel to-do list. This wonderful island nation bursts with a warmth, diversity and colour like no other destination: from its golden sands to thickly forested mountain peaks; from vivid prayer flags fluttering in the breeze to acre upon acre of lush tea plantation; from emerald lakes to the turquoise ocean, there’s a visual and unparalleled vibrancy throughout.

The beach scene is palm-fringed and low-key, perfect for lazing a few days away. The south-western coastline is home to the majority of resorts, particularly the Indian Ocean-washed shores of Galle. Sweeping bays are interspersed with quiet fishing villages, boats bob on the horizon, turtles burrow into soft sand and stilted fisherman spend hours perfecting their craft.

However, for those looking to venture to a more undiscovered Sri Lanka, the east coast of the island is starting to wake up, and welcome new boutique hideaways such as Jungle Beach, a beachside gem perfectly placed in the unsung village of Kuchchaveli.

Relax on the naturally beautiful, unspoilt beach, the perfect spot from which to discover many fantastic diving and snorkelling sites, or even to catch a glimpse of the passing whale pods between May and October.

Moving inland, Sri Lanka’s mesmerizing beauty truly lies in the central regions of the island, where rainforests carpet towering peaks, undulating tea plantations monopolise the horizon, vast wilderness areas protect a National Geographic-worthy roll call of wildlife and ancient cities rise up in all their historical and cultural glory. Our favourite inland spot is the calm-inducing Hill Country. Lovely laidback Kandy lies at its heart, featuring old temples, vibrant local life, brightly robed monks and pottering pilgrims. Further south is the tea stronghold of Nuwara Eliya, a place

152

Jungle Beach Wilpattu National Park

Trincomalee Ulagalla Minneriya National Park Sigiriya Jetwing Vil Uyana Kandy

Kandy House Taylors Hill Colombo Nuwara Eliya Ceylon Tea Trails Yala National Park Aditya Galle Cape Weligama

that has kept its colonial hill station roots from the 19th century British rule. Any brew-lover must check into one of Ceylon Tea Trails’ restored planters’ bungalows tucked away in nearby Bogawantalawa Valley.

The fascinating ancient cities and the UNESCO-listed Sigiriya Rock Fortress can be explored in the heart of the Cultural Triangle – not to mention wonderful wildlife adventures including spotting the elusive leopard in Yala National Park and trekking the elephant-rich Minneriya and Wilpattu National Parks.

Be sure to have your fill of delicious Sri Lankan curry and if you can, talk cricket with the locals – it’s Sri Lanka’s second religion.

And Beyond Sri Lanka is ‘doable’ in a couple of weeks.

Alternatively cover less ground and twin it with one-island escapism – Maldives-style.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel The best time to visit the south-west coast is between November and April and the best time to visit the east coast is between May and October Travel Time Approximately 12 hours Time Difference GMT + 5½ hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

153

–––––––– Sri Lanka

Ulagalla

U

lagalla is quite simply one of the finest hotels in Sri Lanka. Once the ancestral estate of nobility, this beautiful boutique retreat offers an exceptional level of personal service.

20 ecologically built villas sit within a tranquil 85 acre estate, which has numerous walking and cycling trails to enjoy.

The position is also perfect for exploring a number of Sri Lanka’s UNESCO World Heritage Sites and national parks.

All villas are private and spacious with sumptuous four-poster beds, topped with cloud soft pillows and beautiful linens.

The floors are cool, richly coloured timbers, and the gallery of black and white photographs an atmospheric reminder of Ulagalla’s rich history. Outside inviting sundecks come complete with private plunge pools and timeless views over a natural paradise.

Dining here comes from the skilled hands of the kitchen brigade and served at a time to suit you. Liyawela is a cosy, yet contemporary, space serving up traditional Sri Lankan delights along with international fusion dishes. Dine on the upper deck for cool breezes and blissful views. Private dining can be enjoyed in the lush green of the jungle, in the candlelit wine cellar or served under the stars by your private butler.

154

––––––––

Jetwing Vil Uyana

I

nspired by a creation from the Wildfowl and Wetland Trust, this stunningly natural eco resort is spellbinding. Sitting in the very midst of Sri Lanka’s Cultural Triangle and in the shadows of the Sigiriya Rock Fortress, Jetwing Vil Uyana seemingly floats amongst the reed beds and paddy fields and is a very unique approach to a hotel experience.

Offering a tantalising glimpse of Sri Lanka’s culture and traditions, the accommodation is artfully and beautifully simple with warm wooden floors, soft linens and open-plan bathrooms. Choose from Garden, Forest, Paddy/Marsh and Water Dwellings (many featuring private plunge pools too) – all offering a charmingly rustic but exceptionally comfortable escape.

The main restaurant, Aspara is the place for fine dining and magical views over Sigiriya, whilst Tree House dining is a unique setting high in the tree canopy. Enjoy the cool breeze and casual refreshments in a very natural setting at Sulang.

The superb spa is regarded as one of the best on the island offering a multitude of Ayurvedic and holistic treats and a yoga instructor is on hand for quiet moments of reflection.

An early morning climb of Sigiriya is highly recommended.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Sri Lanka

Kandy House

B

uilt in 1804, Kandy House was once the ancestral retreat of Kandyan noblemen. Now it offers a stylish take on 21st century colonial-chic. Located a few miles from Kandy, the old capital of Sri Lanka, this boutique escape is more akin to staying in a beautifully restored manor house with friends. Über-stylish rooms take their names from the vivid island butterflies and have morphed into elegant spaces.

The spacious Ultra Rooms have stunning bathrooms and flow onto a private veranda complete with chaise lounges and reading chairs. Deluxe Rooms are slightly smaller but equally charming.

There is a gorgeous infinity pool with teak steamer chairs and the restaurant dishes up Sri Lankan favourites on the elegant veranda.

––––––––

Taylors Hill

T

aylors Hill, an elegant country house, is set in Hill Country in the midst of the Hewaheta Valley (one hour from Kandy). Built by English tea planter Dominic Elwes over a century ago and recently converted into a heavenly boutique hotel surrounded by tea plantations – a stay here is a truly evocative of Ceylon’s colonial past.

There are five luxurious bedrooms, each with a bespoke design and featuring pieces of furniture handed down over the generations. Dining is a delight and afternoon tea a very popular pastime.

The hilltop location affords lovely views and the surrounding area is perfect for exploration – Taylors Hill provides bicycles for those who prefer to be on two wheels. Tours of nearby tea plantations are almost an unspoken must-do!

Ceylon Tea Trails

S

ri Lanka’s heritage is inextricably tangled with the Ceylon tea industry and this magnificent Relais & Chateaux property takes all things ‘tea’ and turns it into a breathtakingly charming experience.

Ceylon Tea Trails offers luxury accommodation close to a working tea factory at an altitude of 1250 metres.

Endless vistas of misty-clad tea plantations stretch into the distance against a backdrop of mountains and the Castlereagh Reservoir.

Four individually styled bungalows feature five to six rooms each and all offer a real taste of old-world gracious living. Each morning starts with ‘bed tea’, served by your butler if you so desire! This is a side to Sri Lanka rarely seen, particularly in such style, and a 2-3 night stay is highly recommended.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

155

–––––––– Sri Lanka

Jungle Beach

L

ocated on the untouched east coast in the Trincomalee District, Jungle Beach is a serene boutique hideaway offering pristine wild beach, golden sand pierced with drift wood and accommodation set deep in the jungle or directly on the beach with incredible views – whatever you choose both are in total harmony with their location.

Teak walkways and stepping stones lead to the atmospheric dining and bar area, which is open to the elements and serves up excellent cuisine. Relax in the charming swimming pool, spa or in the beach bar – and there are plenty of activities within easy reach.

The service is superb and the resort itself understated, this is not luxury for luxury’s sake but a wonderfully genuine beach experience. Jungle Beach is Sri Lanka’s best kept secret!

156

––––––––

Cape Weligama

B

oasting a breathtaking location on the south-west coast of Sri Lanka, Cape Weligama is a cliff top haven with incredible views of a coastline where the emerald hues of the coconut plantations meet the indigo shades of the Indian Ocean and where sarong-clad fisherman balance precariously on wooden stilts.

This stylish collection of 40 villas and residences offer style and elegance with polished stone floors and warm teak furniture. Each villa is intimate and feature lovely amenities such as an in-room steam room, a massage bed and terraces leading out to a semiprivate pool that is shared with only a couple of neighbouring villas.

A number of wining and dining venues are dotted throughout and the pièce de résistance is a moon shaped infinity pool.

Aditya

A

ditya simply oozes serenity and privacy from a blissful beachside location on the south-west coast.

Personal service is the order of the day with just 12 suites – each named after a deity of Hindu mythology.

Shanthi, Sagara and Surya Suites are unique in layout and décor. Expect lavish interiors, dreamy verandas, ancient antiquities from the Orient and cooling plunge pools – the views from the Sagara and Surya Suites are nothing short of spectacular.

Sublime cuisine is served at a time to suit you in a location of your choosing and an array of pampering treatments can be enjoyed in the privacy of your suite or in the quiet charm of the Garden Spa. The 17th-century Galle Fort, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is just a stone’s throw away.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Sri Lanka

––––––––

Captivating Sri Lanka in Style S

ri Lanka is all about tailor-made journeys, exploring this beautifully diverse island and staying in the finest boutique hotels. Our two week itinerary combines everything from elephants and tea plantations to culture and beach. This itinerary is perfect for our summer when the east coast is at its best. If you are looking to travel during our winter, we recommend adding the beach stay on the south-west coast to the end of your trip.

Day 1 ● Arrive in the Cultural Triangle Arrive in Colombo and after a 4-5 hour drive to the iconic Cultural Triangle, settle in your stylish Chalet (with a plunge pool) at Ulagalla for 4 nights. Ulagalla enjoys a wonderful location to explore the nearby national parks or cultural attractions, and offers beautiful surroundings to relax for a couple of days.

Days 2-4 ● Explore and experience Climb the magnificent Sigiriya Rock Fortress and visit Polonnaruwa, Sri Lanka’s splendid medieval capital that was established in the 11th century AD. Located between Habarana and Polonnaruwa, Minneriya National Park is spread over 8890 hectares and home to elephants and Sambar deer – an ideal spot for nature lovers!

Days 5-9 ● The undiscovered East Coast Transfer to Trincomalee for 5 nights of unspoilt beach-bliss at the charming Jungle Beach. Enjoy the pristine, wild beach and a range of water based activities including whale and dolphin watching, snorkelling, diving and fishing.

Days 10-11 ● Kandy Transfer to Kandy, the capital of the Hill Country and UNESCO World Heritage-listed city. Visit the world-famous Buddhist Temple of the Tooth, the vibrant botanic gardens or simply enjoy the exquisite hospitality at Kandy House for 2 nights.

Days 12-14 ● Hatton, Nuwara Eliya Take a scenic transfer to Hatton and stay in one of the four bungalows at the tranquil Ceylon Tea Trails for 3 nights.

Enjoy relaxed activities including nature walks and a visit to a nearby tea factory in these picture-perfect surroundings.

Day 15 Transfer back to Colombo for your flight home.

Middle East

United Arab Emirates and Oman O

nce an obscure corner of Arabia, the United Arab Emirates is now packed with glittering five-star hotels, pioneered by Dubai. You can’t fail to be blown away by the sheer volume of luxury hotels, the seven-hour flight and year-round weather. All our featured hotels are sublime, but new to our books is the impossible-to-fault One&Only The Palm. We love its relative remoteness, wonderful food and exquisite style.

Dubai has that mentality ‘whatever you can do, I can do better’. It not only lays claim to the world’s tallest building (Burj Khalifa), next to this striking landmark is the world’s largest shopping centre, Dubai Mall.

In stark contrast to Dubai, lies the unsung Ras Al Khaimah, one of the quietest of the seven Emirates.

Here hidden away is Banyan Tree Al Wadi, a wonderful desert add-on to any multi-centre trip.

Only 90 minutes from Dubai airport, people come for the wonderful walking, low-key desert safaris, archery, camel riding and stargazing.

While Dubai glitters, neighbouring Oman is everything you don’t expect of the Middle East. A thousand-odd mile coastline makes this a more than worthy beach inclusion, but what we love most about Oman is that it remains relatively undiscovered. One of the region’s more traditional countries, there’s a slower pace of life, less development and a raw rugged beauty. From empty golden deserts, medieval cities and dramatic mountain landscapes to sweeping beaches and sparkling waters, Oman is a brilliant mix of Arabian culture, sun and adventure. Visit its ancient ruins and vibrant souks; go camel racing or watch local life in action: men in bright blue dishdashas (shirt dresses), fishermen earning their keep and children playing on the beach. Oman’s capital, Muscat, is the Middle East’s real cultural gem. Wherever you go, whatever you visit, the huge forts, grand mosques or lively souks

158

One&Only The Palm Madinat Jumeirah Dubai

United Arab Emirates

Saudi Arabia

Musandam Six Senses Zighy Bay Banyan Tree Al Wadi Muscat The Chedi Muscat Alila Jabal Akhdar

Oman

brimming with silk, silverware and perfume creates a real sense of place. But there is one place in Oman that has us head over heels in love: the utterly remote Six Senses Zighy Bay. Only accessible across mountains in a 4x4 or by paragliding (we’re not joking), it is one of those do-before-you-die destinations. Its location, sandwiched between beach and mountain with just a small fishing village for company, is seclusion at its most seductive; the ginormous villas are like human cocoons, the beds feel like you are floating on a cloud and from every natural stone tile to rustic wooden rafter, there is the trademark Six Senses barefoot-chic stamp that we can’t seem to get enough of.

And Beyond Middle East is an ideal add-on to a stay in one of the Indian Ocean idyllic islands – or combine a couple of different areas in the region to have a fun and diverse multi-centre experience.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel Middle East enjoys a fabulous year-round climate although the best time to visit is between October and April when temperatures are most pleasant Travel Time Approximately 7 hours Time Difference GMT + 4 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

159

–––––––– Oman

––––––––

Six Senses Zighy Bay W

ith an almost biblical location on the Musandam Peninsula in the Sultanate of Oman, Six Senses Zighy Bay is flanked by the rugged Hajar Mountains and the azure, crystalline waters of Zighy Bay. This is remote with a capital R, however access is actually very easy with flights into Dubai’s state-of-the-art airport followed by a two hour road transfer. A dramatic 4x4 drive down into the bay is how most guests choose to arrive or perhaps the idea of a 15 minute speedboat ride from the nearby port is more appealing.

For thrill seekers who are after a truly ‘Bond-esque’ sense of arrival, why not paraglide in across the bay!

Barefoot, intelligent luxury best describes the accommodation here.

Expect plenty of natural stone, weathered timbers and stylishly eclectic décor. Middle Eastern flavours are in abundance with cool white-washed walls, colourful plump

160

cushions and shady living and dining areas; we love the private wine cellars – so much more than just a mini bar!

All villas have private pools; some have magical sunset views and others a personal spa treatment room for indulging in heavenly in-villa Six Senses Spa pampering.

Dining is as memorable as the location.

Our favourite has to be Sense of the Edge for a mountain-top, fine dining sensory extravaganza. The Spice Market is for all things ‘Arabia’ in an authentic setting and for a unique Bedouin dining feast head to the Shua Shack.

The Summer House is cool, calm and perfect for a lazy lunch – their list of homemade ice cream is out of this world! The Zighy Bar is a welcoming space overlooking the Wadi – ‘happy hour’ is referred to as the No Rush Hour.

escape is a total refuge for the mind, body and soul. For those who get their kicks from a little more spice, the list of activities on offer is almost endless.

From paragliding, mountain biking and hiking, to rock climbing, scuba diving, sea kayaking and sunset cruises, there is a veritable feast of experiences and many showcasing the fascinating culture of Oman.

Romantic Moments ♥ Set sail along the dramatic coastline on a sunset dhow cruise

♥ Head down into the candlelit cool of the wine cellar for a romantic escape just for two

♥ Enjoy an unforgettable five or seven course culinary journey at Sense on the Edge with stunning views over the resort

Six Senses Spas are renowned and Zighy Bay is no exception; this divine

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Oman

The Chedi Muscat

––––––––

Alila Jabal Akhdar

E

J

Spread throughout the grounds, there are a range of contemporary rooms and suites; expect lots of neutral colours (the perfect foil for the dazzling sunshine), dark wood and high ceilings. All rooms are lovely, however we recommend the über-stylish Chedi Suites, which are exceptionally generous in size and boast a private balcony or terrace, complimentary mini bar, access to the Club Lounge and private limousine transfers from the airport.

86 suites and villas offer an authentic taste of Oman that is both stylish and contemporary. Inspired by the region’s ancient juniper trees, the natural palates of wood and stone create a warm interior whilst private balconies capture the incredible landscapes beyond and are perfect for star gazing.

ffortlessly elegant sums up the Chedi Muscat perfectly.

An architectural dream with graceful curved arches flowing into tranquil water gardens against a back drop of the majestic Al Hajar Mountains and the luminescent waters of the Gulf of Oman.

With six restaurants spanning the finest cuisine in the world, the taste buds will most definitely be tempted! The simplynamed Restaurant is for lovers of fine dining, whilst seafood aficionados should head to the Beach Restaurant. The Arabian Courtyard is the place to lounge, Sheikh-like, under flickering lanterns, on silken cushions and feast on Middle Eastern delights. There are three swimming pools and a vast spa – and the souks and Grand Mosque of Muscat are close by for those who want to add a little culture to their stay.

abal Akhdar translates as ‘The Green Mountain’ in Arabic; a pretty good clue as to its location! Spectacularly located on the edge of a rugged gorge, the views are truly awe-inspiring and it would be easy to believe that this is a landscape unchanged since time immemorial. For Indiana Jones adventure-seekers, nature lovers and those searching for respite from the heat of the desert and Muscat, then look no further.

For sustenance, there are two restaurants serving up magical Middle Eastern and international cuisine. Alila Jabal Akhdar is the first Middle East outpost of the acclaimed Spa Alila and for those looking to explore, the bespoke Alila experiences that range from the cultural and culinary to the adventurous and indulgent are available. Expect canyon walks and local village tours, private palm-shadowed picnics and sensational star-lit suppers. Just a 2½ hour drive from Muscat makes Alila Jabal Akhdar the perfect partner for the Chedi Muscat.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

161

–––––––– Ras Al Khaimah and Dubai

Banyan Tree Al Wadi

S

et in Ras Al Khaimah, one of the seven Emirates that form the United Arab Emirates, Banyan Tree Al Wadi looks out onto a desert landscape as idyllic and remote as was ever experienced by Lawrence of Arabia! Conjuring up visions of nomadic travellers and a shimmering desert oasis, this is about as romantic as it gets.

All the villas, whether stone structures or inspired by the billowing Bedouin tents, offer private pools and a beautiful Middle East design. Delicate, filigree lamps, sumptuous silks and cloud-soft lounges form the bespoke interiors, whilst outside indulge in the sheer luxury of your own desert pool.

Eclectic dining includes lavish Arabian barbeques, authentic Asian inspired cuisine and international favourites at a variety of locations around the resort. Drinks in the whimsically named open-air Moon Bar are a must!

This is a fabulous experience that seamlessly blends luxury with true desert adventure. There is a veritable host of desert activities that can be enjoyed and an award-winning spa that has to be experienced. The shimmering waters of the Arabian Gulf and sister property Banyan Tree Ras Al Khaimah Beach are located just a short drive away.

162

––––––––

One&Only The Palm

T

his hotel is without shadow of a doubt, the most romantic hotel in all of Dubai. The contemporary blend of Moorish and Andalusian architecture creates a cluster of low-rise buildings which sit in stark contrast to the endlessly soaring skyscrapers of the city. Occupying a private beach on the palm tree-shaped Dubai Palm, this gorgeous sanctuary is perched on the warm waters of the Persian Gulf. Small, but perfectly formed, One&Only The Palm is a true oasis.

Rooms and suites are vast and gloriously opulent with an elegant and stylish flair. Expect deep carpets, comfy sofas for lazing on, sumptuous bathrooms with free standing baths and all have private balconies or terraces. Some are set in the Manor House, others in the Palm Beach Mansions. If you want a private pool as well, plump for one of the Palm Beach Junior Suites with a 20m² pool.

There are three elegant restaurants to tickle the taste buds and the many restaurants and bars of sister hotels One&Only Royal Mirage and Atlantis, The Palm are just a short journey away. For sheer indulgence, repair to the One&Only Spa for a medley of pampering treats which are truly decadent.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Dubai

––––––––

Madinat Jumeirah C

reated in true Dubai style to represent ancient Arabia, Madinat Jumeirah is a clever blend of accommodation and a plethora of restaurants and experiences. This authentic resort is home to two stylish hotels; Mina A’Salam and Al Qasr.

Dar Al Masyaf is a charming complex of summer houses and Malakiya Villas feature two and three bedroom private villas.

Mina A’Salam is a tribute to Dubai’s seafaring past. Translating as ‘Harbour of Peace’, this hotel sits right on the waters of the Persian Gulf and is the gateway to Madinat Jumeirah. Rooms are gloriously and unashamedly Arabian with vast beds topped with vibrant silken cushions and throws, and antique treasures. Al Qasr means ‘Palace’ and is designed in the style of a Sheikh’s summer residence with tree-lined avenues and more than a touch of the finer things in the life. Rooms here

have a more traditional feel with ornate carved wood and opulent bathrooms.

For the romantics amongst you, the traditional courtyard summer houses at Dar Al Masyaf, which are reminiscent of old Arabia, are highly recommended.

Accessed by winding garden paths or waterways, these two-storey houses have cool, polished floors, tactile fabrics and an irresistibly elegant feel.

If you are looking for total privacy and seclusion, we recommend the Malakiya Villas. There are just seven independent two and three bedroom villas tucked into the waterways of Madinat Jumeirah and all offer private swimming pools, round-the-clock butler service and direct access to the beach, souks and abras.

With over 50 restaurants and bars, you are truly spoilt for choice and the famous Friday Champagne Brunch is legendary. The truth is though that this

is a very unique way to enjoy a beach stay in Dubai, and whilst the resort is not small, you don’t feel overwhelmed as you are within your own smaller enclave within the complex. Getting around is part of the fun as you can hop onto an Abra (small wooden boat) and explore the 3km of waterways that surround Madinat Jumeirah.

For indulgent relaxation, head to the Talise Spa and embark on a journey that will transform the mind, body and soul.

Romantic Moments ♥ Dine under the stars on the beach ♥ Book a couples treatment suite or private beach cabana for an indulgent spa treatment

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

163

Australia A

ustralia’s coastline measures in at more than 22,000 miles and that’s before you take into consideration the 14,000-plus miles that circumnavigate its islands. In short, we’re talking an awful lot of sand, sun, sea and surf, not to mention many a beach featuring in the world’s top 100. It is this coastline that draws the majority of visitors, but Australia is not a place for just lying on a lounger. Aussies have an innate get-up-and-go attitude, and once here, it becomes contagious. This is the great outdoors – an authentic adventure, Aussie-style.

When beach-bound Down Under, it’s often a case of destination East Coast. While Bondi remains the iconic city/beach hip hangout, Byron Bay has managed to combine fashionable chic without forgoing its whimsical flower power vibe of old. Then there is surf-cool Noosa (the perfect place to learn) before hitting the picture-perfect Whitsundays with their island beaches, so clean they actually squeak.

Peppered with romantic five-star, hammock-swinging private abodes (led by Hayman and Hamilton), the Whitsundays are a place where luxury feet-in-the-sand moments come with a capital L. Here, like the more northerly 24-beach Lizard Island, the Great Barrier Reef is your back garden; a world wonder to explore, whether it be snorkelling, sailing, diving or fishing.

But much of Australia’s captivating spirit is down to its wilderness: from the rainforests in the north with treetop accommodation that borders on the fairytale to the wild surfer beaches and unsung wineries of Western Australia’s Margaret River; from the veritable zoo that is Kangaroo Island to the tiny far-flung Lord Howe Island (described by Sir David Attenborough as ‘so extraordinary it is almost unbelievable’), there is a tangible rawness to much of Australia. Nowhere is this more evident than Tasmania, reputedly home to the cleanest air in the world. Anyone Tassie-bound should

164

Lizard Island Bedarra Island

Darwin

Broome

Ningaloo Reef

Daintree Rainforest Kakadu The Port Douglas Kimberley

Ayers Rock (Uluru) Alice Springs

Perth Margaret River

Orpheus Island Hayman Island Hamilton Island

Whitsunday Islands Noosa Byron Bay

Lord Howe Island

Flinders Ranges Blue Mountains Adelaide Sydney Kangaroo Melbourne Island Tasmania

trek the stunning Freycinet National Park with its green peaks, pink granite rocks and heavily wooded interiors that tumble down to the instantly recognisable Wineglass Bay. Alternatively, be guided through the Bay of Fires, a remote landscape of blinding-white beaches, turquoise waters and orange-hued rocks.

Spot a wallaby, go in search of the elusive platypus, learn to build a campfire, picnic under the stars and enjoy rural eco-luxury at its best.

The key to travelling Australia is to respect its vast size and not try to ‘do it all’. A lot depends on the season, but pick and choose a handful of destinations, be open to domestic flights and differing combinations.

Australia is such a diverse country: from its vibrant cities and fantastic food scene to its iridescent beaches, tropical rainforests, remote islands and the mesmerising outback (much more accessible than people imagine), it is a destination to discover, to taste and to savour. Wherever you go, embrace the laidback lifestyle, enjoy barbies on the beach, beer in a boat and let the carefree spirit of Australia do the rest.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel The south (Melbourne, Sydney, Perth) is warmest between October and April whilst the north (Broome, Port Douglas, Whitsundays) is at its best from May to October Travel Time Approximately 21 hours (to Sydney) Time Difference GMT +7 to +11 hours, three time zones

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

165

–––––––– Australia

––––––––

Lizard Island G

etting to Lizard Island does require a little effort. However in doing so you get a full frontal view of the only place on earth where two world-heritage listed places – the Daintree Rainforest and Great Barrier Reef – collide. A four seater plane will whisk you up and away on an hour long flight from Cairns to the far northern reaches of the Great Barrier Reef and beautiful, wild Lizard Island. Captain Cook’s postcard probably looked exactly the same when he set foot ashore here back in 1770!

If you crave manicured lawns and golf courses, you won’t find them here.

A rugged, mountainous interior festooned with flora and fauna greets you, and the island is encircled by 24 white sand beaches and topaz blue waters. It may be clichéd but Lizard is the kind of place where you really will find that the only footprints left in the sand are yours! Here the Great Barrier Reef is your playground, filled with a

166

bounty of marine adventures right on your doorstep. Imagine floating off the beach clad in mask, snorkel and flippers into a garden of giant clams. Days pass lazily and you can do as much or as little as you like. Depending on your level of adventure and inclination there is much to keep you entertained.

Lizard Island rocks a cool, barefoot vibe with polished wooden floors, whitewashed walls and wide airy verandas. Simple and stylish are the code words when it comes to accommodation choices. Garden Rooms and Suites are set back from the shore, whilst Sunset Point Villas, some with plunge pools, are high on a ridge, offering seclusion and filtered ocean views, which can be enjoyed from your artfully hung hammock. Anchor Bay Suites are right on the beach, but for sheer indulgence pick The Pavilion, perched like an eagle’s eyrie with spectacular views, separate lounge,

a private garden and your own plunge pool. Think Robinson Crusoe with a touch of style, even the lizards are all inclusive!

Romantic Moments ♥ Cast off for a secluded beach in your motorised dinghy, just you and your loved one, plus a hamper full of gourmet goodies

♥ Indulge in a touch of nirvana with a couples massage in the Spa

Beyond the Beach Consider combining your Lizard Island encounter with a taste of the outback at Crystalbrook Lodge, a vast station just 40 minutes flight from Cairns, or perhaps a sojourn in the magnificent Daintree Rainforest staying at Silky Oaks.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Australia

––––––––

One&Only Hayman L

ooking glorious and glamorous after a six month makeover, the One&Only Hayman Resort is once again a stylish, luxurious escape in the beautiful Whitsundays and this grand old dame of Australia is back up there with the very best.

Forget taxis and limousines... accessing this island is all about arriving in style! From Hamilton Island step aboard a sleek motor cruiser for the one hour launch to Hayman Island; sit back, relax with champagne and canapés as the magnificent Whitsunday panorama passes you by, or take to the skies for an exhilarating 15 minute seaplane flight.

Expect exceptional style, ambience and a real sense of place. Nestled on the southern-most shores of Hayman Island, the resort sits on a crescent of white sand, licked by the gentle waters of the Pacific Ocean. If beach life is not your

thing, don’t worry, Hayman Island boasts one of the largest swimming pools in the Southern Hemisphere – equivalent to seven Olympic size pools!

When it comes to accommodation, Hayman Island’s rooms and suites are contemporary in style with three distinct areas. The Hayman Wing is on the eastern side of the resort with spacious rooms and suites offering views over the tranquil lily lagoon; these rooms are cool and chic and only moments from the beach. Suites in the Pool Wing surround Hayman’s iconic pool and feature direct, swim-out access or beautiful views of the Coral Sea, whilst the Beach Wing offers pool villas set directly on the beach with private swimming pools and your own beach host!

Hayman Island is the kind of place where out of the ordinary is the norm.

Challenge yourself with something new perhaps, photography lessons or learn

to dive. Have adventures out on the Great Barrier Reef – snorkelling, diving or fishing, or why not indulge in a private sailing charter or pull on your walking shoes – there are some great hikes to enjoy around the island.

Romantic Moments ♥ Escape by seaplane to the silica white sands of Whitehaven Beach.

Swim, stroll and then relax with a bottle of bubbly

Beyond the Beach With flights into Hamilton Island from all major hubs, Hayman combines perfectly with a fabulous city stay in Sydney or Melbourne or why not add a stay in one of Australia’s luxury outback lodges (see page 176-177).

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

167

–––––––– Australia

––––––––

Qualia I

n Greek Qualia translates as collections of deeply sensory experiences which this stylish resort delivers in spades. Positioned on Hamilton Island but well away from the madding crowd, Qualia is the vision of legendary Australian Bob Oatley.

Passionate about Australia, his dream was to highlight the superb natural beauty and style of the country: the result transcends belief.

On arrival your private golf buggy will transport you from the ordinary to the extraordinary in the space of 10 minutes. As arrival entrances go Qualia is up there with the best and the views from the Long Pavilion are nothing short of spectacular, but then they should be since the resort is slap bang in the middle of the world’s largest marine park! Check-in is more of an informal poolside chat, the service warm and respectful and the staff exceptionally slick.

168

Qualia is a collection of freestanding pavilions perched in the rainforest on a hillside, displaying über-cool neutral tones with polished stone and timbers flowing throughout. Leeward Pavilions purposefully face southwest and the expansive private decks are perfectly positioned for the flaming, tropical sunsets. Windward Pavilions face north and come complete with private infinity plunge pools, framed by a back drop of Whitsunday Islands and the Coral Sea. For a romantic retreat pick the Beach House, a super-private pavilion with a 12 metre infinity edge pool and Coral Sea vistas. This is a uniquely Australian hideaway at its very best.

When it comes to dining Qualia offers the best of both – the classic option includes an indulgent breakfast, then leaves you free for the enviable choices of in-house dining or heading down to the harbour for a fun, buzzy dining scene. Choosing to go gourmet

includes exclusive dining at the Long Pavilion or Pebble Beach.

The Whitsunday Islands are quite simply stunning and whilst there are some secrets that you must uncover for yourself, we’re happy to share some of our Qualia favourites with you.

Top of our list is the private beach drop off where, armed with a gourmet picnic, you’ll be dropped off for a few hours of sheer heaven. We also love the luxury sunset champagne cruises and infinite options for exploring the Great Barrier Reef.

Beyond the Beach Combine the Whitsundays with a taste of South Australia in the beautiful Barossa, which also pairs perfectly with a wildlife encounter on Kangaroo Island.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Australia

Orpheus Island

A

relative unknown when it comes to island escapes, Orpheus is authentic, captivating and entirely without guile and location-wise it doesn’t get much better than this.

The island stretches across 11 kilometres of pristine coastline and is set in a World Heritage listed Marine Park, where you can explore the Great Barrier Reef straight from the beach.

Striking a balance between contemporary and minimalistic, the newly refurbished rooms and suites offer a laid-back vibe with neutral colour schemes and plenty of crisp, white linens, all enhanced by the tropical views from your private deck.

Choose from Beachfront Rooms, Beachfront Suites, which offer a separate sleeping and living area and the Beachfront Villas, which can sleep four in two bedrooms.

Alongside the usual suspects of snorkelling, diving and glass bottom boat expeditions, Orpheus has motorised dinghies so you can become your own skipper for the day, operates tours of the Orpheus Island Research Station and also offers excursions by helicopter or sea to Australia’s largest national park – Hinchinbrook Island.

For the romantics out there, the private ‘Dining with the Tides’ experience is truly memorable. A private table on the pier just for two as the sun sets.

––––––––

Bedarra Island

A

t first glimpse you would be forgiven for thinking you have arrived in Seychelles, for the pristine white coves, studded with immense granite rocks are certainly more indicative of the Indian Ocean, but we can assure you this is most definitely Australia.

Bedarra is a little known private island where you really can escape the outside world. There are just 8 private villas, tucked into 45 hectares of spectacular rainforest and with no more than 16 guests at any one time; this really is a place of solitude, exclusivity and immense natural beauty. All of the villas have private furnished balconies with beautiful views, and cross flow ventilation, iPod docking stations and gargantuan king size beds! For a real treat pick one of the Pavilions or The Beach House with deep soaking bathtubs and private plunge pools.

A stay here is all-inclusive and you can enjoy a myriad of water based activities, indulge in fabulous food and feel like the only people in the world with private beach picnics.

The true luxury comes from the breathtaking location right on the edge of the Great Barrier Reef. Bedarra is a hidden wonder and the perfect retreat after experiencing one of Australia’s wilderness lodges, see page 176-177 for our recommendations.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

169

–––––––– Australia

Southern Ocean Lodge

T

Kangaroo Island

he brainchild of über-talented Aussie duo Hayley and James Baillie, Southern Ocean Lodge commands your attention. Contemporary design, dramatic architecture and vast swathes of glass and local timber harness powerful panoramas of the mighty Southern Ocean. Expect spine tingling views, glass-walled bathrooms, generous bathtubs – perfect for two and super-comfy beds, from the 21 suites.

Romantics should book the Osprey Pavilion, with private outdoor plunge pool, 180 degree views and a unique circular stone-carved bath for a sheer indulgence. Exceptional local produce takes centre stage and the open wine cellar allows you to indulge in some of South Australia’s finest vintages.

The aptly named Great Room is the heart of the lodge and as you stand here, with a snifter of the lodge’s own gin – baillies 9 in hand, remember, next stop on the horizon is Antarctica!

Kangaroo Island is Australia’s Galapagos and a well-designed itinerary of guided adventures is included daily. Get up close and personal with the sea lions at Seal Bay, sip a glass of chilled bubbles in a paddock of kangaroos and explore the sheer magnitude and beauty of the Flinders Chase National Park.

170

––––––––

Capella Lodge

M

Lord Howe Island

ost people have never heard of Lord Howe Island, even fewer have been, but this tiny dot in the ocean, just a two hour flight from Sydney, is a UNESCO World Heritage site that will bring out the ‘David Attenborough’ in you.

Capella’s style is handpicked for easy-living with an effortless barefoot, beach house luxe. White-washed walls, timber floors, private terraces with soft day-beds and muted marine shades adorn the 9 suites. For a touch of romance, pick the Lidgbird Pavilion for sheer indulgence. It comes complete with plunge pool and an outdoor bath.

Exploring Lord Howe is simple – you walk or cycle and days will pass in a kaleidoscope of colour. From the gleaming white beaches and sharp turquoise lagoon, the iridescent marine life beneath the waves, to the many green hues of the rainforest.

Those seeking activity should tackle the one day Mt Gower climb, one of Australia’s finest walks while those with a gentler disposition head to Ned’s Beach to hand feed the King Fish. There are hiking trails to suit all abilities, as well as cycling, beach canoes, snorkelling and glass bottom boat tours. For the romantic out there, enjoy a private picnic on the pure white sands of aptly named Lovers Bay.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Australia

Saffire Freycinet

F

Tasmania

rom the air it resembles a manta ray, a long thin curve of a tail, evolving into vast wings that stretch along a pristine swathe of coastline. The design is pure, fresh, modern and uncontrived, with colours that reflect the pink granite, grey-green bush and sapphire waters all connecting you to your surrounding environment.

Interior design is about comfort and texture and the suites are elegant and warm with hypnotic views. All suites are impeccable, but the Signature Suites take further advantage of the view with a vast soaking bathtub beneath panoramic windows, whilst the Private Pavilions have acres of space plus a hidden courtyard complete with plunge pool.

Dining at Palate is a revelation – wine from the vineyard over the hill and seafood pulled from the bay that afternoon.

Must do experiences include the iconic Wineglass Bay Lookout Walk or a visit to an oyster farm – don a pair of waders and pluck fresh oysters straight from the seabed. After all that activity unwind at the divine Spa Saffire.

A stay at Saffire combines perfectly with the renowned 4 day Bay of Fires Walk. Experience some of Tasmania’s most magnificent wilderness coastline, staying in superb accommodation.

––––––––

Pretty Beach House

A

Sydney’s Northern Beaches

world away from the glitz and glamour of Sydney’s opulent, harbour-side hotels, Pretty Beach House is the perfect introduction to Australia. Hidden away on the magnificent Bouddi Peninsula, this marvellous creation comprises of just 3 private suites, each with heated plunge pools, sumptuous velvets, deep plump sofas, rustic wooden timbers and floor to ceiling windows, allowing the bright Australian sunshine to flood in, creating a space which is a true slice of heaven. Surrounded by a forest of angophora eucalypts with views out over the sparkling Brisbane Waters, this is a place where every whim is catered for.

Dining is at a time and place to suit you – the beautiful weathered veranda is a popular spot but a romantic candle-lit dinner for two alongside your pool is an equally appealing prospect. The food and wine here is the brainchild of Stefano Manfredi, one of Australia’s most celebrated chefs and his ‘all day’ dining style creates a relaxed and indulgent atmosphere.

Spend a few days here on arrival in Australia and any fleeting remnants of jetlag will be vanquished. For the ultimate sense of arrival we suggest taking a 40 minute scenic seaplane flight from Sydney, with spectacular views of the magnificent harbour and the rugged coastline of Sydney’s northern beaches.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

171

–––––––– Australia

Cable Beach Club

B

Broome

roome is an old pearling town, set beside the cobalt blue of the Indian Ocean and has a rich and colourful history. So too does Cable Beach Club, which owes its presence to the English politician Lord Alistair McAlpine, who fell in love with this remote Kimberley coastline. After buying the land with a contract that was signed on the back of a beer coaster in an old Australian pub, he turned his dreams into reality.

Set on the white sands of Cable Beach, which actually gets its name from the undersea telegraph cable, laid in 1889 connecting Broome to Singapore and thus England, the Cable Beach Club is a charming reflection of this characterful region. Choose from Studios, Bungalows, Villas and Suites all set in beautiful, tropical gardens and enjoy dining which is an exotic blend of east meets west, after all you are closer here to Asia than to Sydney! There are six fabulous eateries to choose from including the Sunset Bar & Grill – the Indian Ocean sunsets are legendary. Spend lazy days by the pool or exploring the intriguing coastline, whatever you chose the Cable Beach Club is the perfect beach retreat for any Kimberley adventure.

172

––––––––

Injidup Spa Retreat

D

Margaret River

own in the beautiful south western corner of Western Australia we have found a delightful escape. On a secluded beach at Injidup Bay, surrounded by national park, sits the Injidup Spa Retreat, a bolthole offering ten immaculately designed villas surrounded by wind-blown Melaleuca trees, creating Mother Nature’s take on sculpture.

Expect a seriously stylish décor with polished concrete, expansive decks with magical seaview panoramas and plunge pools.

The spa is sublime and from your initial consultation, which creates a personal treatment programme just for you, this is an enriching and renewing experience.

Whilst there is no restaurant on site, private chefs are available and you are also within tasting distance of one of Australia’s premier wine regions, the Margaret River. This area simply over flows with the finest vineyards, superb restaurants and cafes and truly exceptional produce; from olive oil and cheese to chocolate and yummy bakeries, there is everything you need and more. What could be better than heading out to explore and indulging in a fabulous winery lunch, then picking up a few delectable treats to enjoy in the privacy of your villa as the sun sets.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Australia

Netanya

N

Noosa

oosa is one of Australia’s finest beachside destinations and is much-loved by visitors and locals alike. The glorious white beaches are pristine and there is a charming village-like atmosphere which is friendly and relaxing. The modern and stylish apartments at Netanya offer what we believe is one of the best locations in Noosa at the ‘Paris’ end of Hastings Street. They are directly on the beach with unsurpassed ocean views and just steps from everything that Hastings Street has to offer.

Choose between One Bedroom, Two Bedroom and Penthouse Suites. All are beautifully appointed with full kitchen and laundry facilities and furnished balconies or terraces with beach views. The Penthouse Suites include a private rooftop spa bath and barbeque.

Location-wise it simply doesn’t get much better than this.

There is an exceptional choice of award-wining restaurants, cool, buzzy cafes, art galleries and fabulous boutiques just a few moments’ walk away. Noosa is a mecca for surfers and a great place to learn, with a private lesson – you’ll be a surf pro before you know it!

––––––––

The Byron at Byron

B

Byron Bay

yron Bay is one of those places always referred to with a hint of nostalgia and the hazy, good-time memories of backpacker days. The essence of Byron Bay has not changed and it remains a vibrant, colourful township encircled by incredible surf beaches and an enchanting hinterland. It has however undergone something of a metamorphosis in the last few years and is now home to one of Australia’s most delightful, contemporary retreats.

Suites are stylish and spacious with cool clean lines, every creature comfort and a free standing bathtub big enough for two. Clever covered balconies complete with day beds bring the hypnotic sounds of the rainforest in.

This is a very special place, due in no short measure to the guiding hands of managers Lyn and John, ask Lyn to show you her favourite place – Boli Point, a magical space for calm and contemplation. There are many enchanting moments to be had here but heading down to Tallow Beach armed with a bottle of wine to watch the sunset with the sand between your toes is a must.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

173

–––––––– Australia

Beach Houses

C

North Queensland

an you imagine anything more perfect than the privacy and seclusion of your own exclusive holiday home in the beautiful, warm tropics of Far North Queensland?

This is quintessential Aussie living in superb style. Think spacious, stylish houses, many with private swimming pools, and all boasting every creature comfort. Some are sleek and modern, others characterful and traditional Queenslander houses, beautifully refurbished. For beach lovers there are properties slap bang on the sand; The Beach House on Newell Beach is a particular favourite of ours with three bedrooms, two bathrooms, a wet-edge salt water swimming pool and an absolute beach front location, it’s simply glorious and not hard to see the appeal. For something more secluded there are gorgeous rainforest retreats immersing you in the sights and sounds of nature – just breathtaking! Or perhaps you want a romantic hideaway just for two, maybe a beautiful Queenslander style timber-framed retreat, complete with pool – perfect for honeymooners or just the romantics amongst you.

This can be a fully personalised experience complete with airport transfers and a private chef where you never have to lift a finger. Equally if you prefer you can be left completely to your own devices.

174

––––––––

Peninsula Boutique Hotel

T

Port Douglas

his lovely property has one of the best locations in Port Douglas, it’s right on the beach and there is no traffic noise to mar the tranquil sounds of the sea. This is not a big, brash all singing, all dancing resort, rather a thoughtful adult’s only hideaway, perfectly suited for those looking for a relaxing stay in North Queensland.

The 34 comfortable suites, many with beach and ocean views, have a private balcony or terrace and a generous open plan living area. The large ensuite bathrooms have walk in showers and bath tubs big enough for two!

Sheryn and Phil are the friendly owners, they have a refreshing hands-on approach, nothing is too much trouble and they will happily share their knowledge of the region with you. They also have all the insider info on the best places for coffee and where to head for really exceptional food!

The Peninsula has a beautiful, meandering pool, its own lovely beachside restaurant and bar and the friendly village of Port Douglas just a gentle stroll away. For the best of both worlds, why not combine a stay here with Silky Oaks at Mossman Gorge for the perfect beach and rainforest escape?

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Australia

––––––––

Classic Australia O

ur featured itinerary for Australia is one of the classics, it’s tried and tested and showcases the very best highlights of this diverse country.

Days 1-4 ● Sydney There is so much to see and do in Sydney 4 day mays not be long enough, but it’s a good start. Highlights include the Sydney to Manly ferry, a drink at the Opera House bar as the sun sets and taking to the skies for a bird’s eye view of this spectacular harbour. Your hotel is the fabulous Park Hyatt Sydney, located bang on the foreshore of Sydney Harbour, perched under the Sydney Harbour Bridge and across the water from the Opera House. Sydney’s many harbourside bars and restaurants are just a stone’s throw away, as is the heart of the historic Rocks district.

Days 5-7 ● Uluru Steeped in history and culture, Uluru is the spiritual heart of Australia and Longitude 131 is a unique place to spend a few nights. Now under the guidance of renowned hoteliers James and Hayley Baillie, this tented outpost which stands at the gateway to Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park is the ultimate in luxury. Fifteen tents perched atop the ochre red dunes give rise to a view which is unmatchable – and this is the only place where, should you desire to, you can watch the sun rising over this immovable monolith from the comfort of your bed!

Days 8-10 ● Daintree Rainforest Tucked along the shores of Mossman Gorge, on the edge of the World Heritage listed Daintree National Park, Silky Oakes is a rainforest retreat totally at one with her surroundings.

Beautiful rooms featuring local timbers and clad in pristine linens are a comfortable place to lay your head after an epic day’s river snorkelling, bird watching and relaxing in the superb spa. If you can tear yourself away, journey into the rainforest and up to Cape Tribulation where the jungle meets the ocean, or take the complimentary shuttle into nearby Port Douglas.

Days 11-16 ● Great Barrier Reef The Great Barrier Reef is last, but certainly not least, on your classic journey through Australia. Floating in the far northern reaches Lizard Island is a veritable playground for water babies with endless beaches to comb, coral gardens to snorkel over straight from the beach and dive sites straight from Atlantis.

Take your own motorised dinghy and gourmet picnic, laden with treats, and find yourself a private enclave just for two.

Rooms have a lovely, simple beach vibe with calming colours and polished timbers – beautiful, barefoot luxury at its best.

–––––––– Australia

––––––––

Beyond the Beach T

Australia’s Outback

he Outback remains one of Australia’s most intriguing and mystical landscapes. Some consider it a journey too far, but the Outback is far more accessible than you might imagine.

Where once it was regarded as hostile and unforgiving, today a visit to the outback brings an opportunity to witness a true taste of Australia’s pioneering spirit – and what’s more, you can now do it with a new sense of contemporary style.

The Red Centre – Longitude 131° Take Uluru (more familiarly known as Ayers Rock) – eco-chic glamping has even reached this hugely spiritual icon which is an almost obligatory pilgrimage for many first time visitors to Australia! Uluru is now home to Longitude 131°, a luxury camp inspired by the early pioneers where sumptuous beds boast a pillow-top view of the rock, touring is guided by the local Aboriginal people and sundowners take on a new meaning as you watch the flaming desert sun sink behind the walls of Uluru from your private viewing spot with a glass of bubbly.

Kimberley – El Questro, Berkeley River & True North In the Kimberley, regarded by many as Australia’s last true frontier, you can explore the million-plus acres of El Questro Wilderness Park from the über-stylish confines of El Questro Homestead, where just nine rooms create an authentic reminder of station life. Swim in cool billabongs, muster cattle and fish for barramundi before soaking in a bathtub that sits resplendent on a verandah cantilevered out over the gorge of the Chamberlain River. Another favourite is Berkeley River Lodge, isolated in splendour on the remote north Kimberley coast and only accessible via a soaring one hour floatplane flight over this epic landscape. Or for a different viewpoint of this remarkable coastline, step aboard True North, an impressive expedition ship which caters for just 36 passengers and takes you to outposts that other cruise ships simply cannot reach.

Flinders Ranges – Arkaba & Angorichina Stations Not to be outdone, South Australia dishes up its own fair share of magnificent outback with the impressive Flinders Ranges – heaven-sent for hikers, nature-lovers and those seeking luxurious solitude. At Arkaba Station, sample outback stationlife in style with a chance to ‘semi-rough-it’ on the Arkaba Walk – an overland walking safari where you can sleep under the canopy of stars in a deluxe swag! Angorichina Station or ‘Ango’ as it’s more commonly known is owned by the Fargher family who have worked the land here for four generations.

Di and Ian Fargher are genuine welcoming outback hosts who offer one of the most enriching outback station experiences in Australia – you will become friends for life!

176

–––––––– Australia

––––––––

Beyond the Beach I

Australia’s Rainforest and Wilderness

n stark contrast to the endless tracks of ochre sand and emptiness of the never-never, Australia’s verdant rainforest and vast wilderness provide another hue on the colour-wheel.

Teeming with innumerable shades of green, Australia’s ancient rainforests shelter a myriad of breathtaking flora and fauna.

Head for the wilderness and you will find the silver-green menthol of the eucalypts, lazy koalas snoozing amongst the branches and craggy escarpments soaring above grassy paddocks where kangaroos and wallabies graze.

Blue Mountains – Wolgan Valley Resort For the best of both worlds, head to the much-lauded Wolgan Valley Resort and Spa, just a few hours from Sydney in the beautiful Blue Mountains. This eco-sensitive 40 suite retreat embraces its magnificent setting, surrounded by dramatic escarpments, native wildlife and the sheer natural beauty of this well known National Park – a place so outstanding, that even Charles Darwin was impressed when he visited... back in 1832! Today, although the original homestead still remains, your lodgings are a little more comfortable with private lap pools, cashmere throws and double bathtubs made for two!

Top End – Bamurru Plains Up in the tropical Top End of the Northern Territory, Bamurru Plains offers a taste of safari glamour Australian-style! One of Australia’s most unique bush camps, Bamurru is located to the west of Kakadu National Park on the Mary River floodplains – a wetland paradise teeming with a profusion of bird and wildlife. Your refuge here is one of nine stilted safari-style suites which offer a birds-eye view on this unique landscape.

Daintree Rainforest – Silky Oaks Lodge For those in search of Australia’s iconic ancient rainforests, there can be none better than the UNESCO World Heritage Listed Daintree National Park where the delightful Silky Oaks Lodge and Spa offers a mix of river and treehouses which provide maximum exposure to the tree canopy. When not indulging in the award-winning Spa, activities include river snorkelling, Aboriginal arts and rainforest treks.

North Queensland – Crystalbrook Lodge A relative newcomer to the luxury outback scene, the now acclaimed Crystalbrook Lodge is an elegant wilderness, river and outback retreat just a 40 minute flight from Cairns. The lodge sits on the shores of Crystalbrook Lake, which plays host to a staggering array of bird and wildlife. With just five suites, this is a place to experience the true stillness of Australia’s magical outback in unprecedented style!

New Zealand P

icture a land with every imaginable landscape packed into one small island nation, and New Zealand wins gold. From the tip of the North Island to the bluff of the South, New Zealand has something for everyone (whatever the season). The active traveller can ski mountains in winter, walk them in summer; swim with dolphins or climb a glacier; surf the waves or try fly-fishing; go mountain biking or river-boarding.

You name it, New Zealand does it. For foodies, farmers’ markets groan under the weight of local produce – asparagas, kumara, cheese, lamb and venison; boutique wineries produce award-winning Sauvignon Blanc and Pinot Noir (think Cloudy Bay and Villa Maria); the cities are awash with Michelin-worthy restaurants while coastal beach shacks dish out melt-in-the-mouth seafood. For the hotel guru, there’s a mixture of blow-the-budget retreats, rural hideaways and beach houses – all with that laidback trademark Kiwi stamp. There is of course many an uber-lodge and we’d recommend combining ultimate luxury with understated Kiwi character.

First stop is usually Auckland, once a nondescript gateway to the North Island, it’s now a city buzzing with hip bars, trendy restaurants, yachts, beaches and relaxed surf-loving dwellers. Dive headfirst into the easygoing Kiwi lifestyle with a couple of nights in this ‘City of Sails’, then hop on a ferry to nearby quirky, cool Waiheke Island with its resident artists, secret coves, boutique wineries and chic retreats. In the far north, stunning Bay of Islands is a definite must-visit during the summer months or head to the Coromandel Peninsula for sublime beach action. In the country’s geothermal heartland, the geysers around sulphur-rich Rotorua are captivating whilst the surf-washed beaches of Gisborne and the east coast lead to oenophile heaven, Hawke’s Bay. Farmers’ markets, wineries and cellar doors, fish and chips on the beach: living like a local becomes second nature in this diverse region.

178

Cape Reinga Bay of Islands Auckland

Coromandel Peninsula

Rotorua Taupo

Hawke’s Bay

Picton Wellington Nelson Punakaiki Kaikoura Franz Josef Christchurch Glacier Mount Cook Milford Wanaka Sound Queenstown Doubtful Sound Stewart Island

Refuel in the capital, Wellington, a bite-size harbour city brimming with cafés and culture; the perfect stop en route to the majestic South Island. And here lies our heart: a land where Mother Nature must have taken up citizenship. Its variety is breathtaking…from Abel Tasman’s golden beaches and emerald-green waters, Kaikoura’s stunning marine life and the plunging fjords of Doubtful and Milford Sound to the island’s backbone of alpine peaks, the vast cobalt lakes and undulating wineries. The South Island compels you to succumb to the contagious Kiwi lust for life and you’ll find yourself jumping out of a plane or jet boating at breakneck speed in the striking adrenalin-capital, Queenstown.

For a country not much larger than the UK, the opportunities are endless, but whatever you choose to do, don’t do too much. Stop and savour this very special place on earth because, despite being on the other side of the world, the Kiwi bug will almost certainly see you return.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel NZ is an all year round destination.

Best time to visit is during summer (December to February) but winter is great too (June to August).

Travel Time Approximately 26 hours via Los Angeles Time Difference GMT +12 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

179

–––––––– North Island

The Landing Residences

T

Bay of Islands

he enchanting Bay of Islands…one of our favourite spots in New Zealand. Imagine picture-perfect beaches, aquamarine waters studded with emerald green islands and a rich, cultural history…this really is nature’s playground.

The Landing is both a conservation and heritage property and this small group of meticulously appointed retreats offers a very different take on the usual hotel experience. There are three to choose from but our beachfront favourite is the Boathouse – a dramatically striking structure that stands right on the water’s edge. Taking inspiration from an old colonial woolshed that once stood here you can expect a space that flows effortlessly from indoors to out. Weathered wooden timbers, polished stone and serene views create a stylish and contemporary place to stay. There are two bedrooms, a covered courtyard, indoor and outdoor fireplaces and plenty of outside space for true Kiwi living.

Meals here are created around you, there are no set menus or dining times, every meal is designed around your needs by your personal chef and you will be hosted with the utmost flexibility and a service level which is personal and intuitive.

Experiences include guided tours of The Landing estate, kayaking, bird watching, cycling and fishing – and the wonderful world of the Bay of Islands is on your doorstep.

180

––––––––

Eagles Nest

I

Bay of Islands

t’s been said that Eagles Nest redefines the concept of luxury accommodation in New Zealand but, for us, it’s the eclectic style, breathtaking views, natural surroundings and superlative attention to detail that make it so special.

Lying along a ridgeline with expansive views out over the Bay of Islands, this luxury retreat offers world-class villa accommodation. The Eyrie and Eagle Spirit have three spacious bedrooms, state of the art design and beautiful pieces of original art work. Expansive decks and gorgeous private infinity edge pools take full advantage of the incredible views over the bay and it’s not uncommon to see dolphins frolicking in the waters below. First Light Temple is the ultimate love-nest just for two with floor to ceiling windows, an outdoor shower and glorious views. Sacred Space is just that – casually elegant with four bedrooms and breathtaking panoramas from the infinity edge pool. For the ultimate hideaway, opt for Rahimoana – a sleek, contemporary four bedroom villa with sliding glass walls and almost 360 degree panoramas. You even have the use of your own Porsche Cayenne!

Gourmet breakfast provisions are included and a full chef and concierge service is also available along with the services of a personal trainer and spa therapist.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– North Island

Cloud 9

T

Bay of Islands

hink of this as your very own private retreat. Located on a hillside above the historic town of Russell, this self-contained villa allows you to thoroughly embrace Kiwi life. By day, explore the myriad delights of the Bay of Islands then return to your stylish beach house, open a bottle of New Zealand wine, cook up a feast on the BBQ and soak up the far-reaching views.

Facing north for all day sunshine, this is a house filled with light.

Privacy prevails in each of the four bedrooms, three bathrooms, large open-plan gourmet kitchen with a dining/living space and spacious deck with a pool and hot tub. Indoors and out become one, and every inch takes full advantage of the unobstructed views. Hear the waves below and listen out for kiwis foraging in the bush.

If you’d rather sit back and enjoy the vistas and let someone else cook, a personal chef can be arranged.

––––––––

The Beach House

H

Kawau Island

op on a seaplane from downtown Auckland, fly north to the beautiful shores of Vivian Bay, kick off your shoes and feel the sand between your toes. Alternatively, a one hour drive from Auckland to Sandspit, followed by a 20 minute ferry ride delivers you to this unique hideaway.

With just 11 rooms, The Beach House is exceptionally peaceful and private.

Beachfront Rooms enjoy a prime location with private decks elevated over the sand, just steps from the water.

Courtyard Rooms are charming and intimate, each with its own deck overlooking the pretty courtyard.

Dine on gourmet cuisine overlooking the sparkling bay and listen as the air is filled with the sound of native birdsong. Go kayaking and snorkelling, catch a snapper or enjoy a bush walk.

As night falls, the stars above are truly hypnotic.

The Boatshed

W

Waiheke Island

aiheke Island, a bite-size jewel in the yacht-laden, sparkling waters of the Hauraki Gulf, sits just a 40-minute ferry ride from Auckland. Blessed with white sand beaches, olive groves and a unique micro-climate which has given rise to an explosion of exceptional wineries, Waiheke Island is the antidote to city living.

Nestled above the sun-kissed beaches of Oneroa, The Boatshed has just 5 suites and 2 bungalows offering an eclectic mix of style and space. The 3 Boatshed suites have a nostalgic beach hut feel – or ‘bach’ as Kiwis call them – with open fires, white-washed wood and private decks…forget the windblown beach huts of your childhood! The Lighthouse suite and Bridge suite are unique havens of romance, whilst the two bungalows provide space and privacy for perfect beachside living. Dine al fresco on homegrown gourmet food – served with exquisite local wine.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

181

–––––––– North Island

970 Lonely Bay

I

Coromandel Peninsula

f you want to holiday like the locals then you have to head for the Coromandel Peninsula, one of the most unspoilt places in New Zealand. The jagged peninsula of the Coromandel is a place treasured as a local haunt and really has more than its fair share of pristine beaches, solitude and magnificent coastal scenery. This is a place where the pace of life slows and the sun shines on a region of sublime natural beauty.

Spend your days hiking through ancient rainforests and exploring long-forgotten gold rush towns – or head to Hot Water Beach, spade in hand, and dig a hole in the sand then wait for the warm waters to bubble through... a homemade spa bath takes some beating!

This boutique lodge offers four light-filled suites with cloudsoft beds and gorgeous views of the Purangi Estuary, Cooks Beach and native bushland. Soak up the endless vistas from your private terrace, curl up in the snug or relax in the pretty garden. The white sands of Cooks Beach are just a few minutes stroll away and the Whitianga Ferry Landing is a short drive; from here you can jump on the ferry for the two minute ride to the shops and restaurants of pretty Whitianga.

This is the perfect hideaway from which to explore the Coromandel Peninsula’s natural beauty.

182

––––––––

The Farm at Cape Kidnappers

H

Hawke’s Bay

awke’s Bay is quite simply an incredible area to explore… although you may well find that your waistline has expanded slightly when you leave! For lovers of viticulture, this region more than delivers – here, you will find some of the finest vineyards in New Zealand, if not the world!

Whether you are a bona fide gourmand or just love good food, a visit to Hawke’s Bay will linger long in the memory… and the taste buds.

As the name suggests, The Farm at Cape Kidnappers started life as just that, and both the design and build of this luxury lodge reflect its farming history. Set in 6,000 wild and rugged acres, this cliff-side retreat has evolved into one of New Zealand’s most acclaimed lodges. Roaring open fires, river stone and weathered wood blend with contemporary art and furnishings to create a stunning retreat.

The 22 beautifully stylish suites come with sensational ocean views from your private balcony. All have state of the art entertainment systems, vast bath tubs and complimentary mini-bars overflowing with local goodies. For something extra special, the Owners Cottage can be enjoyed as a two or four bedroom retreat with fabulous stone fireplaces, gourmet kitchen, expansive living space and outdoor spa bath.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– South Island

Clifftops Retreat

S

Nelson

itting high above the sparkling waters of the Tasman Sea, Clifftops Retreat is a stylish hideaway right on a cliff edge above Ruby Bay, with sensational views across to Nelson.

Although officially classed as a ‘cottage’, discard any ideas you may have of quaint stone buildings and thatched roofs. Designed as a retreat for two, this is an architecturally designed jewel with a fully stocked gourmet kitchen, swathes of highly polished timbers, plump sofas and a stylish, contemporary feel throughout.

Explore the many delights of neighbouring Nelson with its awardwinning restaurants, or head to one of three nearby National Parks, then return to your ‘cottage on the cliff’... perhaps pour a glass of fine New Zealand wine and relax in the cliffhugging spa bath under the brilliant stars of a southern sky.

––––––––

Bay of Many Coves Marlborough Sounds

Hapuku Lodge Kaikoura

H

F

This serene and tranquil retreat feels a world away from the every day.

Luxury apartments with one, two or three bedrooms are tucked into the hillside, all beautifully appointed with full kitchen facilities and private balconies offering tantalising views across the mesmerising Sounds – look out for dolphins playing in the water!

Bringing the outside in, Hapuku Lodge Suites are housed in the main building with splendid views of the Kaikoura mountain range. The Olive House Suite is a spacious apartment with a 360° panorama of the surrounding landscape. But our favourite has to be the Treehouses... these unique hideaways are perched high in the canopy of a native Manuka grove with truly spectacular views, wood burning fires, spa baths and a rain shower which opens onto the tree-top deck.

Dining is a highlight here, with a strong emphasis on local ingredients from the land and the ocean.

idden away in the watery labyrinth of the Marlborough Sounds and only accessible by boat, getting here is part of the fun! Extend the regular 30 minute water taxi ride by opting for a half day gourmet cruise or an enchanting dolphin-watching cruise.

Dining at the Foredeck Restaurant is a romantic experience with wonderful water views and sublime cuisine, whilst Bight Café – a popular hang-out for local boaties – sits over the water right on the jetty.

lanked by the dramatic Kaikoura mountain range and the Pacific Ocean, Hapuku Lodge & Treehouses – just a short drive from the town of Kaikoura – is the dream child of a talented family of architects and builders.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

183

–––––––– South Island

Matakauri Lodge

J

Queenstown

ust a seven minute drive from the heart of Queenstown, hidden into a gentle curve on Lake Wakatipu, Matakauri Lodge is, quite simply, stunning. This is the antidote to Queenstown’s vigour, with jaw-dropping lake and mountain views, sumptuous interiors, heavenly cuisine and attentive yet discreet service. From every aspect there are cinema-scope views which encompass almost every angle of the Remarkable mountain range, and the exceptionally stylish design comes courtesy of highly respected interior designer, Virginia Fisher.

Expect a fresh palate of colours, modern fireplaces, soft linens, generous bathrooms and oversized bathtubs in the spacious suites – all with floor to ceiling windows to maximise the addictive views.

For unparalleled luxury, the Owner’s Cottage is a four-bedroom masterpiece – think palatial retreat, not cutesy chocolate box cottage. A beautifully appointed living room and large balcony with spa pool complete this exclusive hideaway… all with those dazzling, uninterrupted views!

As a Relais & Châteaux member, the dining here is as memorable as the setting; fresh, local and seasonal are the buzz words on an exciting menu, flanked by an impressive wine list.

184

––––––––

Eichardt’s

O

Queenstown

ne of Queenstown’s most impressive historic buildings, and blessed with a prime lakefront location, Eichardt’s takes centre stage in a town known for its glorious backdrop.

Across the calm, chill waters of majestic Lake Wakatipu, the soaring, rugged peaks of the Remarkables mountain range never fail to impress.

Eichardt’s is legendary, and with just five Suites in the main building, this is akin to staying in a beautiful country retreat.

Supple leather sofas, soft cashmere throws and plump velvet cushions (from renowned New Zealand interior designer Virginia Fisher) create a refined air of opulence and luxury.

The dreamy suites are spacious havens adorned with every creature comfort, and each comes with a fireplace and dressing room. For sensational views, we love the Lake View Suites. For more space and a little independence, Eichardt’s also offers Lakefront Apartments – just steps away from the hotel and right on the shoreline – and the gloriously indulgent three-bedroom Residence.

Sister property, The Spire, is tucked away along a small street in Queenstown’s heart. The ten rooms offer cutting edge contemporary style twinned with excellent service and absolute indulgence. The Spire is home to a lively restaurant and bar – the best place in town for cocktails!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– South Island

––––––––

Riverrun

S

Wanaka

urrounded by some of the South Island’s most impressive scenery, the small town of Wanaka sits on the banks of beautiful Lake Wanaka, right on the doorstep of Mount Aspiring National Park. Soaring mountain peaks stretch down into the vivid blue glacial water of Lake Wanaka and nearby Lake Hawea... the colour of these lakes has to be seen to be believed! Wanaka is a year-round playground – take to the skies for a bird’s eye view, hop on a boat and cruise across the lake, go fishing or cycling, ski in winter, hike in summer – the opportunities here are endless.

Just a few minutes drive from the town, perched on an escarpment in the midst of 500 acres of riverside land and surrounded by impressive mountains, the views from Riverrun are simply breathtaking. Reclaimed timber and beams reflect the history of the region and give the lodge a real sense of warmth. The five guest rooms are stylish, private and charming with fabulous, far-reaching views. There are two guest lounges with roaring log fires and spacious terraces.

We particularly love the private outdoor cedar hot tub... there is simply no better spot for indulging in chilled bubbles and fabulous star gazing!

–––––––– New Zealand ––––––––

REST New Zealand Tours

N

Self-drives with a difference

ew Zealand is bursting with ‘must sees’ and whilst you’ll want to see as many as possible, we recommend opting for the ‘less is more’ approach. This is an ideal destination for those who prefer to self-drive…it’s a compact country (just slightly larger than the UK) and has an easy-to-navigate road network – and did we mention the breathtaking scenery at every turn? Plus, there are more sheep than cars or people and New Zealanders drive on the left too. As Kiwis say too easy!

Seeing the country’s highlights and getting off the beaten track go hand-in-hand on the self-drive tours created by REST New Zealand. With detailed maps and instructions, pre-booked accommodation (choose from luxury lodges, B&Bs or farm stays – or mix and match for variety) and a robust 4x4 vehicle, your journey takes you through National Parks to hidden lakes, crystal clear rivers, virgin rainforests and remote High Country. You can even hire bikes to take with you on your Kiwi off-road adventure!

The itineraries created are truly unique alternatives to the classic, well-trodden path and will leave you with fascinating stories to tell and memories to last a lifetime, so pack your sense of adventure and leave the tourist trail behind.

185

–––––––– New Zealand

––––––––

Playhouse on Wheels N

New Zealand by Campervan

ew Zealand’s stunning scenery is best appreciated from the open road and hiring a campervan for part of your holiday guarantees you a ring-side seat. Campervans not only provide more protection from the elements than camping under canvas – as well as comfy beds – you’ll also find everything you need from a gas stove and microwave to a DVD player and BBQ. The key to a relaxed and fun campervan holiday is to take it easy, so don’t try to see everything, just shift down a few gears and ease into Kiwi life! Here’s a suggested campervan itinerary around New Zealand’s South Island with the grand finale in vibrant Queenstown.

Days 1-2 ● Kaikoura Fly to Christchurch and familiarise yourself with your new home on wheels before travelling north to Kaikoura (allow three hours). It’s all about whale-watching and swimming with dolphins here!

Days 3-5 ● Abel Tasman National Park Continue 90 minutes north along the coast, stopping for lunch in a Marlborough vineyard around Blenheim – make sure you stock your fridge with local wine! Onwards to the stunning Abel Tasman National Park just beyond Nelson (allow three hours driving time). Sandy coves and crystal clear waters are perfect for swimming and kayaking, or take a guided walk deep into the park.

Days 6-8 ● West Coast Travel three hours south to Punakaiki on the dramatic West Coast, and watch open-mouthed as the powerful Tasman Sea forces its way into blowholes to create an impressive skyward blast! Three hours further south, Franz Josef and Fox Glaciers burst through the rainforest and rest just 250 metres above sea level; a guided walk on the glaciers or an exhilarating heli-hike are unmissable!

Days 9-10 ● Wanaka Continue south along this wild and rugged coastline, then head inland to Wanaka, a small town on the banks of Lake Wanaka, with plenty of water and land-based activities. Or take to the skies for a memorable scenic flight.

Days 11-14 ● Queenstown Switch your campervan for the plush surroundings of your chosen lakeside hideaway (see p184) and spend a few days in adrenaline heaven by day and gourmet bliss by night in this lively and incredibly picturesque town.

186

–––––––– New Zealand

––––––––

Taste New Zealand

N

A gourmet journey

ew Zealand is a gastronomic phenomenon. There’s the wine: award-winning and oh so quaffable; exquisite seafood: everything from yellow-finned tuna and huge greenlipped mussels to scallops, crayfish and oysters. Non-fish lovers can tuck into some of the world’s best lamb, while excellent beef and venison vie for second place. Seasonal delights such as kumara, asparagus, olives and mushrooms complement every dish. Here’s a suggested itinerary to showcase the country’s gourmet highlights.

Days 1-3 ● Waiheke Island Waiheke Island might be small in size but it is big on the palate. Boutique wineries are interspersed with olive groves and edged by fish abundant waters. Days are heavily food and wine-focused. Wineries typically have excellent restaurants with fresh food and superb wine. The Boatshed is your stylish home for the next 3 nights (see page 181).

Days 4-5 ● Hawke’s Bay Hawke’s Bay is another cellar-stocking stop-off. Take a tour of one the many wineries and set the alarm for an early hot air balloon ride in time to watch the sun cast its golden glow over farmland, orchards and vineyards. Stay 2 nights at the sublime Farm at Cape Kidnappers (see page 182).

Days 6-7 ● Wellington A gourmet road trip would not be complete without a couple of nights in Wellington. New Zealand’s capital is cool, compact and quirky, with more cafés per head than NYC. Take a gourmet walking tour of this harbour city, meet baristas and chefs and even roast your own coffee beans. Bolton Hotel is your city retreat for the next 2 nights.

Days 8-9 ● Kaikoura Take the inter-island ferry to the South Island; the scenery as you enter the Marlborough Sounds is spectacular. Stop for lunch in Blenheim, the heart of the Marlborough wine region, en route to Kaikoura. Whales and dolphins take centre stage, but in Maori ‘Kai’ means food and ‘Koura’ means crayfish, so no self-respecting visitor can leave without sampling the local delicacy. Dive into foodie heaven at Hapuku Lodge for 2 nights (see page 183).

Days 10-13 ● Queenstown Drive to Christchurch, hop on a plane and jet down to Queenstown: packed with adrenaline activities, a plethora of wineries and fabulous restaurants. Stay 4 nights in central Eichardt’s, where indulging is second nature (see page 184).

South Pacific

Cook Islands T

he fifteen pristine islands that comprise the Cook Islands are dotted in the vast South Pacific Ocean, midway between New Zealand and Hawaii. Spread over an area the size of Western Europe, the Cook Islands are split into two distinct island groups – the Northern Cook Islands and the Southern Cook Islands.

The Southern group includes the two most visited of all the islands: Rarotonga and Aitutaki. Diverse and stunning, these two islands complement each other and encapsulate the very essence of the ‘Cooks’.

Rarotonga, home to the capital, Avarua, as well as the international airport, is rugged and lush whilst Aitutaki is an ‘almost-atoll’ boasting one of the most beautiful, ‘must-see’ lagoons in the world.

Rarotonga, the largest island, can be circumnavigated in under an hour, with just one road following its coastline. Hire a scooter or hop on the local bus, marked ‘Clockwise’ and ‘Anti-Clockwise’! Snorkel in the calm waters of the surrounding blue lagoon, head into the island’s verdant interior on foot or by 4WD for a memorable guided tour, or find a palm tree, grab a fresh coconut and slip into island life!

Flanked by Fiji to the west and French Polynesia to the east, the Cooks Islands offers perhaps the most laid-back taste of South Seas paradise. With no mass tourism, no high rise buildings, not even a traffic light to be seen, this really is the place to get away from the stresses of daily life. Add to this a picturesque mix of low-lying, coral atolls and high, volcanic islands, all wrapped up in a warm, tropical climate, and you have the makings of a serene South Pacific holiday.

These jewels in the Pacific remain as pristine as they were when our very own Captain James Cook chanced upon them in the late 1700s. A strong Polynesian

188

Aitutaki

Fiji

Tahiti Cook Islands

N ew Z ealand

Rarotonga

culture remains, and festivals are a fundamental part of life, with singing, music and dancing at the very core of this island paradise. Cook Islanders are considered the best dancers and drummers in Polynesia! Warm, down-to-earth and ever-smiling, a natural charm emanates from the proud people of the Cooks, making this alluring and beautiful country so endearing. The nation has strong ties with New Zealand: Cook Islanders are New Zealand citizens, the currency is the New Zealand dollar and the official languages are Cook Islands Maori and English.

This is a land where ‘island time’ and ‘unhurried’ are elemental, where the sand is powder soft, palm trees sway in the warm breeze, the lagoons are a perfect blue, the seafood is freshly caught and the locals are spirited and charming. If you’re looking for carefree escapism, head to the captivating Cook Islands and let the magic of this island nation do the rest!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel The Cook Islands enjoy a year-round tropical climate. April to October is the best time to visit, as humidity and rainfall increases from November to March Travel Time Approximately 24 hours via Los Angeles Time Difference GMT -10 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

189

–––––––– Cook Islands

Nautilus Resort

T

Rarotonga

he setting for Nautilus Resort really has to be seen to be believed. Here, the sand is so white it dazzles and the sea is a dozen shades of blue. Sitting on the glorious stretch of sand at Muri Beach, the blissful South Seas views are interrupted only by the idyllic islet of Ta’akoka, with its swathe of perfect palms.

The Ares (villas) are dotted amongst the swaying palm trees and along the beach. Beneath the traditional thatched roofs lies a style which is modern and contemporary yet retains a delightful Polynesian vibe. High ceilings, polished timber decks and stylish bathrooms are complemented by outdoor stone showers and all feature a saltwater plunge pool.

Choose from lush garden, serene lagoon or full frontal beach views. This is the perfect retreat for those who want a contemporary yet authentic South Pacific experience.

Dine beachside on an eclectic blend of Polynesian-inspired dishes and seafood fresh from the ocean, enjoy the plethora of water activities available in the gin-clear lagoon and, for those who prefer to take their pleasures at a slower pace, head to the Spa where a paw paw, lime and raw salt scrub confirms you truly are in South Seas paradise.

190

––––––––

Rumours Luxury Villas

O

Rarotonga

n the heavenly white sands of Muri Beach, Rumours is the hideaway for those in the endless quest for nirvana.

Cease your search… we think we may have found it!

Seven private villas are lavishly appointed with cool stone floors, four-poster canopied beds, private courtyards filled with tropical flowers and a private swimming pool complete with waterfall and all come with breathtaking lagoon views – this is romance personified. Private decks create a relaxed outdoor living space and the soft warm sands and aquamarine waters of the lagoon are just steps away. There is a choice of villas, but the Beachfront Platinum Villa is hidden at the quietest end of the beach and boasts a spa pool and private movie theatre – just for you.

Rumours is beautiful, private and secluded, and whilst there is no restaurant onsite there is an excellent choice of dining options within a short stroll along the beach or a 3 minute scooter ride away. For an indulgent start to the day, opt for a Champagne breakfast delivered to your door.

For even more indulgence, wend your way to the Rarotonga Waterfall Spa where talented therapists will work their magic on mind, body and soul.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Cook Islands

Te Manava Luxury Villas

S

Rarotonga

eclusion, privacy and luxury… if these attributes rate high on your wish list, Te Manava is for you. Managed by the award-winning Pacific Resort Hotel Group, this all-villa resort offers a fresh approach to resort living. Whether you prefer to be self-sufficient, have gourmet cuisine delivered to your door, or dine out… the choice is yours.

Pool Villa Suites are stylish and modern yet remain in keeping with their Cook Islands heritage. These exceptionally comfortable villas have pretty garden courtyards and cooling plunge pools, a spacious bedroom and contemporary ensuite bathroom. Floor to ceiling glass doors flood the space with light and connect the indoor and outside areas seamlessly.

Beachfront Villa Suites are tranquil havens with direct access to the crystal clear waters of Muri Lagoon. For more space and exclusivity, opt for an Ultimate Beachfront or Pool Villa or, for sheer wow factor, the Presidential Beachfront Villa.

Te Manava Spa serves up a delectable menu of pampering treats designed to speed your route to total relaxation. Just a leisurely 10 minute beach stroll away, the facilities of Pacific Resort Rarotonga, including the beachfront restaurant and bar, are available for all Te Manava guests.

––––––––

Crown Beach Resort & Spa

S

Rarotonga

et on Rarotonga’s delightful sunset coast, Crown Beach comprises just 36 thatched villas in a tropical landscape, fringed by a powder soft white sand beach.

Villas and Suites have a charming Polynesian vibe with earthy tones, mahogany timbers and plenty of space and all have a private deck. For something a little more indulgent, we love the pretty Courtyard Pool Villas. Exceptionally private, these sanctuaries boast claw-foot baths, an open air dining gazebo and private pool. But if like us you just can’t resist the lure of the beach, choose a dreamy Beachfront Villa with uninterrupted views of the turquoise lagoon and a Jacuzzi tub on the deck.

For true Pacific Rim flavours head to Oceans Restaurant; with its blissful sea views and prime location this is a popular spot for magical sunsets. Windjammer Restaurant serves up fabulous Italian dishes in its intimate setting, but for the ultimate in romantic dining, indulge in a private dinner on the beach complete with flaming torches, flowers and candles.

Spend your days on the pristine beach or beneath the waves, or be pampered at Spa Ariki. By night, witness impressive sunsets before the sky becomes a blanket of spectacular stars.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

191

–––––––– Cook Islands

Sea Change Villas

T

Rarotonga

ucked into a secluded cove of gleaming white sand, Sea Change is wonderfully romantic! With just nine villas, the setting is decidedly peaceful and intimate. Expect vast four-poster beds swathed in sheer voiles, bathrooms with showers designed for two, a gourmet kitchen and state-of-theart entertainment system. Each private courtyard reveals a freshwater private pool, so your only dilemma is which location to choose. The Beachfront Villas have blissful views and direct access onto the soft sands; Lagoon View Villas are set in gardens overflowing with paw paw and frangipani trees with tantalising glimpses of the lagoon from your deck… after all, it’s only 70 steps away (yes, we’ve counted them!)

A stay here is all about doing as much or as little as you choose. Simply relax in the privacy of your villa, or while away the sunny hours on the beautiful beach. Feeling active?

Explore the vivid underwater world of the lagoon or grab a kayak or bicycle for a little adventure.

Although this intimate retreat doesn’t house a restaurant or bar, there are plenty nearby – we love Saltwater Café, just a short stroll away. And because you’re in the laid-back, smiling Cook Islands, many restaurants happily arrange transfers for their dinner guests.

192

––––––––

Te Vakaroa Villas

F

Rarotonga

lanked by Rarotonga’s lush, mountainous interior and the bone-white sands of Muri Beach, Te Vakaroa is a true slice of paradise… if you can tear yourself away from the mesmerising aquamarine waters lapping at your feet.

Just six villas make up this architectural delight: three with one bedroom and three with two bedrooms, purposely designed to blend seamlessly into their beautiful and very natural setting. Expect space and light, crisp white linens with vibrant, arty prints adding a splash of colour, and a large private veranda overlooking the lagoon and rolling surf beyond the reef. A fully equipped kitchen allows for total self-sufficiency if you choose, or opt to have gourmet meals delivered to your villa or the pool from Sails Restaurant, next door. Many more restaurants and bars are just a short walk away along the beautiful beach, and a sumptuous, tropical breakfast is delivered to your villa daily.

If your daily goal is to laze by the infinity edge pool and marvel at the magical lagoon views, you’ll be in heaven here. Equally, if your idea of paradise involves a little more action, Muri Beach and the lagoon more than deliver – the snorkelling, sailing and wind-surfing here are second to none.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Cook Islands

Pacific Resort Aitutaki

A

Aitutaki

s your flight swoops down over an impossibly turquoise ocean, prepare to witness one of the world’s most beautiful lagoons. Sun-bleached sands and swaying palms epitomise Aitutaki lagoon’s 15 islets encircled by a protective outer reef. This is the South Pacific’s best kept secret.

Barefoot luxury truly describes Pacific Resort Aitutaki; unquestionably one of the finest in the Cook Islands. Just 27 bungalows, suites and villas are tucked along the shoreline and all are within steps of the warm sands. Expect a vibe which reflects both the island’s colonial and Polynesian heritage but also exudes an eclectic and modern feel with polished timbers, shady verandas and stunning views.

Premium Beachfront Bungalows are set on the beautiful sands, just steps from the turquoise waters of the lagoon; the Beachfront Suites offer even more space and open-air showers whilst the sophisticated Villas are larger still.

Rapae Bay is the signature restaurant with breathtaking views over the lagoon, whilst Black Rock Café is the place to be for memorable sunset viewing. Private dining on the beach, complete with scattered petals, soft candle-light and chilled Champagne, is romance personified. And a rendezvous with Tiare Spa guarantees your gentle slide into ‘island time’ is complete.

––––––––

Aitutaki Lagoon Resort

T

Aitutaki

he tiny atoll of Aitutaki is one of those places where, should you ever be ‘castaway’, you would hope to land here. This is a photographer’s heaven – all those quintessential, picture-postcard images of the ‘south seas’ that you see in glossy magazines could have been taken in Aitutaki.

Aitutaki Lagoon Resort & Spa is the utopia of your dreams, a place where thatched pavilions rest on the silver white sands, where hammocks sway gently in the shade of lush palms and the endless blue of the lagoon is visible every way you turn.

Beachfront Bungalows sit on the glorious sands of Motu Akitua facing out across the iridescent water, whilst Premium Beachfront Bungalows are set on the champagne sands of Sunset Beach with outdoor showers and some of the best views in the Cooks. Deluxe Beachfront Bungalows give you a ringside seat to the alluring lagoon from your super king bed on its raised platform and from the private deck with luxurious loungers. Your very own hammock is strung between two palm trees right on the shores of the astonishing lagoon. A handful of Overwater Bungalows offer a classic Polynesian experience and all rooms feature cool linens, highly polished timbers and traditional thatched roofs.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

193

–––––––– Cook Islands

––––––––

Out and About in the Cook Islands

Pa’s Nature Walk, Rarotonga

Storytellers Eco Cycle Tours, Rarotonga

One Foot Island, Aitutaki

Join Rarotongan legend, Pa, on a fascinating and insightful nature walk through the island’s verdant interior.

Born and raised in Rarotonga, Pa first trekked in the native bush with his grandmother when he was four years old. Since those early expeditions, Pa’s knowledge and understanding of the island’s history, its culture and its people has deepened with every trek.

Herbalist, tour guide and lover of all things nature, Pa’s enthusiasm brings the island to life in a way that would otherwise be missed. Listen to stories about his Polynesian ancestors and how they treated their sickness with ancient herbal remedies. Walk though Noni plantations, cross streams, visit ancient villages, then tackle the climb to a vantage point with magnificent views.

A welcome dip in a waterfall concludes this memorable and entertaining tour.

Pa also offers a strenuous cross-island trek culminating in a hike up to the Needle, the island’s volcanic heart.

A unique and unforgettable bike riding experience, Storytellers Eco Cycle Tours lets you discover Rarotonga from a totally different perspective. With a local and entertaining guide, ride along lanes and tracks across the island and learn about the history and heritage of this beautiful island nation. Along the way, hear stories about Cook Islanders, ancient and present, learn about their culture and how their connection with nature underpins an innate love and respect for the land. At the end of the tour, enjoy a delicious local lunch followed by the chance to cool off with a swim at a beautiful secluded beach.

There are three different tours to choose from depending on your cycling fitness and ability – each offers a deeper understanding of this island nation and its people, with the focus on having fun and leaving you with lasting memories of your time on the island!

Tours range from 4-6 hours, with no more than 10 riders.

Even the most travel weary cannot fail to be impressed by the 15 volcanic and coral islets that make up Aitutaki. The beaches here are picture-postcard perfection with pure white sand and swaying palms. But it’s the incredible lagoon that really makes Aitutaki a dream-like idyll... and getting onto and into the calm blue water is an absolute ‘must’! Jump aboard a boat for a day’s sailing and snorkelling in the lagoon that is lauded as one of the most beautiful in the world. Marvel at the kaleidoscope of fish and coral beneath the surface, then feel like a true castaway as you explore heavenly Tapuae Tai Motu, or One Foot Island as it’s better known. From the air, this tiny slice of pristine sand and palm trees resembles a footprint – don’t forget to take your passport and get a footprint stamp from this legendary Eden! You can also send a postcard from the world’s smallest (uninhabited) post office!

194

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Cook Islands

––––––––

Heavenly Cooks W

Barefoot Luxury

ith limited flights in and out of the Cook Islands from the UK via Los Angeles, the 12 night holiday below coincides with Air New Zealand’s schedule and shows you the very best of the glorious ‘Cooks’ as a sole destination. There are, however, regular connections to New Zealand from Rarotonga, so combining the two creates a wonderfully refreshing itinerary.

There’s even a weekly flight connecting Rarotonga with Tahiti, so you can pair barefoot luxury in the Cooks with overwater glamour in French Polynesia.

Days 1-7 ● Rarotonga Flying over the sublime blue lagoon surrounding the island of Rarotonga confirms you have arrived in paradise. This dot in the Pacific Ocean can be circumnavigated in under an hour (there’s one road round the coast and not a traffic flight to be seen!) so you can start living like a local as soon as your feet touch the ground. The island is a haven for diving, snorkelling, walking in the lush interior and relaxing on the palm-fringed beaches. We highly recommend visiting the local markets on Saturday, taking a tour with Pa to learn about the local traditions and culture on his fun and informative walks, and heading out on an early morning fishing trip with a friendly, smiling local. During the evenings there are many fine local restaurants to indulge your taste buds, or enjoy the wonderful Te Vara Nui Island Night Show and Dinner. Stay 7 nights in your chosen accommodation.

Days 8-12 ● Aitutaki An unforgettable 50 minute flight north takes you to one of the most beautiful lagoons in the world: Aitutaki. The ‘see it to believe it’ aquamarine lagoon is dotted with picture-perfect palm-covered islets fringed with white sand beaches – all enclosed by a surf-washed coral reef. No stay would be complete without a cruise on the awe-inspiring blue lagoon, filled with a rainbow of tropical fish. We highly recommend a visit to beautiful One Foot Island where you can get your passport stamped with a footprint to prove you were in paradise! Spend your days relaxing under a palm tree, swimming and snorkelling in the crystalline water or simply working on your tan. If you’re feeling active, hire a scooter and explore the island… before you know it, you’ll be living on ‘island time’ without a care in the world! Stay 5 nights in your chosen accommodation.

Break the journey to or from the South Pacific and New Zealand with a stopover in Los Angeles. Head to Santa Monica beach, grab some bikes and explore the oh-so-cool coastline away from the city bustle. We love hip Viceroy Santa Monica and sand-hugging Shutters on the Beach.

South Pacific

Fiji B

lessed with 333 magical islands, spread over thousands of miles of ocean in the heart of the South Pacific, Fiji is the perfect island-hopping destination! The largest island is Viti Levu, home to Nadi (pronounced Nandi) International Airport on the island’s west coast. Only a third of the islands (106 to be precise) are inhabited, with just a handful letting the rest of the world in on their secret…dotted across the country, a wonderful collection of luxurious hideaways hug the pure shores and pearl white sands.

The remaining islands have been left untouched, as nature intended, giving this enchanting country a raw beauty.

The Mamanuca Island group runs to the north west of Viti Levu and consists of a string of sun-drenched islands fringed with white sand beaches and turquoise lagoons of your Robinson Crusoe dreams. Further north are the Yasawa Islands, with their rugged coastline and powdery-soft white sands…there are 15 words in the Fijian language for ‘heaven’ – and Yasawa is one of them! Northern Fiji is home to the country’s second and third largest islands – the stunningly scenic Vanua Levu and Taveuni. In this undiscovered region, lush tropical rainforests meet pristine coral reefs, and palm-lined beaches give way to azure lagoons – paradise for adventurers or divers.

For yachties, keen and novice, the calm, clear lagoons of the Mamanuca and Yasawa Islands are ideal for a few days’ sailing. Claim a deserted beach as yours for the day, eat the freshest of seafood and watch captivating sunsets from your floating sanctuary. When dry land calls, hop off the yacht onto the jetty of your Fijian island hideaway. This is paradise found!

Fiji undoubtedly offers breathtaking scenery and picture-perfect palm-lined beaches, but its true charm

196

Vanua Levu

Yasawa Island Resort Yasawa Islands

Matangi Qamea Taveuni

Mamanuca Islands Tokoriki Nadi Likuliku Viti Levu

Royal Davui

lies in the warmth of its people, whose easy smiles are infectious and whose laid back approach to life will ensure you soon settle into ‘Fiji time’! Fijian, Hindi and English are the official languages, and chatting with the locals adds magic to your holiday. From the moment you arrive, you will be greeted with Fijian song and cries of ‘Bula!’ – and the ‘Isa Lei’ (Fijian farewell song) is sure to leave you with a tear in your eye.

Travel within Fiji is all part of the adventure! Access to the country’s glorious retreats is usually by seaplane, light aircraft, helicopter or boat. Scheduled flights operate regularly between the larger islands.

We highly recommend splitting your time between at least two islands – and better still, between two different parts of the country. But whatever you decide, the warm hospitality of the Fijian people – combined with unspoilt beaches, beautiful coral reefs, turquoise lagoons and tropical forests – will leave you smiling as brightly as the cheerful locals!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel Fiji enjoys a year round tropical climate. May to October is the best time to visit. November to April can be wet and humid.

Travel Time Approximately 24 hours via Los Angeles Time Difference GMT +12 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

197

–––––––– Fiji

––––––––

Tokoriki Island Resort

Likuliku Lagoon Resort

R

T

omance meets affordable style at this wow-factor resort in the Mamanuca Islands, just 15 minutes by seaplane or helicopter from Viti Levu, Fiji’s main island. The catamaran takes an hour if you’d prefer an island-hopping water journey.

Tokoriki’s 34 beachfront bures and villas are a stunning mix of contemporary style with Fijian design. Some have dazzling plunge pools on the deck and all have outdoor showers and a hammock for enjoying the ocean views. A cabana with a relaxing double daybed and complimentary daily canapés completes the villa scene! The resort is located on the western side of the island on a stretch of white sand known to the locals as Liku Beach (meaning Sunset Beach) – hence why all bures are perfectly positioned to take full advantage of Fiji’s magnificent dusk sky! Of special mention is the Spa where gentle falling water over volcanic rock walls ensures you slink effortlessly into Fiji time!

Watersports include everything from stand-up paddle boarding and wind surfing to diving and fishing. Visit nearby Monuriki island made famous by the Tom Hanks film, ‘Castaway’ or play Robinson Crusoe with a desert island beach picnic.

Come dinnertime, it’s hard to imagine a more exquisite dining setting than one of the white-linen-dressed tables by the gorgeous infinity pool with views past tiki lamps to the palm trees silhouetted against the sea.

198

hink overwater bungalow – think Fiji – think Likuliku Lagoon Resort! Glass-panelled floors for sub-aqua tropical fish gazing are no longer the domain of Fiji’s South Pacific neighbours! This stunningly stylish resort has upped the luxe factor in the Mamanuca Islands by offering Fiji’s first and only Overwater Bures – all with water views from the bathtub and direct ladder access from the deck down to the lagoon. But for non-water babies, the Beachfront Bures (some with private plunge pools) are equally as glamorous!

Access is by seaplane, helicopter or catamaran from Viti Levu and it’s hard to miss the chic Masima Bar on a tiny island at the end of the jetty where you’ll be met on arrival with a welcome drink and Fijian singing. This is also the go-to place for sunset drinks and the resort’s weekly cocktail parties!

Likuliku’s signature Fijiana Restaurant is ablaze with culinary delights – expect fresh seafood to be top of the degustationstyle menu! Make time for a visit to the Tatadra Spa where treatments draw on local Fijian produce. There’s plenty of opportunity for water action too. Snorkel off the beach, laze by the horizon edge pool or take a jetski tour to Modriki Island to see the cave of ‘Castaway’ movie fame! Visit the local village for some island culture and there are bush walks and nature trails which reward with spectacular views!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Fiji

––––––––

Royal Davui Island Resort L

ike an emerald rising out of the azure blue of Beqa (pronounced Bengga) Lagoon, Royal Davui Island Resort is an exclusive 10-acre island paradise. Nestled in splendid isolation south of Fiji’s main island, Viti Levu, this romantic hideaway promises the ultimate desert island experience, with just 16 privileged couples staying at any one time. Accessible from Nadi via a 20 minute scenic flight to Pacific Harbour, followed by a 30 minute boat transfer, getting to the island is all part of the fun. Or, for a truly stylish arrival, travel by helicopter from Nadi!

Live out your Robinson Crusoe dreams whilst being cocooned in absolute luxury in one of the 16 beautifully appointed villas, or ‘vales’. Designed with complete privacy in mind, each villa is tucked into the lush vegetation with far-reaching views of the lagoon, coral reef and nearby islands from the infinity edge plunge pool, spacious

bedroom and generous sundecks.

Dotted across the island, views vary from the glorious sunrise to the magnificent sunsets – but, for the ultimate indulgence, the two Davui Pool Suites have the most private locations and best vantage points of all.

amongst a kaleidoscope of exotic fish, rays and even the occasional turtle… the marine life is prolific due to a fishing ban within a mile of the island.

A haven for divers, there are also a number of outstanding dive sites within easy reach.

Dining is an integral part of the Royal Davui experience, with meals served alfresco beneath the canopy of a majestic Banyan Tree at the heart of the island, on your villa’s dining deck for maximum privacy or hidden away amongst the trees in a romantic and secluded dining cabana. Only the freshest produce is used, with an emphasis on local seafood and seasonal, organic fruit and vegetables from neighbouring Beqa Island.

Indulge in a luxurious spa treatment in the privacy of your villa, opt for an exhilarating sail on a catamaran, visit the local village or witness Fiji’s unique ‘Firewalking’ tradition on Beqa (centuries ago, as legend has it, an ancient Fijian Spirit gave the local inhabitants the power to walk barefoot, and unharmed, over hot white stones) – the legend lives on today.

Take a gourmet picnic to one of island’s hidden beaches, fringed by the pristine lagoon and splendid coral reef. Snorkel straight from the beach

A Davui must has to be a few unforgettable hours spent on a remote sand cay, with nothing but a sunshade, picnic hamper and the gentle lapping of the gin-clear lagoon! This is barefoot luxury, Fijian-style!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

199

–––––––– Fiji

––––––––

Yasawa Island Resort & Spa T

he untouched islands of Fiji’s Yasawa archipelago are the most archetypal of the South Pacific. Remote, unspoiled and strung out like blue and green beads amongst pristine reefs, these islands are fringed by long stretches of powdery white sand beaches and azure seas. Six main islands and numerous smaller islets stretch north-east for more than 50 miles. Volcanic in origin with soaring mountainous peaks, these quintessential paradise islands are striking.

The Yasawas were sighted by Captain Bligh in May 1789, a few days after he began his legendary voyage postmutiny. For the most part, the Yasawas were of little interest to European traders or settlers, and for many years remained one of the most isolated parts of Fiji. Due to their remote location, Yasawans are more traditional than other Fijians, making this region a very special place.

200

Yasawa Island is the main and most northerly island in the group. Just 22kms long and less than 1km wide, this slice of paradise is reached via a scenic 35 minute light aircraft flight from Nadi.

Your castaway refuge is one of 18 spacious thatched Bures, designed in a contemporary yet traditional Fijian style, sitting right on the astonishing beach.

Picture this: swinging in your hammock, strung between two palms, cooled by the gentle sea breeze…the makings of a lifetime memory! Hopeless romantics will love Yasawa’s honeymoon suite -‘Lomalagi’ - serenely secluded at the far end of the beach with its own horizon pool.

The island boasts 11 deserted, white sand beaches - including ‘Paradise’ and ‘Lovers’! Equipped with a gourmet picnic, cooling drinks and a sunshade, hop on a boat and be whisked to your private utopia for an unforgettable day!

At Yasawa, all meals are included, with

a natural focus on freshly caught fish and seafood – the local villagers are great fishermen, and their catch of the day is a highlight at mealtimes. Savour a traditional Fijian feast – a ‘Lovo’ – served up with a ‘Meke’ performance of Fijian song and dance, and washed down with a cup of kava. An acquired taste, this traditional drink is made from the roots of a pepper plant.

Swim, dive, kayak, visit the local villages and meander along tracks and unpaved roads into the native bush. Join a trip to the magnificent Blue Lagoon Caves, made famous in the Brooke Shields shipwreck movie. And when a musclemelting massage beckons, stroll along the beach to the Spa where the signature massage, the Baravi Rhythm, is performed by two therapists, working to the tempo of the waves. There are 15 words for ‘heaven’ in Fijian, little wonder that Yasawa is the first!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Fiji

Matangi Private Island

T

––––––––

Qamea Resort & Spa

A

his privately owned 240 acre island enjoys an enviable location in Fiji’s lesser known northern group of islands and your journey there begins with a scenic 90 minute flight from Nadi to neighbouring Taveuni Island. From there, a 20 minute drive, past waving local children, takes you to the boat landing for the 15 minute speedboat ride to beautiful Matangi.

The island is owned and run by the Douglas family (originally of Scottish and English descent) whose ancestors first arrived in the 1870’s and worked the land as a coconut plantation.

jewel in the north of Fiji, Qamea is a breathtakingly beautiful island of dramatic, jungle-clad peaks and dazzling beaches. The island is skirted by pristine white sand, azure waters with stunning coral gardens and world class surf.

Qamea blends Fijian authenticity with more than a touch of contemporary style, and from the moment you step onto the island’s glistening shores, after an incredibly scenic flight from Nadi to neighbouring Taveuni, followed by a short boat ride, you will feel instantly relaxed!

Today, Matangi offers nine authentic Bures and three unique Treehouses perched high in the treetops with magnificent views over the beach, ocean and neighbouring islands (they were the first of their kind in Fiji). All were crafted from local hardwoods, bamboo, lava rock and coconut palm thatch. A haven for divers, honeymooners and romantics, the island boasts virgin tropical rainforest, white sand beaches, volcanic rock faces rising from crystal clear waters and fringing coral reefs with a diversity of marine life.

Matangi’s idyllic Horseshoe Bay, listed as one of the ‘1000 Places To See Before You Die’, is the ultimate private picnic spot! As well as diving and snorkelling, there’s kayaking, hiking and sailing – and aching muscles can be soothed in the waterfront Ocean Spa where treatments are inspired by traditional Fijian healing methods.

Intimate and secluded, thatched Beachfront Bures are strung along the sand, complete with four-poster beds, outdoor showers and large covered decks with hammocks.

For romantics, there are two Honeymoon Bures and a split level Honeymoon Villa – boasting even more luxury and space plus canopied daybeds on the beach. For the ultimate in decadence, there are also three Royal Beach Houses with private pools.

Qamea has no roads, just a handful of villages, and many of the charming staff are locals who bring a true taste of Fiji’s culture. Fresh-from-the-ocean fish features heavily on the menu, and most of the organic vegetables and fruit are sourced from local gardens. Activities fit in around the food – hear the drums and you know the barbecued lobster is ready!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

201

South Pacific

The Islands of Tahiti S

culpted into existence as the result of centuries of volcanic erosion, these extraordinarily diverse islands (118 of them to be exact) are spread across five very different far-flung archipelagos, entitled Society, Tuamotu, Marquesas (the most visited island groups) and the lesser known Austral and Gambier.

Offering the quintessential South Seas paradise escape, each island group has its own unique landscape, from the high green volcanic mountains of the Society Island archipelago (home to legendary Bora Bora) to the low-lying glittering turquoise coral atolls of the Crusoe-like Tuamotus where the scuba diving and deep sea fishing are world class and Tahiti’s rare and unique famous black pearls can be found in the crystalline waters. Island hopping has long been the traditional way to explore these Pearls of the Pacific and we suggest trying to combine at least two islands, or three if time and budget permit.

The postcard greens and blues of the Society Islands form the country’s main archipelago, and it is here that you will find the largest and main gateway island – Tahiti – alongside the beautiful islands of Moorea, Huahine, Bora Bora and Taha’a whose lush mountainous landscapes are protected from the ocean by a coral ring which forms a barrier reef – hence the existence of iridescent lagoons where the lighter turquoise and emerald waters contrast with the darker blues of the ocean. Bora Bora – the leading lady of the Society Islands – plays host to some of the world’s most impressive overwater bungalows.

The island’s very name is a byword for all things romantic and many of Bora Bora’s most renowned hotels are located on the islets (motu) surrounding the island’s gin-clear lagoon with breathtaking views towards the majestic peak of Mount Otemanu – Bora Bora’s highest mountain.

202

Nuku Hiva Hiva Oa M arquesas I slands S ociety I slands

T uamotu I slands Bora Bora Tikehau Rangiroa Tahaa Huahine Raiatea

Tetiaroa Tahiti

Moorea

In complete contrast, the low-lying, palm-covered coral atolls of the Tuamotu Islands offer a lifestyle which the ‘Robinson Crusoe’ in all of us can only dream about, whilst the spectacular peaks and valleys of the enchanting and remote Marquesas Islands will prove an intriguing adventure to even the most hardened of travellers.

The local airline, Air Tahiti, provides frequent and efficient connections between the islands – but for those who enjoy being on the water, there are various options to choose from. Board the Aranui for a voyage of discovery from Tahiti to the mystical Marquesas Islands – intrepid travellers go along for the ride to watch the Aranui’s spirited Polynesian crew collect sacks of copra (dried coconut) from remote villages by day and strum ukuleles by night! If luxury sailing is more your thing – imagine boarding a private yacht with your own crew in Raiatea and disembarking three days later at the pontoon of your Bora Bora hotel.

Only in paradise!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel May to September is the best time to visit as it’s drier and milder than the wetter, more humid months from November to April Travel Time Approximately 24 hours via Los Angeles Time Difference GMT -10 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

203

–––––––– The Islands of Tahiti

Hilton Moorea

N

Moorea

estled between two magnificent deep cut bays on the heart-shaped island of Moorea, where the deep green mountains roll into the azure lagoon, the views from Hilton Moorea are breathtaking. Stroll along the beach, laze in a hammock or delve into the underwater world on your doorstep.

––––––––

Hilton Bora Bora Nui

F

Bora Bora

acing the vast Pacific Ocean with uninterrupted views across the azure lagoon, Hilton Bora Bora Nui is heavenly.

Scattered throughout the lush gardens, set high in the verdant hillside or dotted over the turquoise lagoon, the Polynesianinspired villas are spacious, light-filled and contemporary.

Hidden in the lush gardens, Deluxe Garden Pool Bungalows – a Turquoise favourite – feature a private terrace and plunge pool. The spacious Garden Pool Suites are havens of privacy and tranquillity with a separate living room and a private pool.

You even have your own wine cellar! If you’re after an overwater experience, try the Panoramic Overwater Bungalows with endless lagoon views, a ladder leading into the water below and a glass panel in the floor for prime sea life viewing.

Overwater Villas have glass panels in the floor for that quintessential ‘Tahitian Television’ experience and direct access to the iridescent water below. Some have a private plunge pool and catamaran-style nets over the water – the perfect place for a Mai Tai cocktail! For the ultimate experience, combine a couple of nights in a Panoramic Hillside Villa, for the far-reaching lagoon views, with a thoroughly seductive sojourn in an Overwater Villa.

Visit the beachside spa for total relaxation. Try the Moorea Lagoon Signature treatment, inspired by ancient Tahitian massage techniques, or choose a sensual couples massage followed by Champagne for the ultimate romantic indulgence.

End each day at the overwater Toatea Bar with a cocktail as the sun sinks into the horizon; favourites include the classic Mojito or a traditional Mai Tai punch. Toatea is also home to the best French crepes on the island!

By day, swim in the lagoon, head to the hilltop spa for a massage with views of legendary Mount Otemanu or hop over to the resort’s private island, Motu Tapu – just a five minute boat ride away. This is a ship-wrecked experience you won’t want to be rescued from! By night, dine in style with the sand between your toes at Tamure Grill or head to Iriatai’s fairytale setting for Polynesian and Mediterranean specialities, then end each day with a nightcap at intimate Upa Upa Bar.

204

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– The Islands of Tahiti

Four Seasons Resort

S

Bora Bora

erenely located on one of the beautiful islets scattered in Bora Bora’s magnificent lagoon, this heavenly retreat takes full advantage of its awe-inspiring setting – boasting views of dazzling white sand beaches, turquoise lagoon waters and the soaring green peaks of Bora Bora’s Mount Otemanu.

––––––––

St Regis Resort

S

Bora Bora

panning 44 sumptuous acres on an islet in Bora Bora’s lagoon, luxurious St Regis nestles in lush gardens, fringed by sublime beaches with powder soft sand – all with the perfect accompaniment of Mt Otemanu’s regal peak rising up across the water.

Blissfully romantic Overwater Bungalows perch on stilts over the shimmering lagoon, with traditional Polynesian teak wood furnishings exquisitely complemented by contemporary style.

A glass panel in the floor looks down into the lagoon below, bathrooms come with an oversized bathtub for a soak with a view and a large deck extends the length of the bungalow with a ladder plunging directly into the gin-clear water. For the ultimate overwater indulgence, opt for a bungalow with a private plunge pool on deck. Families and friends travelling together have the tough choice between a luxurious twobedroom overwater bungalow with a plunge pool and, on land, a fabulous two-bedroom villa with a private garden, pool and direct access to the pristine beach.

Overwater Villas perch on stilts with steps into the lagoon below, some also feature a whirlpool on the spacious deck.

Royal Overwater Villas house two bedrooms, a living area and large terrace with an infinity edge pool floating above the lagoon. Back on land, the Beach Villas are beautifully stylish and spacious hideaways hugging the perfect white sand, each with its own private garden and plunge pool. Those looking for elegance, privacy and palatial luxury need look no further than the Royal Estate. Set on its own private beach, this magnificent three-bedroom residence surrounds a central courtyard with a private pool, personal chef and spa treatment room. The legendary St Regis Butler Service ensures unparalleled service levels across all villas.

Dining is a taste sensation in any of the four restaurants and bars, with plenty of freshly caught seafood. From Sunset Bar’s overwater terrace, sip a Mai Tai as the sun melts away, ending another day in paradise.

Dining is heavenly in all four restaurants, and all dishes are served with a memorable view. Miri Miri Spa by CLARINS offers a blissful selection of treatments, including a traditional Polynesian Taurumi massage and a foot scrub using volcanic coffee grounds!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

205

–––––––– The Islands of Tahiti ––––––––

Le Taha’a Island Resort

Vahine Private Island

Taha’a

Taha’a

K

J

All suites and villas are exquisitely Polynesian – and irresistibly romantic! Our favourite overwater havens are the aptly named Sunset Overwater Suites with their dazzling views of the sun melting into the lagoon. Beach Villas hide in the lush greenery with a separate living area, private garden and plunge pool – just steps from the powder soft beach.

Royal Beach Villas are larger still with two bedrooms and two outdoor bathrooms.

Accommodation is rustic and romantic. Beach Bungalows sit right on the water’s edge; Beach Suites have a living area opening onto the lagoon-facing terrace and a second deck nestled in the dappled light of the coconut grove; and Overwater Bungalows reach out into the crystalline lagoon with ‘aquarium tables’ for fish-feeding Tahiti style!

nown as the ‘Vanilla Island’, the lush, fertile island of Taha’a produces vanilla so fragrant it is sought after by chefs around the world. A short boat ride from Raiatea, Le Taha’a Island Resort is tucked away on an islet in the lagoon’s outer reef with the distant silhouette of Bora Bora behind.

A member of the prestigious Relais & Châteaux collection, this hideaway is one of the region’s most exclusive retreats.

Dining is a culinary blast at each of the three restaurants, whether you’re on the beach or high up in the trees at Le Vanille. And with its wonderful gourmet creations, but no menu, The Ohiri delights and surprises! Feel energised with a treatment at Le Spa; the sensual ‘Nehe Nehe’ massage under a warm Tahitian rain shower is utter bliss, then grab a snorkel... the coral garden is unmissable!

206

ust a stone’s throw from the island of Taha’a, this barefoot luxury escape hugs the white sands and coconut groves of Motu Tu Vahine (Island of the Woman). A short boat ride from Raiatea, Vahine is a member of the esteemed ‘Small Luxury Hotels of the World’ collection and an intimate hideaway for only a handful of guests. With just 3 overwater bungalows and 6 beachfront bungalows, this 23 acre slice of paradise offers a true castaway experience without compromising on comfort.

The very essence of Vahine promises total relaxation, but the more active will love the traditional canoes, snorkelling and reef tours. Take island bliss to the next level with a monoi oil massage on the beach or on your private sundeck. Evenings here are magical – and the sunsets are truly spellbinding.

Dine by candlelight as French chef Terence Trouyet serves sensational creations. Don’t miss the freshly caught Mahi Mahi flavoured with Taha’a vanilla!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– The Islands of Tahiti

Hotel Kia Ora & Le Sauvage

The Brando

Rangiroa

D

otted along a stretch of white sand on the north side of the vast aquamarine lagoon, Hotel Kia Ora Resort & Spa boasts an elegance and refinement unsurpassed in Rangiroa.

Accommodation is scattered throughout the coconut grove with private pools in pretty courtyards, along the beach and over the shimmering lagoon for the classic overwater experience. Polynesian dishes are served overlooking the pool and endless lagoon, or go gourmet at overwater Te Poerava before sipping a nightcap at Miki Miki Bar. Unwind in Poekura Spa or head to the heart of the coconut grove for a blissful massage.

Hidden away on an idyllic motu on the south side of the lagoon, an hour’s boat ride away, sister property Le Sauvage Private Island is home to your Robinson Crusoe dreams! Just five rustic beach bungalows built from ironwood, woven palms and bamboo make up this little piece of heaven. No phones or electricity – just coconut palms, hammocks and perfect white sand. This is the quintessential ‘castaway island’ escape for only a privileged few who wish to experience authentic Polynesia in a remote and breathtaking setting. Fish for your dinner with your wonderful hosts, dine on the beach by the light of kerosene lamps, snorkel along miles of reef, canoe to neighbouring islands for a picnic or simply relax in your hammock and let this Eden seduce you!

–––––––– Tetiaroa

P

icture a quintessential island paradise, and the pristine atoll of Tetiaroa will surpass even the wildest of imaginations. Surrounded by a protective coral reef, with white sand beaches, swaying coconut palms, exotic birds and abundant marine life, the 12 stunning islets of Tetiaroa embody ‘paradise’.

A scenic 20 minute flight from Tahiti, Marlon Brando fell in love with Tetiaroa whilst filming Mutiny on the Bounty. Inspired

by Brando’s vision to create a luxurious island experience twinned with sustainable development, The Brando’s 35 indulgent beachfront villas – with 1, 2 or 3 bedrooms – include a spacious living room and a plunge pool overlooking a private beach area. Air-conditioning comes from sea water and energy is provided by the sun and coconut oil. A visit to the EcoStation is fascinating.

Dine on the beach or in the intimate gourmet restaurant with its world-class wine cellar. Watch majestic sunsets from the tree-level bar or feel the sand between your toes at Bob’s Bar (named after Brando’s loyal personal assistant). Varua Spa fuses ancient Polynesian traditions with modern techniques – a treatment in the nest-like Fare Manu spa suite, perched 18 feet above the ground, is an indulgence to remember! This is carefree luxury as never before experienced.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

207

–––– The Islands of Tahiti

––––

Ultimate Island Hopping W

ith so many diverse and beautiful islands to choose from in The Islands of Tahiti, deciding which ones to include in your holiday can be a tough decision. We highly recommend visiting at least two islands, but three is even better…below, you’ll find one of our favourite combinations within the easy-to-reach Society Islands.

Days 1-3 ● Moorea Upon arrival into Tahiti’s main gateway, Papeete, hop on a 10 minute inter-island flight to the heart-shaped island of Moorea.

Once a volcano, this striking, mountainous island is swathed in green velvet that stretches down to the beautiful blue lagoon.

The island’s dramatic interior begs to be explored…a thrilling 4x4 tour takes you to Belvedere lookout for breathtaking views!

Stay 3 nights at your chosen Moorea hideaway…we love Hilton Moorea (see page 204) or, for a more contemporary style on a beautiful stretch of beach, opt for Sofitel Ia Ora Beach Resort.

Days 4-7 ● Taha’a A short flight to Raiatea followed by a 30 minute boat ride takes you to the ‘Vanilla Island’. Lush and verdant, Taha’a produces some of the most sought after vanilla in the world, and a visit to a vanilla plantation is fascinating. Taha’a also produces world-class black pearls, nurtured in pearl farms in the pure waters of the lagoon. Despite their name, the pearls range from the darkest black to shimmering shades of green, blue, bronze and pink. Stay 4 nights at Le Taha’a Island Resort & Spa for the sheer romance factor or, if you have a lust for barefoot luxury, head to Vahine Island (see page 206).

Days 8-11 ● Bora Bora Visible from Taha’a as a distant silhouette, the magic of legendary Bora Bora comes to life as your plane swoops in over the shimmering, turquoise lagoon (sit on the left side of the plane for those first glimpses of this iconic idyll). A visit to Bora Bora is all about the awe-inspiring lagoon…getting into it, onto it or just gazing at the multiple shades of blue! Stay 4 nights at the retreat of your choice (see pages 204-205)…we also love Pearl Beach Resort for the fresh, bright Polynesian bungalows, and InterContinental Resort & Thalasso Spa for the contemporary overwater bungalows and fabulous Spa. Both resorts have captivating views of Mount Otemanu.

If time and budget permit, end your Tahitian fling with three nights of indulgence and carefree luxury at The Brando – this really is the Godfather of Private Islands! (see page 207).

208

–––––––– The Islands of Tahiti

––––––––

The Turquoise Guide to Cruising

Private Yacht Charter

Paul Gauguin Cruises

Aranui

With 118 islands surrounded by turquoise water, it’s only natural to want to hop on a boat for a few days’ sailing!

Choose between a private yacht, complete with your own crew, or take a cabin on a scheduled charter for a more social experience. Uniquely, the islands of Raiatea and Taha’a share the same lagoon, and the calm, reef-enclosed waters make for great sailing... Raiatea is known as the sailing capital of French Polynesia. The aquamarine lagoon is home to sea turtles, dolphins, colourful coral and tropical fish. A cruise allows you to see the islands from a completely different perspective and, what’s more, 3 or 4 days is all you need! Unwind with a few nights at romantic Le Taha’a Island Resort or enjoy some barefoot luxury at Vahine Island before exploring Taha’a’s beautiful lagoon onboard your chosen yacht. Then, as if things could get any better, cruise over to Bora Bora and disembark at the pontoon of your chosen island retreat – how’s that for arriving in style?!

Discover the enchanting Islands of Tahiti from a unique perspective aboard the luxurious m/s Paul Gauguin.

Purpose-built to sail the region’s shallow waters, she visits small ports and bays inaccessible by larger ships, unveiling a hidden beauty missed by many. Elegant yet relaxed, life on-board reflects the laidback luxury of the islands you’ll visit. There’s no packing and unpacking, no early starts or waiting at airports…and with 217 crew members tending to just 332 passengers, service levels are second to none. Be lulled by the rhythm of the ocean in the spacious and beautifully appointed suites; each commands an ocean view, and most have private balconies. Fascinating insights from onboard naturalists and guest lecturers enthral, with topics ranging from the cultural history of the islands to the wonders of the deep. Paul Gauguin offers itineraries throughout The Islands of Tahiti, as well as to Fiji and the Cook Islands.

Known as the ‘Freighter to Paradise’, the Aranui – meaning ‘Great Highway’ – is one of the most unique and unforgettable journeys in the world.

A cruise unlike any other, this cargo vessel carries supplies – and a limited number of passengers – to the remote, wild and mystical Marquesas Islands.

The 14 day voyage begins and ends in Papeete, travels via the low-lying Tuamotu Islands and explores the far-flung Marquesas. These enchanting islands are so remote that the Aranui is their lifeline to the outside world, and the ship visits all six inhabited islands in the archipelago. This is a land where nature runs wild, waterfalls cascade into the sea, wild horses roam freely and mysterious tiki statues are dotted in the forests. Cabins are comfortable and air-conditioned, and some have a balcony to make the most of the awe-inspiring scenery. Aranui is not a luxury cruise ship…her magic lies in the islands you will visit on her voyage, most of which simply cannot be visited in any other way!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

209

East Africa

Kenya, Tanzania & Zanzibar T

he East African countries of Kenya and Tanzania (including the exotic Zanzibar archipelago) boast a constellation of Africa’s finest natural draws. The evocative names say it all – the vast acacia-dotted plains of the Serengeti and the Masai Mara, famed for playing host to the annual wildebeest migration (the world’s most enthralling game viewing spectacle), majestic Kilimanjaro (Africa’s highest mountain), the inimitable Ngorongoro Crater and intriguing Zanzibar, whose very name evokes extraordinary images of Arabian Nights, colourful dhows, spices and treasure.

Southern Tanzania, home to Africa’s largest game reserve – the Selous – is newer ground for many safari-goers and offers a taste of the mystical wilderness of raw untouched Africa. Yet, despite its rugged credentials, the Selous offers some stylishly chic camps where you can live out your wild bush dreams without compromising on comfort.

Think of East Africa and most people’s minds turn to images of authentic under canvas safaris with starry nights around the campfire swapping wildlife stories.

This is the original safari experience of days of old – the romantic Africa of Hemingway and Karen Blixen.

It seems only natural that if you are planning a beach escape to Africa, then you should also consider combining it with a once-in-a-lifetime safari! A safari should be on everyone’s bucket list of life’s great adventures. And with ‘safari eco-chic’ as the buzzwords of today – you can be assured of just as much style in the bush as on the beach! Then with the storybook animals ticked off, you can dust down your safari legs on any number of pristine beaches or deserted islands. Safari and beach go hand-in-hand in East Africa – the transition from savannah plains to powdery sand is effortlessly simple! It’s only a short

210

Kenya Masai Mara

Mt Kenya

Nairobi Serengeti Mt Kilimanjaro Ngorongoro Diani Lake Manyara Tarangire Msambweni Mahale Pemba Mountains Tanzania Zanzibar Fundu Lagoon Lake Tanganyika Dar es Salaam Selous Ras Kutani

hop across from Dar es Salaam, the Selous, Kilimanjaro or the Serengeti to Zanzibar – and only a short flight from Nairobi too. Just remember to pack lightly in soft bags as the aircraft are generally small.

The enchanting Zanzibar archipelago comprises the islands of Zanzibar and Pemba plus several smaller islets too. Zanzibar’s capital, Stone Town, is shabbychic in a ramshackle yesteryear way, characterised by bustling bazaars, the heady scent of spices, winding alleyways and carved doors overhung by ornate balconies. Mix this with a little Swahili culture, the fusion of myth and magic and some of the world’s most gloriously white beaches, along with untouched atolls where the diving is out-of-this-world – and you will soon discover why the safari beach partnership in East Africa is a match made in heaven! One might say it embodies the African dream!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel East Africa is a year round destination but April-mid June and NovemberDecember can bring the rains. Animal viewing is in its prime during the drier months (June-October).

Travel Time 8-9 hours Time Difference GMT +3 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

211

–––––––– Zanzibar

––––––––

Mnemba Island A

mere 20 minute boat ride off Zanzibar’s north-east coast, Mnemba offers one of those rare and elusive holy grail of travel experiences!

An out-of-this-world barefoot private island paradise, it revels in its heavenly exclusivity, afforded to just 20 privileged guests at any one time. Be prepared to wade ashore in the shallow Indian Ocean waters as you arrive at this tiny untouched atoll – there isn’t a jetty so discard your shoes and dress accordingly! Even the staff go barefoot.

Perhaps best described as a Robinson Crusoe eco-chic idyll, Mnemba takes castaway living to a whole new level.

A swathe of blinding soft white sand defines the island’s one mile circumference and the surrounding coral reefs boast some of Africa’s most magnificent dive sites.

Rustic-luxe at its best, your romantic refuge is one of ten ensuite beachside bandas (cottages), hand-woven and

212

thatched from pine tree branches and palm-matting, allowing the cool sea breezes to waft through, assisted by an overhead fan. Large, airy and open plan in design, each banda is tucked away in a secluded stretch of shaded beachfront and is bordered on three sides by a tropical beach forest.

White-cushioned daybeds on the spacious verandah are perfect for afternoon siestas, while your private beach sala has Zanzibari sunbeds for spending lazy hours watching sailing dhows drift across the horizon.

Mnemba is all about the sea and the beach. Relaxation is the key and the tempo of the day is yours to choose.

The calm warm waters around Mnemba are a giant aquatic playground and boast a wealth of marine life including dolphins and humpback whales (July to September). The snorkelling and diving are sensational and Mnemba has its own PADI dive school.

The island is also a nesting ground for the threatened green turtle, as well as many bird species. Tiny suni antelope roam the forest in the island’s centre.

Baskets of fresh fruit, lobsters, crabs and fish are sailed into Mnemba daily by local fishermen on traditional ngalawa outriggers. Almost everything is included – from laundry and all meals, soft drinks, house wines, local brand spirits and beers to snorkelling, kayaking, fly fishing, wind surfing, a sundowner dhow cruise and even two dives per guest per day (for PADI certified divers). The emphasis is on simple living but the cuisine is anything but basic. Breakfast is delivered to your banda at a time to suit you, lunch is a light refreshing affair in the open-sided dining area and at night, your kerosene lamp will light the way along the beach to your table under the star-strewn sky where the waves will gently lap at your feet.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Zanzibar

––––––––

Fundu Lagoon S

et on a beautiful beach on the south-west coast of Pemba Island, a short hop north of Zanzibar, this remote and secluded island hideaway defines twenty-first century Robinson Crusoe shabby-chic. Only accessible by boat, getting to Fundu is all part of the experience. It involves a light aircraft flight from Zanzibar to Pemba’s small bougainvillea strewn Chake Chake airport in the island’s centre where you’ll be met and transferred by road to Mkoani harbour on the coast – a 40 minute journey through small local villages. On reaching the jetty, an awaiting speedboat will whisk you away on the 20 minute ride around the Wambaa Peninsula to Fundu Lagoon.

This is not only one of the top diving locations in the Indian Ocean but it is also a favourite safari beach destination – Fundu Lagoon’s laid-back charm is perfect for a post-safari chill-out!

The epitome of a barefoot paradise, Fundu is one of the most romantic retreats on the East African coastline.

Wooden walkways and sandy paths lead to the 18 makuti-thatched tented rooms and suites – all of which enjoy breathtaking ocean views. Some rooms are situated along the beachfront whilst others are on the hillside and catch the cooling sea breezes. There are two Suites – the Jungle Suite and Beachfront Suite, both of which have a private deck and plunge pool – plus four Superior Suites with more extensive indoor and outdoor living space, a larger plunge pool and a mezzanine viewing platform. Peace, calm and discreet privacy are paramount here.

Despite its remote location, the dining experience is exceptional. Meals are served in the open-sided, palm-thatched restaurant which takes full advantage of the ocean views. A daily fisherman’s catch and unusual tropical fruits add

an exotic twist to the Zanzibari menu and what’s more, all meals and drinks (except premium brands) are included.

Delicious picnics and romantic candlelit dinners under the stars can be arranged. There is also a weekly beach barbecue and on Sunday nights, the jetty plays host to a feast of Swahili cuisine and music!

Fundu’s softly curved infinity pool is set on the hillside, fringed by natural forest. Just steps away, the Fusion Spa combines the ancient healing philosophies of both Africa and Asia with Fundu Lagoon’s own blended infusions. Watersports include sunset dhow cruises, windsurfing, kayaking, mangrove canoe safaris, superb fishing, trips to the pristine beach on neighbouring Misali Island (a jewel in Pemba’s crown) for exceptional snorkelling and a fully equipped PADI dive centre so you can be Crusoe and Cousteau on the same day!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

213

–––––––– Zanzibar

––––––––

The Residence Zanzibar T

his contemporary all-villa hideaway is a chic jewel in Zanzibar’s crown.

Tanzania’s first member of the prestigious ‘Leading Hotels of the World’ portfolio, the resort’s distinct style and enchanting elegance draws inspiration from the Swahili, Omani, British and Indian cultures present in Zanzibar. It is set on a mile long white sandy beach in the island’s southwest corner on an 80 acre private estate, flanked by coconut palms and the warm waters of the Indian Ocean.

Accommodation comprises 66 one and two bedroom colonial-style villas including a magnificent two bedroom Presidential Villa and each boasts generous outdoor space with relaxing wickers chairs, day-beds and a private pool with garden, beach or ocean views.

Personal butlers ride around on traditional tricycles with a large rattan trunk carefully poised on the front or back. Their efforts will no doubt inspire

214

you to likewise take to the saddle of your complimentary bicycle and go exploring through the forested grounds.

Zanzibar’s capital, historic Stone Town, is just 55 minutes away but much closer is the charming local fishing village of Kizimkazi, famous for its dolphin safaris. Depending on the tides, complimentary non-motorised watersports are available from The Boat House (modelled on a traditional dhow), or directly from The Jetty – a nautical club by day and an energising place to practise yoga at dusk. A few times a week, The Jetty transforms into a sunset lounge bar where you can enjoy a cocktail and canapés as the sun sets on the horizon. There are five dive sites between 30 minutes to an hour away and deep sea fishing and dhow excursions to a sandbank for snorkelling are also on offer.

The glass-walled beachfront infinity pool is a visually stunning centrepiece

but the star attraction, for those in search of rejuvenation, is The Spa which blends seamlessly into the natural landscape and provides the perfect Spice Island escape for revitalising the mind, body and soul.

Local ingredients and fragrances create an exciting infusion of flavours at the two restaurants – The Dining Room and The Pavilion. During the day, the attentive staff will ensure that you are kept suitably refreshed with sorbets, iced water and fresh fruit, served on the beach or by the pool whilst lunch is delivered to your sun lounger in a rattan basket! Special occasions can be celebrated with an intimate dinner amid the soft glow of tiki torches in the privacy of your villa or with a private barbecue on the jetty!

The Residence is the perfect place to dust down your safari legs following the exhilaration of a safari in Kenya!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Zanzibar

––––––––

White Sand Luxury Villas & Spa L

ocated on the white sands of Paje, one of the finest beaches on the island’s eastern shores, just an hour’s drive from Stone Town, this is the latest and perhaps most exciting addition to Zanzibar’s coastal-chic accommodation scene. Quite simply, White Sand will leave you in awe at the blissful serenity and utter privacy of its setting! Every one of its 11 glorious villas boasts an indulgent 300 square metres of space – but for all the opulent workmanship, the surrounding natural environment has not been at all jeopardised. The unobtrusive architecture, with its white and earthy tones, has been carefully designed to blend seamlessly with the rich landscape of Zanzibar. What’s more, White Sand is powered by wind and solar energy and relies on its own water source and desalination plant.

Each of the five One Bedroom Villas takes full advantage of its stunning beachfront setting. Large glass walls

bring the outside in and each has a private pool, an outdoor bathtub and rain shower to wash away the sea salts, a panoramic rooftop terrace and a starbed for gazing at the starlit skies – a favourite pastime amongst guests!

There are also five Two Bedroom Villas and the ultimate five bedroomed Presidential Villa. Your private butler will be ready and waiting to cater to your every Spice Island whim! This is a place to watch the sky paint a picture of the sunset whilst the crashing waves sound like an orchestra being played just for you.

In keeping with the true tropical spirit, you can treat yourself to fresh catch from the deep seas at The Restaurant which overlooks the large central pool. The menu blends international flavours with local Zanzibari-inspired dishes and only organic fruit and vegetables grown in the resort’s plantation are used.

Pull up a stool at The Bar or watch the incredible colours of the African sunset from the Rooftop Lounge.

The owner is an avid kite-surfer (Paje’s year round winds and calm shallow waters are ideal for this water sport) so White Sand has its very own kite surf centre – a rustic surf shack down on the beach which also has wind buggies, volleyball equipment, footballs, frisbees and more! Snorkelling and fishing trips are also on offer or go island-hopping on a traditional dhow.

And at the end of an exhilarating day, treat yourself to a pampering session in the Spa where the products used, namely seaweed, coconut and spices, are sourced from local communities.

Go wild in Tanzania’s Selous Game Reserve or chase the migration in the world famous Serengeti – then head here for a post-safari chill-out!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

215

–––––––– Zanzibar

––––––––

Kilindi W

onderfully positioned on the north-west coast of Zanzibar (an hour from Stone Town), in a sweeping bay with 500 metres of powder white sand beachfront, Kilindi is one of the best examples of authentic luxury eco-chic to hit Zanzibar’s shores in recent years. Architecturally, it is unlike anywhere else on Zanzibar.

Originally designed for Benny Andersson of Abba fame, there’s no mistaking the hint of Scandinavian minimalism which pervades the barefoot back-to-nature ambience of this intimate Zanzibari hideaway.

Spread across 50 acres of lush tropical gardens, Kilindi has 15 eastern-styled white-domed Pavilions complete with highly polished floors, cool cream colours, white wooden-slatted shutters and long glassless windows which bring the outside in and pay tribute to the mesmerising ocean that has witnessed the spice trade route for over 500 years.

216

The Pavilions are carefully spaced apart so as to ensure privacy and each has its own private garden, a plunge pool and an extraordinary annexed ‘rainfall shower’ wet room which boasts unimpeded views across the warm turquoise waters (save for the odd swaying palm tree). Inside, the uncluttered interiors remain faithful to Zanzibar’s heritage. The open design allows the gentle sea breezes to waft through, carrying with them the soundtrack of the island’s wildlife – notably the indigenous red colobus monkeys and the ever-busy yellow weaver birds.

Each Pavilion is served by a dedicated butler who will familiarise you with Kilindi’s ‘whenever, wherever’ philosophy which enables you to enjoy breakfast, lunch and dinner in a variety of locations. Watch the sunset from a private table on the beach or sit atop the Main Pavilion on an alfresco terrace.

The innovative cuisine is much acclaimed and rightly so. Fresh produce is grown in Kilindi’s herb and vegetable garden and there are no buffets here!

What’s more, your stay is all-inclusive (excluding premium brand drinks). The Main Pavilion houses a special Shisha Lounge and Kilindi’s unique Waterfall Bar which looks out across the large 25 metre infinity pool to the dazzling Indian Ocean beyond. The creative house cocktails are not to be missed!

Kilindi has a wonderful Spa tucked away in the garden. Inspired by its setting, treatments use award-winning Africology products designed to relax the body and soul! And when you’re not being pampered, numerous activities are available including scuba diving, snorkelling, deep sea fishing, sunset dhow cruises, Spice Farm visits, Stone Town walking tours, dolphin spotting in Kizimkazi and trips to Zanzibar’s Jozani Forest.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Zanzibar

––––––––

Matemwe O

ne of the first lodges in Zanzibar, Matemwe’s famed relaxed atmosphere and peaceful setting on a small outcrop of coral rock on the island’s north-east coast, have made it a long-standing favourite with travellers to the Spice Island. It overlooks a shallow coral fringed lagoon adjacent to a long stretch of beach. The charm of the local fishing village (of the same name), the songs of the village women as they harvest seaweed and the exceptional snorkelling and diving around the Mnemba Atoll just offshore, are all part of the draw. Here, the tides govern the rhythm of the day. At high tide, the fishermen stream across the lagoon in their billowing dhows bringing with them fresh crab, lobster and fish, whilst at low tide, the sea goes right out, revealing a fascinating reef. Today, as well as the original lodge, Matemwe also has an exclusive use Beach House and the four villa escapist’s hideaway – Matemwe Retreat.

Built from local stone and thatch, Matemwe Lodge offers a traditional simple stay in its 12 large suites, each with a verandah, a hammock and ocean views. Six have an additional single bed on a mezzanine floor, while two boast enticing plunge pools. The lodge has an open-air restaurant, a swimming pool and a much-lauded quirky bar created from the hull of a reclaimed dhow.

been meticulously built by Zanzibari craftsmen using local materials. The furniture is mainly coconut wood, the roofs are Makuti thatch and the sofa and bar in each villa have been reclaimed from an old dhow. Privacy is paramount – select your menu with the chef each morning and dine in your villa. Your stay is all-inclusive but you may use the lodge facilities should you wish to do so.

From simple to stunning – Matemwe Retreat comprises four extraordinary two storey villas – each a private sanctuary, serviced by a personal butler. A new benchmark for intimate island chic in Zanzibar, each has a kingsize bed, a bathroom with a sumptuous shower and hand-carved bathtub, a separate living area with a bar, a verandah with a large hammock and perhaps best of all – a glorious roof terrace complete with plunge pool!

Like the lodge, Matemwe Retreat has

For a family or small group of friends travelling together, Matemwe Beach House is a three bedroom affair, with full butler service, just steps from the sand within its own walled garden.

It has two double bedrooms on the ground floor and a mezzanine bedroom upstairs. Typically East African, it resonates with Spice Island character!

Fresh seafood is a speciality at Matemwe and all produce is bought from the local markets.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

217

–––––––– Zanzibar

Baraza Resort & Spa

T

his stunning, all-villa boutique resort sits on Zanzibar’s south-east coast on the dazzling powder white sands of Bwejuu Beach – voted one of the top 30 island beaches in the world. A fusion of Swahili, Arabic and Indian design, with magnificent arches and ornate brass lanterns, Baraza evokes a heritage of Zanzibar, dating back to the era of the Sultans. Family-owned and run, here you feel a true sense of the spirit, history and legacy of Zanzibar. You can try your hand at palm weaving, visit the local clinic and school and learn to cook signature local dishes.

Each of the 30 villas (one and two bedroom categories) has a private plunge pool. For the ultimate indulgence, there is also the Two Bedroom Ocean Front Presidential Villa. The gourmet cuisine reflects the eclectic mix of the island and your stay is all-inclusive. Baraza’s captivating elegance is complemented by a variety of facilities, including the Frangipani Spa with lap pool, a swimming pool, tennis court, yoga and fitness centre and the beachfront Water Club which offers kite surfing, wind surfing, sailing and bikes for exploring the local villages and coastline. Baraza is one of three hotels which make up the privately-owned Zanzibar Collection, one of the island’s first investors in tourism who also run Zanzibar’s Rising Sun Dive Centre – East Africa’s only National Geographic affiliated dive centre.

218

––––––––

Essque Zalu

L

ocated on the north east coast of Zanzibar, Essque Zalu has brought a touch of boutique luxe to the island’s shores. The style is African contemporary chic and the soaring Makuti thatched roof has become a landmark for fishermen at sea! There are 40 spacious suites, each with a terrace or balcony with garden or ocean views and nine expansive villas.

Each villa has a choice of 3 or 4 bedrooms, a private pool, kitchen facilities and a massage area.

The hotel enjoys a shore-hugging setting in a natural cove with a tidal beach. The small local fishing village of Nungwi, a short taxi ride away, has a swimming beach and also close-by is the sea turtle sanctuary where baby sea turtles are bred and released back to sea.

Arguably, Zanzibar’s north coast has the best lagoon, so you can enjoy great snorkelling and fishing – that’s if you can tear yourself away from the immense infinity-edge pool! There is also a Spa. Particularly enticing, Essque Zalu’s 150 metre jetty has become something of an island icon! Watch dhows sail by while enjoying an alfresco mezze platter at The Jetty restaurant (there are two other restaurants and bars too) and what’s more, Essque’s butlers, uniquely known as ‘navigators’, will see to your every wish!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Tanzania

Ras Kutani

––––––––

Greystoke Mahale

C

T

Wooden walkways lead through the trees to each of the nine thatched bandas (cottages) which are tucked away under the rustling palms with Swahili daybeds and a hammock or two on the shady verandah. A billowing mosquito net draped over the double bed and a cooling ceiling fan complete the scene.

Set high up on the hill with sweeping ocean views, the four Suites each come with their own signature Sultan’s bed and a private plunge pool. The open-plan bar and dining area are liberally furnished with colourful cushions and convivial seafood barbecues under the African stars are all part of the experience here (all meals are included). Relaxation is the keynote but kayaks, snorkelling equipment and boogie boards are provided. From June to August, you can watch baby sea turtles hatch on the beach and you may also be lucky enough to glimpse humpback whales as they migrate past Ras Kutani (usually between July and October).

There are no roads for miles around – the camp is only accessible by light aircraft to the nearest airstrip followed by a 90 minute dhow trip. You can kayak along the lakeshore, hike, fish and swim in ice-cold pools in the mountain waterfalls – but most significantly, each day you can venture into the forest to quietly observe chimpanzee daily life. Dine in the main mess banda on the beach and enjoy lantern-lit sundowners on the rocks or on the wooden dhow. There’s simply nowhere in the world like Greystoke Mahale and it combines perfectly with a safari in the Serengeti.

astaway chic at its best, just a 10 minute light aircraft flight or 90 minute road journey from Dar es Salaam, this is one of Tanzania’s best beach gems! Think beach shack with a barefoot luxury twist! Set on a crescent of white sand beach and washed by the gentle surf of the Indian Ocean, Ras Kutani works perfectly as a pre-safari hideaway to catch your breath and wind down before the exhilaration of wildlife spotting begins!

ucked away on a pristine far-flung beach along the eastern shores of Lake Tanganyika in Western Tanzania, Greystoke Mahale is possibly one of the most unique camps in the world! Nestled beneath the forested slopes of the soaring 8000 ft Mahale Mountains – home to the world’s largest known population of chimpanzees – this remote and magical sanctuary comprises six wood and thatch bandas (open-fronted cottages), set on the edge of the forest line with views out across the soft white sand towards the glistening clear waters of the lake. The interiors are fashioned from disused dhow timbers bought from local villages whilst old fisherman’s canoes are used as ladders to the upstairs ‘chill-out’ decks! The adjoining bathrooms are accessible via a short boardwalk.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

219

––––– Southern Tanzania

–––––

Before the Beach

T

Selous Game Reserve

anzania and Zanzibar combine seamlessly to create the quintessential safari beach experience! Just a short small aircraft hop from mainland Tanzania, Zanzibar is the perfect antidote to a thrilling wildlife experience in Southern Tanzania and where better to enjoy a first-time safari than in the Selous Game Reserve – one of Africa’s best kept secrets! The Selous is one of Africa’s least known yet wildest conservation areas.

At a vast 21,000 square miles, it is Africa’s largest game reserve and is four times larger than the Serengeti. A raw wilderness area, it boasts floodplains, rivers, lakes and woodland and is home to half of Tanzania’s elephant population. The pace of the safari experience is much slower here and few places in Africa offer such freedom and variety. Our two favourite safari camps in the Selous ensure that you enjoy this wild rugged landscape in authentic East African style! Game drives in open safari vehicles, walking and boating safaris with professional guides are all part of the experience – and getting there is easy too! There are regular light aircraft flights from Dar es Salaam to the camp’s nearest bush airstrip!

Azura Selous Privacy and wow factor are on offer in abundance here – and what’s more, you are unlikely to see another vehicle throughout your entire stay! This is what makes the game drives so special, exciting and exclusive! And you are far from roughing it in the bush! Azura’s twelve eco-chic air-conditioned tented villas, complete with plunge pools, overlook the tranquil rapids of the Great Ruaha River whilst the large opulent bathrooms have wonderful indoor and outdoor showers.

Waking up and going to sleep with the animal noises (and resident hippo snorts) is truly magical! Dining is a gourmet affair whether it be breakfast in the bush or a candlelit dinner under the vast African sky!

Sand Rivers Well known for its walking safaris, this small and intimate lodge has captivated seasoned safari-goers for years with its spectacular setting and inimitable charm. One of the original camps in the Selous, it was built by safari legend Richard Bonham, who used this area for his famous portered walking safaris when the Selous was all but unknown. It is set on a rocky peninsula with magnificent views over a vast sweep of the Rufiji River and your refuge is one of eight stone and thatched open-fronted cottages, raised on decks (the three hillside suites have a small plunge pool). There’s a swimming pool set into the rocks and you can also try ‘fly-camping’ – a peculiarly East African passion involving a night under the stars in a spacious mosquito net tent!

220

––––– Northern Tanzania

–––––

Before the Beach

T

Serengeti National Park

anzania’s oldest and most popular National Park, the Serengeti is top of any bucket-list when it comes to safari destinations – and for good reason. Famous for its annual wildebeest migration, the Serengeti offers some of the most scintillating game viewing in Africa. The migration (which includes thousands of zebra and gazelles too) is a spectacle at any time of year. Always exciting, but rarely predictable, the best locations will vary with the movements of the game. If your wish is to witness this great natural wonder, then we highly recommend staying under canvas in one of the Serengeti’s traditional mobile camps which move seasonally to keep up with the herds. Or for sheer safari style, stay in a small permanent authentic lodge where your refuge is an open-fronted tented suite with far-reaching views. A Serengeti safari is easily combined with a visit to the Ngorongoro Crater. Avoid the crowds at the crater rim, and instead, stay in the Ngorongoro Highlands, surrounded by coffee plantations and Hemingway’s famous green hills (our favourite hideaways are Plantation Lodge and Gibb’s Farm – you can do Lake Manyara from here too). Then dust down those exhausted safari legs on the beach in Zanzibar!

Serengeti Safari Camp The first mobile camp of its kind, Nomad Tanzania’s Serengeti Safari Camp was specifically set up to offer a migration-chasing adventure, with the lightest of footprints. The camp is small but effortlessly comfortable, with a main dining and library tent and six large traditional meru tents, each with an eco-flush toilet and safari-style bucket shower. This is a million miles from camping as most people know it and beware, campfire stories linger longer into the night in Africa! Nomad Tanzania is one of East Africa’s original safari companies and their guides are exceptional.

Lamai Serengeti This small intimate camp oozes bush-chic style and what’s more, it occupies one of the most dramatic sites in the Serengeti.

Located in the remote far northern reaches of the Serengeti, Lamai Serengeti sits tucked amongst the rocks of Kogakuria Kopje with panoramic views of the surrounding landscape, just a few miles from where the wildebeest cross the Mara River.

For roughly a quarter of the year, between late July and October, this is where you’ll find the migration. Right here, on our doorstep! Each of the 12 open-fronted tented rooms was designed to fit in to the complex geometry of the kopje and to make the most of this sensational location! Sundowners on the rocks are essential! Out of migration season, this is a private wilderness for rich resident wildlife and those privileged few guests in the know!

–––––––– Kenya Coast

––––––––

Saruni Ocean

Msambweni Beach House

P

S

The winding jetty ends at a perfect sundowner spot on a cliff overlooking the Indian Ocean – enjoy pre-dinner drinks here with the sound of lapping waves below! Dining at Msambweni is a pure delight and what’s more, your stay is all-inclusive.

The staff have been extensively trained by a celebratory Belgian chef and you will enjoy seafood, Swahili dishes, Belgian and French cuisine. Dine by the pool or by candlelight under the stars. Mountain biking, private beach picnics and beach BBQ’s are all part of the experience and you will also enjoy a de-stress massage on arrival! Snorkelling, fishing, kite surfing, motorised watersports and even a picnic with the elephants and antelope in the nearby Shimba Hills can all be arranged. Access is via a flight from Nairobi to the nearest airstrip at Ukunda followed by a short road transfer.

Cool coastal chic defines the style of the seven beautifully designed beachfront villas which sport names such as Coral, Aqua and Marine. The villas house the lodge’s 18 stunning suites between them – two villas comprise four suites whilst the other five have two suites each. All have a spacious living area, private garden and a verandah with uninterrupted ocean views. There is also a large infinity pool. The gourmet cuisine is based on locally sourced fresh ingredients and you can opt to stay on a full board basis (all meals) or an all-inclusive basis (meals, local drinks and a complimentary 30 minute massage). Big game fishing, snorkelling, diving in nearby marine parks and visits to a local village can all be arranged. Saruni Ocean is part of the same collection as Saruni Samburu in Kenya’s north and its serene coastal setting perfectly complements the safari experience.

ost-safari chill-out spots don’t get much better than this intimate and utterly stylish boutique retreat which arguably has the best infinity pool in Kenya. It is set high on a 40ft cliff overlooking a deserted private beach, on a gloriously unspoiled stretch of the South Kenya Coast, just 20 miles from the Tanzanian border. Family owned and run, Msambweni Beach House offers 3 Master Rooms and a romantic Ocean Suite in the main house and three separate exclusive use Private Villas, complete with their own pools, a private cook and panoramic sea views.

222

et on a 6km stretch of pristine beachfront at Msambweni, this pioneering wellness retreat has put the Kenya Coast firmly on the map alongside other unique ocean spas. Saruni Ocean’s Sarunity Thermae and Spa, which makes use of the Indian Ocean seawater for its healing and health-giving effects, is the first thalassotherapy spa of its kind in East Africa. Derived from the Greek word thalassa, meaning sea, thalassotherapy has long been lauded for its effectiveness. Where better for some post-safari muscle-reviving reinvigoration?

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Kenya Coast

Kinondo Kwetu

D

escribed as a ‘Home Away from Home’ (Kinondo Kwetu means ‘Our Home at Kinondo’ in Swahili), this small, charming all-inclusive hideaway on the Kenya Coast is set on the powder white sands of quiet Galu Beach at the far southern end of Diani. The rustic chic Scandinavian design reflects the style of the Swedish owners, Ida and Filip Andersson (Filip is related to Baron Blixen of ‘Out of Africa’ fame). Filip and Ida visited the coast in 2004 and decided to stay! Being family owned and run, the service is warm and genuine, whilst the beach is pristine and the water is clear and turquoise. Yoga is a big thing here and there’s also tennis, horse riding (Kinondo Kwetu has its own stables), two swimming pools and a host of watersports including kite surfing, water skiing, wind surfing, sailing, canoeing, deep sea fishing and scuba diving. Riders can canter along the beach or through the protected Kaya forest close-by. And if you haven’t been on safari – you’re bound to strike an acquaintance with the colobus monkeys or you can see elephants and antelope on a trip to the Shimba Hills!

Accommodation is provided in a series of suites and cottages including a two-bedroomed suite and a three-bedroomed cottage. It’s just a 20 minute drive from Ukunda airport so it’s perfect for a post-safari wind down!

––––––––

Delta Dunes

A

ptly called ‘The Wild Place by the Sea’, Delta Dunes offers a castaway setting like no other on the Kenya Coast.

In short, it is one of the most incredible beach retreats in Africa and should be high on every beach bucket list! In a little-known corner of the coast north of Malindi, seven dune cottages fashioned from local driftwood, mangrove poles and thatch, are perched atop enormous white sand dunes shaded by doum palm and baobab trees. Even the swimming pool enjoys a spectacular position one hundred feet up in the dunes! The 360˚ jaw-dropping views look out over a 50km stretch of wide, surf-kissed, deserted beach and inland over the extensive Tana River Delta – the only wetland of its kind in East Africa. The unique mix of savannah, mangrove swamps, forest and beaches make this a playground for incredible birdlife, pods of hippos and other wildlife.

Forget the gym – your Robinson Crusoe cottage, complete with net-draped bed, is reached via hundreds of steps up the dunes! Sand-yachting, bush-walking, visits to the local villages, boat rides and river tubing are all part of the experience.

Meals are included and local fishermen bring in the fresh daily catch – everything from crab to rock cod! The best access from Malindi is either a light aircraft charter to the airstrip or a 2½ hour 4WD road journey, followed by a 20 minute boat ride.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

223

––––– Kenya

–––––

Before the Beach Masai Mara

L

egendary names such as Ernest Hemingway and Karen Blixen immortalised Kenya as the home of safari and nowhere in Kenya has captured the world’s imagination more than the world famous Masai Mara. The Mara is Kenya’s greatest wildlife hotspot and from July to October, during migration season, the spectacle of millions of wildebeest arriving from the dry plains of the Serengeti in search of green pasture is a sight to behold – billed as one of the natural wonders of the world! But you shouldn’t be in any doubt that the Mara is rewarding at any time of year. If you’re looking for a classic East African safari beach experience, you will find it hard to beat 3 or 4 days on safari in this fabled acacia-treespeckled part of Africa followed by a relaxing beach stay on the Spice Island of Zanzibar or on the Kenya Coast. Two of our favourite camps are located in conservancies just outside the main Mara Reserve where you can enjoy game viewing without the density of vehicles, plus bush walks and night drives too.

Ol Seki Hemingways Mara Camp Perched on a rocky promontory with far-reaching views over the Mara plains, this small, intimate safari camp (built on sound eco-friendly principles) is located in the private Naboisho Conservancy – a secluded wilderness bordering the Masai Mara.

Inside each of the ten stylish tented suites, sleekly kitted out in neutral tones, the decor is like a scene from ‘Out of Africa’ with leather travel trunks and colonial-era telescopes on some of the decks. Here, you can see the Big Five and many of Ol Seki’s guides come from the local Koyaki Guiding School which the camp supports. Romantic candlelit dinners and a resident spa therapist add to the charm – and you can also listen to tales from a local Ndorobo tribe member about his hunter-gatherer days, told from his former cave dwelling below the camp.

Kicheche Bush Camp This small, classic six tented camp is wonderfully positioned in the Olare Motorogi conservancy – the first private conservancy in the Masai Mara eco-system – and an uncrowded wilderness offering exceptional wildlife viewing (including the wildebeest migration in season). This is also great walking country with an opportunity to go fly-camping – Africa’s answer to an overnight guided bush walk! You will see the Mara from a different perspective and you won’t exactly be roughing it – your lightweight dome tent and campfire dinner will be set up in advance of your arrival! What’s more, Kicheche’s guides are top notch – and they are one of the main reasons that guests repeat their Kicheche experience again and again!

224

––––– Kenya

–––––

Before the Beach Chyulu Hills and Samburu

S

afaris in Kenya are of course, much to do with the wildlife but they are also to do with the vast, humbling landscapes, the isolated camps in remote frontier outposts and the strong cultural lives of the people who live there. Before you head to the beach, consider combining wildlife spotting in the Mara with a visit to one of Kenya’s breathtaking wilderness regions where you will truly feel the rhythm of Africa.

Ol Donyo Lodge, Chyulu Hills Set in one of East Africa’s most breathtaking locations, with awe-inspiring Mount Kilimanjaro as the dramatic backdrop, Ol Donyo Lodge is spectacularly chic and arguably one of the most impressive and best loved bush lodges in Kenya! Founded by safari legend Richard Bonham, Ol Donyo has a rich and proud history. It is one of Kenya’s original bush lodges and a forerunner in the field of sustainable tourism (the lodge has worked in partnership with the local Maasai people from its outset and has been able to successfully blend conservation with livelihood benefits). It lies tucked away in the Chyulu Hills in eastern Kenya and is a member of the prestigious Relais & Chateaux portfolio.

It has ten contemporary suites (all but two have private pools) and all have a spacious bedroom, separate living area, verandah, indoor and outdoor showers and a wonderful rooftop starbed – perfect for optional sleep-outs under the stars! Even better still, wildlife spotting takes on a whole new meaning here! In addition to game drives in traditional open 4x4 vehicles, you can go mountain biking, bush walking and horse riding amongst giraffe, zebra and oryx – all in the shadow of Mount Kilimanjaro. What’s more, Ol Donyo is set on a private 275,000 acre ranch whose entire area is reserved for lodge guests only – this is Africa at its purest and wildest.

Saruni Samburu Built seamlessly into a hillside in Kenya’s wild north, Saruni Samburu is the only lodge in the 200,000 acre private Kalama Wildlife Conservancy which borders Samburu National Reserve.

Celebrated for its innovative eco-chic design, as well as its Italian style cuisine, the lodge has two stunning infinity pools and six open-sided villas, all individually designed with an elegant Bedouin touch. The incredible views over this vast unspoiled wilderness with Mount Kenya in the distance are awe-inspiring!

The area teems with wildlife and Samburu guides will share an authentic insight into their land and culture with you. Distinct in their brightly coloured attire, the Samburu tribespeople are traditionally camel, goat and sheep herders. They will take you on a journey through their ancient way of life – a heart-warming way to experience the real Africa!

Africa

Mozambique M

ozambique is Africa’s undiscovered jewel, proudly boasting 1500 miles of exquisite coastline and some of the best diving in the world. It is a melting pot of cultures and exotic influences, from early North African and Arab traders to Portuguese colonists, all of whom have left their mark.

In the 1990’s, after 25 years of civil war, Mozambique did not feature in many people’s travel plans. Since then, the country has undergone a cathartic renaissance and tourism has played a defining role in its post-war culture. Nowhere is this truer than along the coast, where island chic hideaways are becoming a magnet for those in search of barefoot escapism.

The pristine coral reefs which line the Bazaruto Archipelago in the south (accessible via a helicopter flight from Vilanculos) and the Quirimbas Archipelago in the far north (reached by helicopter from Pemba), boast some of the world’s most incredible marine life and offer an extensive choice of diving, snorkelling, dhow sailing and deep-sea fishing.

Stylish island retreats in the north and on the southern shores have lifted Mozambique to altogether new heights in the castaway-cool stakes and all along the coast, modern beauty and old world delights conspire together to reaffirm Mozambique’s fashionable new look. Spirited new hotels deliver a cultural fix alongside their desert island chic – plus there’s all the ‘freshfrom-the-ocean’ cuisine you could ever wish for. The breathtaking natural beauty and off-map seclusion, combined with the irresistible charm, make Mozambique an African country of the here and now.

Do it on its own and be dazzled by the sands and Robinson Crusoe serenity – or combine it with a safari

226

Quirimbas Mogundula Island Archipelago Matemo Island Azura Quilalea Ibo Island Pemba

Mozambique

Azura Benguerra Bazaruto Vilanculos

Archipelago

Maputo White Pearl

in South Africa or Tanzania and give your holiday an adventurous bush-boost. Alternatively, go islandhopping in a traditional dhow and discover a Mozambican island lost in time, along with untouched islands and villages where the locals are still waking up to tourism. For those prepared to take the journey less travelled, this enigmatic African country delivers an experience beyond most people’s imagination. The beaches are not only powdery white and the tropical waters translucent with brightly coloured coral, but the opportunity for adventure promises an odyssey which you will find hard to match, anywhere in the world.

Mozambique has come of age.

The country’s intriguing capital, Maputo, has its own sense of charm and an energetic pulse that beats to the vibrant rhythm of Africa! You will pass through Maputo if heading to the White Pearl Resort in the south.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel The best time to visit is from May to November during the cooler dry season. The summer season from December to April can bring rain Travel Time Approximately 11 hours via Johannesburg Time Difference GMT +2 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

227

–––––––– Mozambique

––––––––

Azura Benguerra M

ozambique’s first luxury boutique eco-retreat, Azura Benguerra was instrumental in raising the country’s luxury benchmark to new unsurpassed heights and in so doing, established Mozambique as a serious contender in the style stakes. If ever an island hideaway was said to have perfected the art of laid-back luxury castaway living in beach bliss, then this would have to be it! Nestled on the idyllic shoreline of little known Benguerra Island – the second largest island in the Bazaruto Archipelago in southern Mozambique – Azura’s 17 stunning villas are reached via an exhilarating 15 minute scenic helicopter flight from Vilanculos. Honeymooners, romantics and divers will be in heaven here and what’s more, it combines perfectly with a safari in South Africa (there are regular flights to Vilanculos from Johannesburg and Kruger Mpumalanga airports).

228

Pure pampering and privacy are the keynotes here. A wonderful blend of contemporary modern African-chic with all that is traditional in Mozambique, each villa is a private sanctuary, designed with the utmost seclusion in mind. A fusion of indoor and outdoor space with little but the gentle sea breezes to disturb the solitude, each villa nestles amidst the indigenous trees and bush, just footsteps from the island’s squeaky clean pristine white sand. Azura was hand-built by the local community and is operated in partnership with it. The villas each have their own private pool, a sundeck and outdoor sala. Mozambican butler-hosts look after your every need while you relax and melt into the sea’s countless shades of turquoise. Life really is a beach here! Dine on fresh seafood, watch local dhows crisscross the horizon, enjoy star studded nights and savour the kaleidoscope of colour that greets you above and below the water.

Go snorkelling and scuba-diving (there’s a PADI dive centre), horse riding, fishing, sail at sunset on Azura’s dhow and picnic in splendid isolation on a deserted sand bank.

The incredible reefs offer an array of fish and corals, turtles, dolphins, rays and even migrating humpback whales in season (July to October). When revitalisation beckons, indulge in a relaxing spa treatment!

There are two Beach Villas (with plunge pools), three Luxury Beach Villas (slightly bigger with plunge pools), 10 Infinity Beach Villas with 5 metre swimming pools, the stunning two bedroom Villa Amizade with a 10 metre pool and the spectacular three bedroom Presidential Villa with 16 metre pool – the epitome of style and luxury! Your all-inclusive stay even includes a 15 minute refresher massage on day of arrival, a land drover island drive and a dhow cruise.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Mozambique

––––––––

White Pearl T

umbling much further down Mozambique’s coastline (about 60 miles south of the capital, Maputo and almost on the border with South Africa), White Pearl is situated on a magnificent private white sandy beach in Ponta Mamoli on the south east coast of Mozambique. Here, the landscape is much wilder and the swells can pound the shores but White Pearl nestles in a cool, sheltered bay where the clear turquoise waters are warmed by the Indian Ocean current moving south from the equator. This coast is unlike any other in Mozambique and getting to White Pearl is all part of the adventure!

From Maputo, take a 45 minute light aircraft flight over the remote dune bushland and spectacular coastal scenery (including the Maputo Elephant Reserve) to Ponto do Ouro where a 4x4 awaits for the exhilarating journey (also about 45 minutes) through local villages to the resort.

There are 15 Pool Suites, each poised on timber stilts with ocean views and six Beach Pool Suites which enjoy a prime location on the beachfront. All have a private plunge pool on the deck and all have been sensitively designed so as to take full advantage of their beautiful setting. The style is one of cool, clean contemporary lines – a look inspired by this breathtakingly striking coastal setting. Open the glass doors to hear the waves crashing on the shoreline and feel the sea breeze as it drifts through the air and embraces the relaxed informality of this magical, still relatively undiscovered, coastal retreat.

Elegant beach chic best describes the restaurant where, by candlelight, you can enjoy distinct local flavours which celebrate the bounty of the sea, while breakfast is a delicious affair of freshly baked pastries, mezze platters laden with fruit and other delectable treats.

Beach picnics can be arranged too.

The service is warm and charming and the staff’s sense of pride in their fascinating Mozambican heritage is endearingly apparent.

There’s a glamorous Beach Bar where you can enjoy tapas and light snacks with chilled wine, or swim up to the contemporary Pool Bar for an exotic cocktail! The large rim-flow swimming pool boasts four poster day beds on the pool deck and spa treatments are also available. Those feeling active can go diving, horse riding and snorkelling with bottlenose dolphins. From July to November, humpback whales visit the coast on their annual migration and between November and Feburary, Loggerhead and Leatherback Turtles return to this stretch of coast every year to lay their eggs on these protected shores. White Pearl easily combines with a safari in the Sabi Sands or Madikwe Game Reserves.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

229

–––––––– Mozambique

––––––––

Azura Quilalea T

his private wholly uninhabited island, just 86 acres in size, is surrounded by the pristine waters of a marine sanctuary in northern Mozambique’s Quirimbas Archipelago.

It is one of Africa’s real hidden gems – a place where barefoot luxury meets wild natural beauty and there’s just as much beauty below the water as there is above! For lovers of marine life – this is absolute paradise!

There’s world class snorkelling and scuba diving straight from the beach and amazing dive sites in the surrounding waters. You are likely to see turtles, reef sharks, stingrays and dolphins, not to mention a wonderful array of reef fish and corals. The birdlife is abundant and one of the island’s four gleaming sandy beaches is home to dozens of nesting turtles (from November to April). Humpback whales also make an appearance from July to November.

230

One of the southernmost islands in the archipelago, Quilalea is accessible via a 20 minute scenic helicopter flight from Pemba (the closest airport on the Mozambique mainland). Access via Dar es Salaam is also possible.

Azura’s understated Robinson Crusoe castaway style oozes authentic charm and belies the comforts on offer in the nine Beachfront Villas. Designed with complete seclusion in mind – the villas are open-plan with stylish natural touches of wood, rope, pebbles and rattan to create a feeling of calm.

This is a place to relax in a hammock beneath one of the island’s giant baobab trees and forget about the world! A Mozambican butler at your service completes the barefoot scene!

The four Kaskazi Villas face the sunrise and look out over the ocean to Quirimba Island in the distance whilst the four Kusi Villas capture the sunset from the western shores of the island. All are sea facing.

Secluded on a clifftop with magnificent views, the island’s exclusive Villa Quilalea reigns supreme. It even has a clifftop stepladder with direct access to the ocean.

As well as snorkelling and diving (the resort has a PADI five star dive centre), you can kayak through mangroves, sail on a traditional dhow, go deep sea fishing, join a trip to nearby historic Ibo Island or indulge in a treatment at the African Spa. When it comes to dining – imagine a menu with crayfish in abundance and huge mangrove crabs as the speciality!

All meals and local drinks (even a sunset cocktail) are included and what’s more, innovative dining set-ups are all part of the experience from breakfast at the water’s edge, a picnic lunch on a sandy islet to a romantic candlelit affair on the beach beneath the stars!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– Mozambique

––––––––

Ibo Island Lodge & Dhow Safari I

magine sailing around the Quirimbas Archipelago on a traditional dhow with a local crew for 4 nights, followed by 3 nights on historic Ibo Island. This awe-inspiring journey suits anyone with an adventurous spirit who enjoys sailing and the sea, yearns to discover local culture and is a real beach lover!

The scenery is jaw-droppingly spectacular! Under the expert leadership of an English speaking professional guide and a local Mozambican dhow skipper and crew, you will explore a coastline fringed by tropical islands, sea kayak or sail up wide coastal river mouths teeming with birds, snorkel off deserted white sandbanks and into the turquoise sea and sleep in mobile eco camps on uninhabited pristine islands. The safari ends at the mystical and ancient Ibo Island – a remote Mozambican island lost in time and almost forgotten to the outside world for nearly a century. Your chef will cook the freshest of seafood over an open fire under the stars – you will even catch fresh lobster, prawns and fish as you sail along!

Days 1-2 ● Mobile eco camp, Mogundula Island Arrive in Pemba and transfer by road and dhow to Mogundula Island, one of the prettiest and most uninhabited islands in the archipelago, hence why you usually spend 2 nights here.

Day 3 ● Mobile eco camp, Ulumbwa For the sailors amongst you, there is nothing more majestic than sailing in a graceful traditional dhow at full tilt with the wind in your hair and the sails up! Fascinating rural fishing villages dot the shore and you will camp in the open Mozambique bush for the next 2 nights.

Day 4 ● Mobile eco camp, Ulumbwa Visit a local fishing village to witness their age-old traditions first-hand before stopping on the southern tip of Matemo Island to go exploring. Return to camp tonight.

Days 5-7 ● Ibo Island Lodge Probably the most compelling attraction in the Quirimbas, intriguing Ibo Island and her 200-year-old ghost town and 15th century forts make for a fascinating journey to an era long forgotten. There will be a chance to meet the local people and learn about their unique island culture and heritage – a way of life that has not changed for hundreds of years! Ibo Island Lodge, with its antiques, vintage pieces, day beds and swing benches, is your waterfront refuge for the next 3 nights.

The lodge has two swimming pools and a roof terrace.

Day 8 ● Pemba Fly by light aircraft over the islands back to Pemba today.

Africa

South Africa W

ith striking Table Mountain as a backdrop, beautiful beaches and a relaxed and cosmopolitan atmosphere, there’s little wonder why Cape Town is always top of the city bucket-list! It’s the go-to South African city when it comes to beaches and a cool coastal lifestyle and what’s more, there are so many fabulous boutique beach hideaways and wave-watching boltholes popping up all along the Cape Peninsula’s coastline, that it now even makes a long weekend to the Cape worth considering!

Kruger National Park Johannesburg

Madikwe Tswalu Kalahari

Durban Cape Town

The Cape Peninsula stretches to the south of the city for approximately 40 miles, flanked to the west by the refreshing blue waters of the Atlantic and to the east, by the warm rippling waves of the Indian Ocean which lap gently against the shores of False Bay (no guesses as to where those in the know, who can’t bear to dip their toes into the cold water of the Atlantic, head for their early morning or evening dip!) False Bay was aptly named when early explorers were hoaxed into believing they had rounded Africa’s southernmost tip.

A mountainous ridge, comprising the well-known landmarks of Signal Hill, Devil’s Peak, Lion’s Head and the Twelve Apostles, forms a beautiful backdrop to the Peninsula’s numerous sandy beaches – and a car makes hopping between the two coasts very easy.

As a rule of thumb – head to the Peninsula’s eastern side for the warm, wind-scoured but often deserted coves of False Bay where you’ll find Boulders Beach in Simon’s Town – famous for its colony of endangered African Penguins, Kalk Bay (a good spot to browse quirky boutiques along the seaboard) and Muizenberg – known for its great surf. Or go west, for the sheltered, but fashionable trendy beach spots of the Atlantic, where the palm-lined white sands of Bantry Bay, Clifton, Llandudno and Camps Bay exude an almost

232

Cape Town

Eastern Clifton Camps Bay Cape

Western Cape Port Elizabeth

Hermanus Franschhoek

Plettenberg Bay

Llandudno Hout Bay Noordhoek

Muizenberg Kommetjie False Simon’s Town Bay

‘St Tropez-like’ atmosphere. At Noordhoek, you can go horse riding along the aptly named Long Beach whilst Hout Bay has fish so fresh that the catch is cooked within hours of coming off the boats.

The beauty of Cape Town is that everywhere is within driving distance. The rolling vineyards of the Winelands are a little under an hour away but if you want to venture further afield, the glorious beaches of Plettenberg Bay or the whale-watching former fishing village of Hermanus, are a longer scenic drive.

South Africa’s acclaimed stylish safari lodges are only a flight away.

Best of all, it takes just one overnight sleep to get to South Africa which means after a meal and drinks, you can snooze away the miles until breakfast and time to land – with no jet-lag – just an instant hit of winter sun!

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

Need to Know When to Travel South Africa is a year round destination but the best time to visit the Western Cape beaches is October to March.

Travel Time Approximately 13 hours to Cape Town Time Difference GMT +2 hours

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

233

–––––––– South Africa

Sea Five Camps Bay

––––––––

The Last Word Long Beach

A

T

Set above Camps Bay’s hip and happening palm-tree-lined beachfront strip with its trendy pavement cafés, bars and restaurants, Sea Five enjoys a best-of-both-worlds location. It is close enough to hear the waves crashing and high enough for all rooms to enjoy sweeping mountain and ocean views from their private terraces. The mini-bar is included – a real treat!

A surfing and marine birding hot spot, the powdery white sands of Kommetjie’s famous Long Beach stretch for 5 miles all the way to Noordhoek – horse-riders love cantering through the waves! From June to October, you can watch whales frolic a few hundred metres off shore and in season, you can catch your own lobster and enjoy it for dinner! Kommetjie is also home to South Africa’s tallest cast iron lighthouse.

Enjoy a light lunch or sunset cocktail at the bar and when you decide to venture beyond the infinity lap pool, the staff will happily provide insider local tips on where to go!

Each room oozes seaside-chic style with great sea views. Breakfast is included along with pre-dinner drinks and snacks. Simonstown and trendy Kalk Bay are close by.

Beach House with a difference – Cape Town’s Atlantic coastline meets the European Riviera! The seven rooms of this delightful boutique hotel combine the cool crisp coastal style of Cape Town’s most glamorous beach with the chic, sun-bleached shades of the Cote-d’Azur.

234

he surf is on your doorstep at this intimate six room hideaway which is right on the beach in the picturesque lobster fishing village of Kommetjie, just a 35 minute drive south of Cape Town.

Tintswalo Atlantic Hout Bay

N

estled at the base of Chapman’s Peak, on the shore of the Atlantic Ocean between Hout Bay and Cape Town, Tintswalo Atlantic is heaven for romantic couples.

Perched on stilts between ancient milkwood trees, the stylish quiet charm of the ten wood-and-glass suites sharply contrasts with the sound of the waves crashing on to the pebbled beach.

Each room is inspired by an island from around the world and all have a private deck with sea and mountain views.

The beds are vast and the bathtubs have ocean views too!

There’s a heated saltwater pool on the large wooden sundeck perched on the rocks and delicious cuisine is served in the glass-fronted dining room which opens to allow the gentle seabreezes to drift through. This is a great base for exploring the Cape.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

–––––––– South Africa

––––––––

26 Sunset Avenue

Birkenhead House

T

T

Llandudno

he sleepy coastal village of Llandudno might not have the glamour tag of Camps Bay, but it does have great surf and a beautiful beach framed by granite boulders where locals go to watch the sunset! What’s more, guests of this stunning architecturally designed coastal bolthole, awake each day to a Champagne breakfast with magnificent sea views!

Each suite has floor-to-ceiling retractable glass doors which lead to a private outside deck. At sunset, enjoy cocktails and canapés whilst listening to the sound of the waves crashing on the boulders below. Clifftop paths lead down to the main swimming beach. The modern clean-line design, with lots of wood, glass and stone, complements the owner’s extensive contemporary art collection. A heated swimming pool, gourmet kitchen and nothing-is-toomuch-trouble service ethic complete this cool coastal scene.

Hermanus

his glamorous coastal retreat has all the wow factor you’d expect of a stylish contemporary beach house!

Perched on a clifftop in Hermanus (less than a 2 hour drive south-east of Cape Town), this is a place to watch the waves and surfers come in – the surf-loving manager will even happily show you the tricks of the wave-trade!

Steps lead down to two sandy beaches and between June and November, the dazzling sea views include whales which swim right in front of the hotel!

Cape seafood at its best, the cuisine is deliciously ocean-fresh and all meals and drinks are included.

Eleven eclectic rooms are housed around a stunning split-level swimming pool – the two rooms at the front book first! Birkenhead Villa, next door, has gorgeous rooms too. Take the 8km coastal walk into town and return for a soothing massage!

The Plettenberg Plettenberg Bay

A

Plettenberg landmark for many years, this elegant hotel has long been a favourite for those seeking coastal style in this acclaimed seaside town. Set on a rocky headland with far-reaching views of the ocean, mountains and endless stretches of golden sand, The Plettenberg has always enjoyed one of the best vantage points in the bay.

The jewel of South Africa’s Garden Route, Plettenberg Bay (known locally as ‘Plett’) is renowned for its sweeping beaches and backdrop of towering mountains. Enjoy sundowner cocktails at the Sandbar and watch dolphins playing in the waves (and whales in season) from one of the two iconic infinity pools.

As well as the rooms and suites, there is also the 3-bedroom Lookout Villa and 2-bedroom Beach House, both with their own private pools.

For travel with passion and imagination, call Turquoise on 01494 678 400

235

––––– South Africa

–––––

Beyond the Beach A

On Safari

safari in South Africa almost doesn’t feel complete until you’ve dusted down your safari legs on the white sands of Mauritius or Mozambique! They are matches made in safari beach heaven!

Chitwa Chitwa, northern Sabi Sands For safari in style – this just has to be it! African chic meets eclectic safari style! Located in the northern region of the world famous Sabi Sands, Chitwa Chitwa is our favourite wildlife spotting sanctuary in this area and for good reason. Small and family owned, with just seven luxury suites complete with plunge pools and one private house, this stunning safari lodge nestles in the northern reaches of the Sabi Sands and overlooks the largest lake in the reserve, was originally a private retreat of the Brink family. In 1991, Charl and Maria Brink transformed it into the much-admired safari lodge that it is today. Chitwa Chitwa earned its name as an affectionate ode to the aging giraffe bull who shared this lakeside home as an extended member of the Brink family. Spacious viewing decks are strewn with comfy daybeds and there’s also a rim-flow swimming pool, a gym and a fabulous Spa! The guides are excellent too.

There’s certainly no ‘roughing it’ in the bush here!

Makanyane Safari Lodge, Madikwe Game Reserve A firm favourite with Turquoise, Makanyane Safari Lodge is one of those special places which never fails to tug the heart strings of all those who visit! It certainly put the Madikwe on the map for us too! An hour’s flight from Johannesburg (or just under 4 hours by road), the malaria free Madikwe Game Reserve is one of South Africa’s premier game viewing areas, despite being less recognised than its neighbours closer to the Kruger area.

You can see the Big Five here and what’s more, you can opt to ‘sleep-out under the stars’ – the ultimate nocturnal African bush experience! Forego a night of suite luxury for a night under a mosquito-net-draped bed on a double-storey wooden platform and fall asleep to the lullaby of lions roaring! Then return to the splendour of your suite – one of 8 bush havens with wraparound glass walls – watch out for passing elephants! Muscle-weary legs will be glad of the Spa! Garonga Safari Camp, Makalali Conservancy (west of the Kruger) Garonga is Turquoise-speak for ‘safari for the soul’. Here, you are encouraged to slow down and savour an unhurried wildlife experience whilst enjoying the luxury of an intimate tented suite, complete with hammock on the outside deck! And the romance doesn’t stop there! Garonga’s little secret is its bush bath – a claw foot candlelit affair in the wild! And not to be outdone, Garonga has a Spa and ‘sleep-out’ too.

236

––––– South Africa

–––––

Beyond the Beach Winelands and Tswalu Kalahari

Babylonstoren, Cape Winelands Artisanal charm and chic organic farm style have certainly reached the heart of the beautiful Winelands, less than an hour’s drive from Cape Town. Babylonstoren is one of the Cape’s oldest and best preserved Cape Dutch werfs (farm yards) and today, it offers a truly unique three-in-one experience – working wine farm-cum-restaurant-cum boutique hotel – not to mention the greenhouse, bakery, charcuterie, dairy, larder, cellar and eight acre formal French kitchen garden where organic fruit and vegetables are grown! Days here are intentionally unscripted, leaving you free to do as you please. Stroll out on to the farm and see fruit being picked or vines being pruned, enjoy a walk in the garden and pick a salad for a picnic lunch or rise early to accompany the duck herder and his 250 ducks out into the vineyards to harvest snails. The fabulous Babel restaurant is housed in a converted kraal (cattle shed) and an avenue of traditional Cape farm cottages have been transformed into the contemporary guest suites with claw-foot baths and sleek kitchens, all with views of the surrounding mountains and valley.

If you’re feeling a little active, you can cycle through the grounds, go canoeing on the farm dam, explore the nearby wine villages of Franschhoek and Paarl or bliss out with a massage in the Garden Spa! One thing’s for sure, Babylonstoren perfectly complements both the beach and a safari! Just make sure you allow enough time to enjoy it!

Tswalu Kalahari Think Kalahari and you don’t necessarily think of South Africa!

Yet, this 250,000 acre private wilderness in the southern Kalahari – where the savannahs and sand dunes meet the dramatic Korannaberg Mountains – is South Africa’s largest game reserve.

What’s more, it is malaria free and thanks to Tswalu’s small private plane which operates daily flights from Cape Town (2 hours) and Johannesburg (1.5 hours), Tswalu easily combines with a beach stay in Cape Town or a Big Five safari. The game viewing is exceptional and as well as zebra, buffalo, giraffe and white rhino, you will also see rarer animals such as roan and sable antelope, desert black rhino, black-maned Kalahari lions, cheetah and even curious, playful meerkats! Horse back safaris are a big thing here and you can even ride out to Tswalu’s unique Malori sleep-out deck for a night out under the stars! It’s not quite as luxurious as Tswalu’s stylish suites at The Motse (the main lodge) but the experience of watching the sun set under the wide Kalahari skies more than makes up for it! A special mention must go to the superb cuisine and the Tswalu Kalahari Spa – little wonder Tswalu is a proud member of Relais & Chateaux.

Beautiful Bikinis for Beautiful Bottoms A

s seen on some of the world’s most exotic sandy shores, the stunning bikinis and swimsuits from Heidi Klein are essential on the packing list for any Turquoise holiday.

Therefore, we are delighted to offer all couples celebrating a special occasion, be it a honeymoon, anniversary or once in a lifetime trip, the opportunity to choose one as a gift, compliments of the Turquoise team*.

P.S. Boys…if you are feeling left out and worried that the colours of the Heidi Klein swimwear range are not quite right for you… talk to your consultant at the time of booking and we will see what we can do!

*Eligibility for voucher is dependent on minimum spend of £8000.

Voucher entitles clients to redeem one Heidi Klein bikini or swimsuit from www.heidiklein.com. Voucher excludes P&P and is valid for 12 months only. Eligibility for this promotion is subject to terms and conditions at the time of booking. Only one gift per booking.

‘The Stables’ 4 Bakery Court, London End, Beaconsfield, HP9 2FN

01494 678 400 147 Northcote Road, London SW11 6QB

0207 147 7087 enquiries@turquoiseholidays.co.uk www.turquoiseholidays.co.uk Appointments available in London or Beaconsfield @TurquoiseUK

turquoiseholidays

brochure design ● melvin.rutter@rutterassociates.co.uk